Skip to main content

Hari-bhakti-vilāsa · Vilāsa 19

Prātiṣṭhikaḥ — Installing the Deity

Unit 19 of 20HBV 19.1HBV 19.1048874 source entries

HBV 19.1

Source

श्रीचैतन्यꣳ प्रविष्टोऽस्मि शरणꣳ सुष्ठु येन हि । आविष्टो याति दुष्टोऽपि प्रतिष्ठाꣳ सदभिष्टुताम्

śrīcaitanyaṁ praviṣṭo'smi śaraṇaṁ suṣṭhu yena hi | āviṣṭo yāti duṣṭo'pi pratiṣṭhāṁ sadabhiṣṭutām

English translation

I take shelter of Lord Caitanya, by whose influence even a sinful man becomes fit to be glorified by saintly persons.

HBV 19.2

Source

प्रतिष्ठयैव भगवदाविर्भावो विशेषतः । प्रतिमासु ततस्तासाꣳ प्रतिष्ठाꣳ विधिनाचरेत्

pratiṣṭhayaiva bhagavadāvirbhāvo viśeṣataḥ | pratimāsu tatastāsāṁ pratiṣṭhāṁ vidhinācaret

English translation

Only by formal installation does the Supreme Lord manifest Himself as the Deity. Therefore, one should carefully follow the procedure for installing the Deity that is outlined in the revealed scriptures.

HBV 19.3

Source

प्रतिष्ठा जीवमन्दिरम्

pratiṣṭhā jīvamandiram

English translation

Eleventh Canto of the Srimad-Bhdgavatam) pratistha jlvamandiram The installation of My Deity, who is the shelter of all living entities, should be performed.

HBV 19.4

Source

परमात्मा हरिर्देवस्तच्छक्तिः श्रीरिहोदिता । श्रीर्देवी प्रकृतिः प्रोक्ता केशवः पुरुषः स्मृतः

paramātmā harirdevastacchaktiḥ śrīrihoditā | śrīrdevī prakṛtiḥ proktā keśavaḥ puruṣaḥ smṛtaḥ

English translation

srl hayaslrsa paficaratre (In the Hayasirsa-paficaratra it is stated) paramdtmd harir devas tacchaktih sririhoditd

204 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA sri devi prakrtih proktd kesavah purusah smrtah Lord Hari, the Supersoul of everyone, is the only worshipable Lord. His internal energy, Laksmi-devI, is referred to as prakrti in the sastra. Lord Kesava is referred to as purusa.

HBV 19.5

Source

न विष्णुना विना देवी न हरिः पद्मजाꣳ विना । अर्चामूर्तिः स्मृतः कृष्णः पिण्डिका कमलालया । तयोर्यो विधिना योगः सा प्रतिष्ठा प्रकीर्तिता

na viṣṇunā vinā devī na hariḥ padmajāṁ vinā | arcāmūrtiḥ smṛtaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ piṇḍikā kamalālayā | tayoryo vidhinā yogaḥ sā pratiṣṭhā prakīrtitā

English translation

Laksmi will not remain at a place without the presence of Lord Visnu. Similarly, Lord Hari will not remain anywhere without the presence of Laksmi. One should know that the Deity of the Supreme Lord is directly Krsna and His stand, or altar, is Laksmi. The act of combining Them while observing the prescribed rules and regulations is known as pratisthd, or installation.

HBV 19.6

Source

क्रियायोगः कथꣳ सिध्येद्गृहस्थादिषु पर्वदा । ज्ञानयोगसहस्राद्धि कर्मयोगो विशिष्यते

kriyāyogaḥ kathaṁ sidhyedgṛhasthādiṣu parvadā | jñānayogasahasrāddhi karmayogo viśiṣyate

English translation

How is it possible for householders to follow the path of kriyd-yoga (karma-yoga) and achieve perfection? It is said that the practice of karma- yoga is thousands of times better than the practice of jndna-yoga.

HBV 19.7

Source

क्रियायोगꣳ प्रवक्ष्यामि देवतार्चानुकीर्तनम् । भुक्तिमुक्तिप्रदꣳ यस्मान्नान्यलोकेषु विद्यते

kriyāyogaṁ pravakṣyāmi devatārcānukīrtanam | bhuktimuktipradaṁ yasmānnānyalokeṣu vidyate

English translation

I shall now speak about kriyd-yoga, which includes the glories of worshiping the Deity. There is no better method found in this world for attaining material enjoyment and liberation.

HBV 19.8

Source

प्रतिष्ठायाः सुराणाञ्च देवतार्चानुकीर्तनात् । देवयज्ञोत्सवाच्चापि बन्धनेन विमुच्यते

pratiṣṭhāyāḥ surāṇāñca devatārcānukīrtanāt | devayajñotsavāccāpi bandhanena vimucyate

English translation

One can gain freedom from the bondage of fruitive activities simply by installing a Deity of the Supreme Lord, glorifying Him, and performing a fire sacrifice for His pleasure.

HBV 19.9

Source

स्थापिताꣳ प्रतिमाꣳ विष्णोः सम्यक् सम्पूज्य मानवः । यꣳ यꣳ प्रार्थयते कामꣳ तꣳ तꣳ प्राप्नोत्यनुत्तमम्

sthāpitāṁ pratimāṁ viṣṇoḥ samyak sampūjya mānavaḥ | yaṁ yaṁ prārthayate kāmaṁ taṁ taṁ prāpnotyanuttamam

English translation

Whatever a person prays from the installed Deity of Lord Visnu after faithfully worshipping Him will certainly be achieved.

HBV 19.10

Source

यथोक्तविधिना देवꣳ प्रतिष्ठाप्य जनार्दनम् । अक्षयꣳ लोकमाप्नोति विष्णोरमिततेजसः

yathoktavidhinā devaṁ pratiṣṭhāpya janārdanam | akṣayaṁ lokamāpnoti viṣṇoramitatejasaḥ

English translation

By installing a Deity of Lord Janardana in accordance with the prescribed procedures, one will attain the inexhaustible abode of the unlimitedly powerful Lord Visnu.

HBV 19.11

Source

यावद्दिनानि लोकेऽस्मिन् स्थापयेत् प्रतिमाꣳ हरेः । तावद्युगसहस्राणि विष्णुलोके महीयते

yāvaddināni loke'smin sthāpayet pratimāṁ hareḥ | tāvadyugasahasrāṇi viṣṇuloke mahīyate

English translation

206 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA tdvad yuga sahasrdni visnoloke mahiyate One will reside in the abode of Lord Visnu for as many thousands of yugas as the number of days he worships an installed Deity of Lord Hari.

HBV 19.12

Source

अक्षयो भवते तावद्यावदाहूतसꣳप्लवम् । येनार्चा स्थापिता विष्णोः सप्तलोकस्य नायक

akṣayo bhavate tāvadyāvadāhūtasaṁplavam | yenārcā sthāpitā viṣṇoḥ saptalokasya nāyaka

English translation

O Narada, who is famous throughout the seven planetary systems, the reputation of one who installs a Deity of Lord Visnu will remain for one kalpa.

HBV 19.13

Source

प्रतिष्ठा शङ्करादीनाꣳ देवानाꣳ ब्रह्मनन्दन । कृता तेन न सन्देहः सत्योक्त तव नारद

pratiṣṭhā śaṅkarādīnāṁ devānāṁ brahmanandana | kṛtā tena na sandehaḥ satyokta tava nārada

English translation

O Narada, the son of Brahma, I speak truthfully. There is no doubt that simply by installing a Deity of the Supreme Lord one automatically installs the Lord's associates, such as the demigods, headed by Siva.

HBV 19.14

Source

पितृणामर्यमादीनाꣳ वासवादिदिवौकसाम् । कृता तेन महाप्रीतिः स्थापयित्वा जनार्दनम्

pitṛṇāmaryamādīnāṁ vāsavādidivaukasām | kṛtā tena mahāprītiḥ sthāpayitvā janārdanam

English translation

Simply by installing a Deity of Lord Janardana, one pleases Yamaraja, the forefathers, and the residents of heaven, headed by Indra.

HBV 19.15

Source

यः स्थापयति देवर्षे देवꣳ मधुनिसूदनम् । तस्य सम्भाषणादेव पापꣳ याति दशाब्दिकम्

yaḥ sthāpayati devarṣe devaṁ madhunisūdanam | tasya sambhāṣaṇādeva pāpaṁ yāti daśābdikam

English translation

O sage among the demigods, simply by conversing with a person who has installed a Deity of Lord Madhusudana, one is relieved of the reactions to the sins that he had committed during the last ten years.

HBV 19.16

Source

ये निरीक्षन्ति नन्दन्ति प्रतिष्ठाꣳ केशवस्य हि । ते वसन्ति हरेर्लोके युगानामेकविꣳशतिम्

ye nirīkṣanti nandanti pratiṣṭhāṁ keśavasya hi | te vasanti harerloke yugānāmekaviṁśatim

English translation

Those who take pleasure in observing the installation ceremony of the Deity of Lord Kesava will reside in His abode for twenty-one caturyugas.

HBV 19.17–21

Source

प्रयागे यत् फलꣳ प्रोक्तꣳ माघमासे तु स्नानतः । गयायाꣳ पिण्डदानेन पितृपक्षे च नारद कार्त्तिके पुष्करे प्रोक्तꣳ कुरुक्षेत्रे रविगृहे । द्वारकायाꣳ च वैशाखे प्रभासे च शशिग्रहे सिद्धेश्वरे शिवरात्रौ क्षेत्र चैव तु हाटके । शुक्लतीर्थे तु रेवायाꣳ गङ्गासागरसङ्गमे अश्वमेधादिभिर्यज्ञैर्व्रतैर्द्वादशि-सꣳज्ञकैः । कपिलाकोटिभिर्दत्तैर्हेमभारशतैरपि चान्द्रायणैश्च पाराकैः कृतैर्यत्फलमाप्नुयात् । प्रतिष्ठाप्य हरेरर्चाꣳ पुण्यमाप्नोति नारद

prayāge yat phalaṁ proktaṁ māghamāse tu snānataḥ | gayāyāṁ piṇḍadānena pitṛpakṣe ca nārada kārttike puṣkare proktaṁ kurukṣetre ravigṛhe | dvārakāyāṁ ca vaiśākhe prabhāse ca śaśigrahe siddheśvare śivarātrau kṣetra caiva tu hāṭake | śuklatīrthe tu revāyāṁ gaṅgāsāgarasaṅgame aśvamedhādibhiryajñairvratairdvādaśi-saṁjñakaiḥ | kapilākoṭibhirdattairhemabhāraśatairapi cāndrāyaṇaiśca pārākaiḥ kṛtairyatphalamāpnuyāt | pratiṣṭhāpya harerarcāṁ puṇyamāpnoti nārada

English translation

208 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA O Narada, the merit one acquires by bathing at the confluence of three rivers at Prayaga in the month of Magha; by offering oblations to the forefathers at Gaya during the dark fortnight in the month of Bhadra; by ritualistically bathing at Puskara in the month of Karttika; by taking a sacred bath at Kuruksetra during a solar eclipse; by taking a holy bath at Dvaraka in the month of Vais'akha; by bathing at Prabhasa during a lunar eclipse; by bathing at Siddhesvara and Hataka on Sivaratri; by ritualistically bathing at Suklatlrtha, in the Reva river, or at Ganga- sagara; by performing a horse sacrifice; by observing the DvadasI vrata; by giving ten million brown cows in charity; by giving one hundred pots of gold in charity; and by observing the cdndrdyana vrata and pdrdk vrata, is obtained by installing the Deity of Lord Hari.

HBV 19.22

Source

तस्मात् कलियुगे घोरे विशेषेण नरोत्तमैः । स्थापनीया हरेरर्चाꣳ पितृणाꣳ मुक्तिमिच्छता

tasmāt kaliyuge ghore viśeṣeṇa narottamaiḥ | sthāpanīyā harerarcāṁ pitṛṇāṁ muktimicchatā

English translation

Therefore, those who desire liberation for their forefathers, especially in this terrible age of Kali, should install a Deity of Lord Hari.

HBV 19.23

Source

अन्यकृते च प्रासादे प्रतिमाꣳ स्थापयेत्तु यः । कुलायुतशतैर्युक्तो वसते विष्णुवेश्मनि

anyakṛte ca prāsāde pratimāṁ sthāpayettu yaḥ | kulāyutaśatairyukto vasate viṣṇuveśmani

English translation

One who installs a Deity of the Supreme Lord in someone else's temple or palace, will reside in the abode of Lord Visnu, along with ten thousand generations of his family.

HBV 19.24

Source

स धन्यः स कुलीनश्च पितृणाꣳ भवते सुतः । कारयित्वा हरेर्धिष्ण्यꣳ यः स्थापयति केशवम्

sa dhanyaḥ sa kulīnaśca pitṛṇāṁ bhavate sutaḥ | kārayitvā harerdhiṣṇyaṁ yaḥ sthāpayati keśavam

English translation

He is glorious, born in a noble family, and a truly responsible son who prepares and installs a Deity of Lord Kesava.

HBV 19.25

Source

हरस्य विष्णोर्भानोर्वा प्रासादे चापि नारद । स्थापयित्वा हरेरर्चाꣳ मुख्यꣳ पुण्यमवाप्नुयात्

harasya viṣṇorbhānorvā prāsāde cāpi nārada | sthāpayitvā harerarcāṁ mukhyaṁ puṇyamavāpnuyāt

English translation

O Narada, if you install a Deity of Lord Hari in a Siva temple, a Visnu temple, or a temple of the sun-god, you will acquire immense pious merit.

HBV 19.26–27

Source

यो विष्णुꣳ स्थापयेद्देवꣳ सर्वदेवनमस्कृतम् । स्थापितꣳ तेन सर्वꣳ स्याज्जगत् स्थावरजङ्गमम् अतीतान् दशपूर्वꣳश्च तथैवानागतान् दश । आत्मानꣳ सपरीवारꣳ विष्णुलोकꣳ नयेन्नरः

yo viṣṇuṁ sthāpayeddevaṁ sarvadevanamaskṛtam | sthāpitaṁ tena sarvaṁ syājjagat sthāvarajaṅgamam atītān daśapūrvaṁśca tathaivānāgatān daśa | ātmānaṁ saparīvāraṁ viṣṇulokaṁ nayennaraḥ

English translation

that is found in the Hayasirsa-pancardtra these verses appear) yo visnurh sthdpayed devarh sarvvadeva namaskrtam sthdpitarh tena sarvvarh sydj jagat sthdvara jangamam atltdn dasa purvvarhsca tathaiva ndgatdn dasa dtmdnam sapar'wararh visnulokarh nayen narah One who installs a Deity of Lord Visnu, who is worshipped by all the demigods, firmly establishes all moving and non-moving living entities within the universe, and delivers ten previous generations and ten future generations of his family, as well as himself, along with all his family members.

HBV 19.28

Source

कोटिजन्मगतꣳ पापꣳ स्वल्पकꣳ यदि वा गुरु । तत् सर्वꣳ भस्मसात् कुर्यात् सꣳस्थाप्य मधुघातिनम्

koṭijanmagataṁ pāpaṁ svalpakaṁ yadi vā guru | tat sarvaṁ bhasmasāt kuryāt saṁsthāpya madhughātinam

English translation

All sinful reactions that one accumulated during his previous ten million lifetimes, whether grave or ordinary, are burnt to ashes simply by installing a Deity of Lord Madhusudana.

210 SRI H A R l - B H A K T I - VILAS A

HBV 19.29–30

Source

एवꣳ यः कुरुते राजन् प्रनिष्ठाꣳ देवचक्रिणः । सर्वपापविनिर्मुक्तः सर्व भूषणभूषितः विमानेन विचित्रेण त्रिसप्तकुलजैः सह । पूजाꣳ सम्प्राप्य महतीमिन्द्रलोकादिषु क्रमात् । सबान्धवꣳ सुखꣳ प्राप्य विष्णुलोके महीयते

evaṁ yaḥ kurute rājan praniṣṭhāṁ devacakriṇaḥ | sarvapāpavinirmuktaḥ sarva bhūṣaṇabhūṣitaḥ vimānena vicitreṇa trisaptakulajaiḥ saha | pūjāṁ samprāpya mahatīmindralokādiṣu kramāt | sabāndhavaṁ sukhaṁ prāpya viṣṇuloke mahīyate

English translation

O King, one who installs a Deity of Lord Hari, who wields a cakra, is freed from all sinful reactions and is transferred to Vaikuntha, the abode of Lord Visnu, along with twenty-one generations of his family, as well as his friends, after being decorated with all kinds of ornaments and receiving great adoration in the heavenly planets on the way.

HBV 19.31

Source

प्रतिष्ठाꣳ नरसिꣳहस्य यः करोति यथाविधि । निष्कामो नरशार्दूल देहबन्धात् प्रमुच्यते

pratiṣṭhāṁ narasiṁhasya yaḥ karoti yathāvidhi | niṣkāmo naraśārdūla dehabandhāt pramucyate

English translation

O King, one who installs a Deity of Lord Nrsirhha, according to the prescribed rules and regulations, and without desire for personal benefit, will be freed from the bondage of the material body.

HBV 19.32

Source

सकामो नरसिꣳहस्य परꣳ प्राप्य च मोदते । मन्वन्तराण्यनेकानि लब्धसौख्यो विमुच्यते

sakāmo narasiṁhasya paraṁ prāpya ca modate | manvantarāṇyanekāni labdhasaukhyo vimucyate

English translation

O n e who installs the Deity while maintaining some material motive will go to reside in the abode of Lord Nrsirhha for many manvantaras before finally achieving liberation.

HBV 19.33

Source

नरसिम्हर्ह् प्रतिस्थ्द्प्य यह् पुज्द्म् द्चरेन् नरह् तस्य क्द्मह् प्रसिध्यन्ति पुत्र पौत्र्द्दयो भुवि

narasimharh pratisthdpya yah pujdm dcaren narah tasya kdmah prasidhyanti putra pautrddayo bhuvi

English translation

One who worships the Deity of Lord Nrsimhadeva after having Him properly installed will be blessed with the fulfillment of all his desires in this world, as well as praiseworthy children and grandchildren.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 19.34

Source

विधिवत् स्थापयेद्यस्तु कारयित्वा जनार्दनम् । न जातु निर्गमस्तस्य विष्णुलोकात् कथञ्चन

vidhivat sthāpayedyastu kārayitvā janārdanam | na jātu nirgamastasya viṣṇulokāt kathañcana

English translation

One who carves and then installs a Deity of Lord janardana, according to the procedures outlined in the scriptures, will never fall down from the abode of Lord Visnu.

HBV 19.35

Source

गोष्ठे वा शैलशृङ्गे वा पुण्यारण्ये नदीनटे । प्रासादे स्थापयेत् कृष्णꣳ तीर्थकोटिफलꣳ लभेत्

goṣṭhe vā śailaśṛṅge vā puṇyāraṇye nadīnaṭe | prāsāde sthāpayet kṛṣṇaṁ tīrthakoṭiphalaṁ labhet

English translation

By installing a Deity of Lord Krsna in a pasturing ground, on a mountain peak, in a sacred forest, by the side of a river, or in a temple, one achieves the benefit of visiting ten million holy places of pilgrimage.

HBV 19.36

Source

कोटिकोमिहाज्ञानात् कोटितीर्थपरिज्भ्रामात् । तत् फलꣳ लभते भक्त्या सꣳप्रतिष्ठाप्य केशवम्

koṭikomihājñānāt koṭitīrthaparijbhrāmāt | tat phalaṁ labhate bhaktyā saṁpratiṣṭhāpya keśavam

English translation

212 SRI H A R I - B H AKTI - VILASA The merit attained by cultivating knowledge during millions of lifetimes, and the merit of visiting millions of holy places can be obtained simply by installing a Deity of Lord Kes'ava, according to the procedures prescribed in the revealed scriptures.

HBV 19.37

Source

सदा मन्त्रकोटिजपाद्यत् फलꣳ पुरुषो लभेत् । तत् फलꣳ समवाप्नोति सꣳस्थाप्य पुरुषोत्तमम्

sadā mantrakoṭijapādyat phalaṁ puruṣo labhet | tat phalaṁ samavāpnoti saṁsthāpya puruṣottamam

English translation

The merit one obtains by chanting sacred mantras ten million times is achieved simply by installing a Deity of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Krsna.

HBV 19.38

Source

कोटियज्ञेन यत् पुण्यꣳ पुण्यारण्यनिषेवणात् । तत् फलꣳ लभते मर्त्यस्तद्वत् सꣳस्थाप्य केशवम्

koṭiyajñena yat puṇyaṁ puṇyāraṇyaniṣevaṇāt | tat phalaṁ labhate martyastadvat saṁsthāpya keśavam

English translation

The pious merit accumulated by performing ten million sacrifices, and by residing in a holy forest can be earned simply by installing the Deity of Lord Kesava.

HBV 19.39

Source

यावज्जन्म हरेर्नामग्रहणे यत् फलꣳ लभेत् । तत् फलꣳ समवाप्नोति सꣳस्थाप्य पुरुषोत्तमम्

yāvajjanma harernāmagrahaṇe yat phalaṁ labhet | tat phalaṁ samavāpnoti saṁsthāpya puruṣottamam

English translation

The fruit of chanting the holy names of Lord Hari during one's entire life can be attained simply by installing a Deity of Lord Krsna.

HBV 19.40

Source

चैत्रे वा फाल्गुने वापि ज्यैष्ठे वा माधवे तथा । माघे वा सर्वदेवानाꣳ प्रतिष्ठा शुभदा भवेत्

caitre vā phālgune vāpi jyaiṣṭhe vā mādhave tathā | māghe vā sarvadevānāṁ pratiṣṭhā śubhadā bhavet

English translation

matsye (In the Matsa Purana it is stated) caitre va phalgune vapi jyaisthe va mddhave tatha

mdghe vd sarvvadevdndm pratisthd subhadd bhavet It is always auspicious to install a Deity of the Supreme Lord during the months of Caitra, Phalguna, Jaistha, Vaisakha, or Magna.

HBV 19.41–42

Source

प्राप्य पक्षꣳ शुभꣳ शुक्लमतीते चोत्तरायणे । पञ्चमी च द्वितीया च तृतीया सप्तमी तथा दशमी पौर्णमासी च तथा श्रेष्ठा त्रयोदशी । आसु प्रतिष्ठा विधिवत् कृत्वा बहुफला भवेत्

prāpya pakṣaṁ śubhaṁ śuklamatīte cottarāyaṇe | pañcamī ca dvitīyā ca tṛtīyā saptamī tathā daśamī paurṇamāsī ca tathā śreṣṭhā trayodaśī | āsu pratiṣṭhā vidhivat kṛtvā bahuphalā bhavet

English translation

If one installs a Deity of the Supreme Lord according to the procedures laid down in the scriptures on the Dvitlya, Trtiya, Pancaml, Saptami, Dasami, Trayodasi, or Purmina of the fortnight of the waxing moon when the sun travels in the northern hemisphere, one will obtain very auspicious merit.

HBV 19.43–44

Source

आषाढे द्वे तथा मूलमुत्तरात्रयमेव च । ज्येष्ठाश्रवणरोहिण्यः पूर्वभाद्रपदा तथा हस्ताश्विनी रेवती च पुष्या मृगशिरस्तथा । अनुराधा तथा स्वाती प्रतिष्ठादिषु शस्यते

āṣāḍhe dve tathā mūlamuttarātrayameva ca | jyeṣṭhāśravaṇarohiṇyaḥ pūrvabhādrapadā tathā hastāśvinī revatī ca puṣyā mṛgaśirastathā | anurādhā tathā svātī pratiṣṭhādiṣu śasyate

English translation

The Deity's installation ceremony can also be performed when the sun travels in the vicinity of the following stars: Purvasadha, Uttarasadha, Mula, Uttaraphalguni, Uttarabhadrapada, Jaistha, Sravana, Rogini, Purvabhadrapada, Hasta, Asvini, Revati, Pusya, Mrgasira, Anuradha, and Svati.

214 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.45

Source

बुधो बृहस्पतिः शुक्रस्त्रय एते शुभाबहाः । एभिइनिरीक्षितꣳ लग्नꣳ नक्षत्रञ्च प्रशस्यते

budho bṛhaspatiḥ śukrastraya ete śubhābahāḥ | ebhiinirīkṣitaṁ lagnaṁ nakṣatrañca praśasyate

English translation

Wednesdays, Thursdays, and Fridays are auspicious days for installing a Deity. Also, when one observes the presence of one's birth star—that also denotes a suitable day for installing the Deity.

HBV 19.46–47

Source

ग्रहताराबलꣳ लब्ध्वा ग्रहपूजाꣳ विधाय च । निमित्तꣳ शकुनꣳ लब्ध्वा वर्जयित्वाद्भुतादिकम् शुभे योगे शुभे स्थाने क्रूरग्रहविवर्जिते । लग्ने ऋक्षे च कुर्वीत प्रतिष्ठादिकमुक्तवत्

grahatārābalaṁ labdhvā grahapūjāṁ vidhāya ca | nimittaṁ śakunaṁ labdhvā varjayitvādbhutādikam śubhe yoge śubhe sthāne krūragrahavivarjite | lagne ṛkṣe ca kurvīta pratiṣṭhādikamuktavat

English translation

One should insure that the planets are situated in an auspicious manner. One should first worship the predominating deities of the visible planets so as to avoid the sudden occurrence of a natural calamity, such as an earthquake. One should also insure that there is no presence of an inauspicious planet during the installation ceremony. Thus, on an auspicious day, and at an auspicious moment, one should perform the installation ceremony according to the prescribed rules and regulations.

HBV 19.48

Source

अयने विषुवे तद्वत् षडशीतिमुखे तथा । एतेषु स्थापनꣳ कार्यꣳ विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा

ayane viṣuve tadvat ṣaḍaśītimukhe tathā | eteṣu sthāpanaṁ kāryaṁ vidhidṛṣṭena karmaṇā

English translation

During the vernal equinox, and other passages of the sun from one constellation to another while in the northern hemisphere, it is recommended that one should install Deity of the Supreme Lord.

HBV 19.49

Source

प्राजापत्ये तु शयनꣳ श्वेते तूत्थापनꣳ तथा । मुहूर्ते स्थापनꣳ कुर्यात्तथा ब्राह्मे विचक्षणः

prājāpatye tu śayanaṁ śvete tūtthāpanaṁ tathā | muhūrte sthāpanaṁ kuryāttathā brāhme vicakṣaṇaḥ

English translation

Just as a learned devotee puts the Supreme Lord to rest during the auspicious moment of prajapatya and wakes Him up during the auspicious time of sveta, one should install the Deity of the Lord during the brahma- muhurta, which begins one-and-a-half hours before sunrise.

HBV 19.50

Source

उत्तराशाश्रिते भानौ शुक्लपक्षे सुरेश्वर । कृष्णपक्षान्तिम-त्र्यꣳशादृते सुरगणार्चित

uttarāśāśrite bhānau śuklapakṣe sureśvara | kṛṣṇapakṣāntima-tryaṁśādṛte suragaṇārcita

English translation

O Lord, who is worshiped by the demigods! O master of the demigods, during the fortnight of the waxing moon, as the sun travels in the northern hemisphere, one should perform the Deity's installation ceremony. One should avoid the thirteenth and fourteenth days of the waning moon, the new moon day, and the first day of the waxing moon.

HBV 19.51–53

Source

शुक्लस्याद्यꣳ परित्यज्य प्रतिष्ठाꣳ कारयेद्बुधः । माघे मासि फाल्गुने वा चैत्र-वैशाखयोरपि ज्यैष्ठे मास्यथवाषाढे सुयोगकरणान्विते । प्रतिपच्च द्वितीया च तृतीया पञ्चमी तथा सप्तमी दशमी चैव द्वादशी च त्रयोदशी । अष्टमी पौर्णमासी च प्रतिष्ठायाꣳ सुशोभनाः

śuklasyādyaṁ parityajya pratiṣṭhāṁ kārayedbudhaḥ | māghe māsi phālgune vā caitra-vaiśākhayorapi jyaiṣṭhe māsyathavāṣāḍhe suyogakaraṇānvite | pratipacca dvitīyā ca tṛtīyā pañcamī tathā saptamī daśamī caiva dvādaśī ca trayodaśī | aṣṭamī paurṇamāsī ca pratiṣṭhāyāṁ suśobhanāḥ

English translation

216 SRi HARI-BHAKTI-VILAS A Other days that are suitable for installing the Deity are the first, second, third, fifth, seventh, eighth, tenth, twelfth, thirteenth, and full moon day of the fortnight of the waxing moon when the planets and stars are situated in an auspicious manner during the months of Magna, Phalguna, Caitra, Vaisakha, Jaistha and Asadha.

HBV 19.54–56

Source

गुरुः सोमो बुधः शक्रः प्रतिष्ठायाꣳ शुभावहाः । मेषो वृषोऽथ मिथुनः कर्कटो वृश्चिकस्तथा सिꣳहः कन्या च सततꣳ विज्ञेयाः शान्तिकारकाः । उत्तरासु तथा मूले रौद्रे पुष्येऽथ शस्यते वैष्णवे चानराधे च रेवत्याꣳ रोहिणीषु च । अश्विन्यामथ चित्रायाꣳ भरण्याꣳ च पुनर्वसौ

guruḥ somo budhaḥ śakraḥ pratiṣṭhāyāṁ śubhāvahāḥ | meṣo vṛṣo'tha mithunaḥ karkaṭo vṛścikastathā siṁhaḥ kanyā ca satataṁ vijñeyāḥ śāntikārakāḥ | uttarāsu tathā mūle raudre puṣye'tha śasyate vaiṣṇave cānarādhe ca revatyāṁ rohiṇīṣu ca | aśvinyāmatha citrāyāṁ bharaṇyāṁ ca punarvasau

English translation

Thursdays, Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays are days suitable for installing the Deity. It has been ascertained that the Mesa, Vrsabha, Mithuna, Karkata, Vrscika, Simha, and Kanya lagnas are always to be considered auspicious in this regard. Other suitable times are when the stars Uttara Sadha, Uttara Phalguni, Uttara Bhadrapada, Mula, Adra, and Pusya are present. One may also install the Deity when the Sravana, Anuradha, Revati, RohinI, AsvinI, Citra, BharanI, Punarvasu, and Mrgasira naksatras are present.

HBV 19.57–58

Source

प्रतिष्ठाꣳ कारयेद्विद्वान् नक्षत्रे मृगशीर्षके । अयने विषुवे चैव षडशीतिमुखे तथा मित्रꣳ परममित्रञ्च सम्पत्क्षेमञ्च साधकम् । तारापञ्चकमेतच्च प्रतिष्ठायाꣳ प्रशस्यते

pratiṣṭhāṁ kārayedvidvān nakṣatre mṛgaśīrṣake | ayane viṣuve caiva ṣaḍaśītimukhe tathā mitraṁ paramamitrañca sampatkṣemañca sādhakam | tārāpañcakametacca pratiṣṭhāyāṁ praśasyate

English translation

During the vernal equinox, and the other passages of the sun from one constellation to another, as the sun travels in the northern hemisphere, as well as during the periods of these five of the nine tdrds—Mitra, Paramamitra, Sampat, Ksema and Sadhaka—one may arrange for the installation of the Deity.

HBV 19.59

Source

गरꣳ विष्टिञ्च किन्तुघ्नꣳ शाकुनञ्च चतुष्पदम् । वर्जयेत् सुप्रयत्नेन प्रतिष्ठायाꣳ सुरेश्वर

garaṁ viṣṭiñca kintughnaṁ śākunañca catuṣpadam | varjayet suprayatnena pratiṣṭhāyāṁ sureśvara

English translation

O Lord of the demigods, some karanas, or particular moments, such as gara, visti, kintaghna, sdkuna and catuspada should be carefully avoided when installing the Deity.

HBV 19.60–61

Source

विष्कुम्भमतिगण्डञ्च शूलꣳ परिघमेव च । गण्ड व्याघातकꣳ चैव वैधृतिꣳ वज्रमेव च व्यतीपातꣳ हर्षणञ्च योगानेतान् विवर्जयेत् । न शस्तꣳ ग्रहणे नित्यꣳ तथा वै दक्षिणायणे

viṣkumbhamatigaṇḍañca śūlaṁ parighameva ca | gaṇḍa vyāghātakaṁ caiva vaidhṛtiṁ vajrameva ca vyatīpātaṁ harṣaṇañca yogānetān vivarjayet | na śastaṁ grahaṇe nityaṁ tathā vai dakṣiṇāyaṇe

English translation

Inauspicious yogas, or the combination of planets, such as vikumbha, atiganda, sula, parigha, ganda, vyaghata, vaidhrti, vajra, vyatipata and harsana should also be avoided, as should solar and lunar eclipses, and the sun's journey in the southern hemisphere.

HBV 19.62

Source

लग्ने तु सुस्थिरे कार्यꣳ स्थिराꣳशे सुरसत्तम । कर्तुश्चोपचयोपेते मुहूर्ते शोभने द्विज

lagne tu susthire kāryaṁ sthirāṁśe surasattama | kartuścopacayopete muhūrte śobhane dvija

English translation

218 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA O foremost of demigods! O brdhmana, a time is considered suitable for the installation of a Deity when the lagna is fixed. This will ensure a one's steady progress in life. Therefore, one should carefully ascertain an auspicious moment.

HBV 19.63–65

Source

मैत्रे वैराज-सावित्रे श्वेते वा वासवे शिवे । अभिजिद्रोहिणीनाञ्च मुहूर्ते पद्मसम्भवे गान्धर्वे वा स्थापयीत हरिꣳ सुरगणार्चितम् । आदित्यस्य बलꣳ लब्ध्वा लग्नꣳ शुभनिरीक्षितम् चन्द्रताराबलꣳ प्राप्य स्थापयेत् पुरुषोत्तमम् । सुग्रहे च सुनक्षत्रे कुर्यत्तत्राधिवासनम्

maitre vairāja-sāvitre śvete vā vāsave śive | abhijidrohiṇīnāñca muhūrte padmasambhave gāndharve vā sthāpayīta hariṁ suragaṇārcitam | ādityasya balaṁ labdhvā lagnaṁ śubhanirīkṣitam candratārābalaṁ prāpya sthāpayet puruṣottamam | sugrahe ca sunakṣatre kuryattatrādhivāsanam

English translation

Lord Hari, who is the worshipable Deity of the demigods, should be installed during an auspicious muhurta, such as Maitra, Vairaja, Savitra, Sveta, Vasava, Siva, Abhijit, Rohini, Brahma, or Gandharva. The Supreme Lord Krsna should be installed in the presence of the sun, at an auspicious lagna, with the support of the moon and stars. The adhivasa should be held the day before the installation ceremony, at a time when auspicious planets and stars are present.

HBV 19.66

Source

हरौ सुप्ते न कर्तव्यꣳ देवार्चास्थापनꣳ बुधः । कर्तव्यꣳ तु विबुद्धे तु हꣳसे चाप्युत्तरꣳ गते

harau supte na kartavyaṁ devārcāsthāpanaṁ budhaḥ | kartavyaṁ tu vibuddhe tu haṁse cāpyuttaraṁ gate

English translation

One should not install the Deity of the Supreme Lord during the period when He rests in mystic slumber. The Deity should be installed when the Lord is awake as the sun travels in the northern hemisphere.

HBV 19.67

Source

सर्वकामसमृद्ध्यर्थꣳ स्थापयेदुत्तरायणे । वर्जयेत् सर्वयत्नेन मन्त्रविद्दक्षिणायनम्

sarvakāmasamṛddhyarthaṁ sthāpayeduttarāyaṇe | varjayet sarvayatnena mantraviddakṣiṇāyanam

English translation

To obtain the fulfillment of one's desires, one should install the Deity as the sun travels in the northern hemisphere. By all means, one who is expert in the chanting of mantras should avoid the period when the sun travels in the southern hemisphere.

HBV 19.68–69

Source

सिꣳहसꣳस्थꣳ गुरुꣳ शुक्रꣳ सर्वारम्भेषु वर्जयेत् । प्रारब्धꣳ न च सिध्येत महाभयकरꣳ भवेत् पुत्रभ्रातृकलत्राणि हन्याच्छीघ्रꣳ न सꣳशयः । कारको व्रजते नाशꣳ सन्तानꣳ क्षीयतेऽचिरात्

siṁhasaṁsthaṁ guruṁ śukraṁ sarvārambheṣu varjayet | prārabdhaṁ na ca sidhyeta mahābhayakaraṁ bhavet putrabhrātṛkalatrāṇi hanyācchīghraṁ na saṁśayaḥ | kārako vrajate nāśaṁ santānaṁ kṣīyate'cirāt

English translation

Before performing a pious act, one should carefully consider the time and thus should avoid a period when Jupiter or Venus is present in the house of Simharasi. If one performs a pious act at such an unfavorable time, it will not prove fruitful, but will rather award an adverse result. It may even cause the performer to lose his son, brother, or wife. There is no doubt of this. Such an unwise performer may himself be killed and soon thereafter, his children may die.

HBV 19.70

Source

देवारामतडागेषु प्रपोद्यान-ग्रहेषु च । सिꣳहस्थꣳ मकरस्थꣳ च गुरुꣳ यत्नेन वर्जयेत्

devārāmataḍāgeṣu prapodyāna-graheṣu ca | siṁhasthaṁ makarasthaṁ ca guruṁ yatnena varjayet

English translation

For installing a Deity, or for inaugurating a garden, pond, place where free drinking water is distributed, and so on, one should avoid a day when

220 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA Jupiter is in the house of sirhha or makara rasi.

HBV 19.71

Source

सिद्धक्षेत्रꣳ सरः पुण्यवनꣳ रम्यꣳ नदीतटम् । प्रासादो निर्मितः शक्त्या मनोरमगृहादि च

siddhakṣetraṁ saraḥ puṇyavanaṁ ramyaṁ nadītaṭam | prāsādo nirmitaḥ śaktyā manoramagṛhādi ca

English translation

The Deity of the Lord can be installed at a sacred place, near a lake, in a sanctified forest, on the bank of pleasant river, in a temple, or at home.

HBV 19.72

Source

अथ विङ्नियमोपेतꣳ देवतास्थापनꣳ शुभम् । पुरो दिशि यथा देवाः स्थाप्याः शृणु तथा मम

atha viṅniyamopetaṁ devatāsthāpanaṁ śubham | puro diśi yathā devāḥ sthāpyāḥ śṛṇu tathā mama

English translation

It is always beneficial for one to first ascertain the proper direction and then perform the installation ceremony. Hear now from Me about which Deity should be installed in which direction.

HBV 19.73–74

Source

नगरग्राममध्ये तु ब्रह्मणः स्थानमुत्तमम् । आखण्डलस्य सूर्यस्य पूर्वेणायतनꣳ शुभम् स्वदिग्गतꣳ कृशानोस्तु मातृणाञ्चैव दक्षिणे । भूतानामालयस्तस्मिन् धर्मराजाल्यः शुभः

nagaragrāmamadhye tu brahmaṇaḥ sthānamuttamam | ākhaṇḍalasya sūryasya pūrveṇāyatanaṁ śubham svadiggataṁ kṛśānostu mātṛṇāñcaiva dakṣiṇe | bhūtānāmālayastasmin dharmarājālyaḥ śubhaḥ

English translation

The eastern side of a city or village is a suitable place for Brahma, Indra, and the sun-god to be installed. The southeast corner is suitable for Agni, and the southern portion of a city or village is suitable for

installing deities of the goddesses. The southern part of a city or village is also suitable for installing the deity of Yamaraja and his servants.

HBV 19.75

Source

चण्डिकायाः पितृणाञ्च दैत्यानाꣳ नैरृते भवेत् । प्रचेतसः समुद्रस्य सिन्धूनाꣳ पश्चिमे भवेत्

caṇḍikāyāḥ pitṛṇāñca daityānāṁ nairṛte bhavet | pracetasaḥ samudrasya sindhūnāṁ paścime bhavet

English translation

The place for installing Candika and the forefathers should also be in the south, the place of the demons should be in the southwest, and the temple of Varuna and the Pracetas should be on the western side of town.

HBV 19.76

Source

फणिनाꣳ चव वायव्याꣳ वायोः स्थानन्तु तच्छुभम् । यक्षाधिपस्य स्कन्दस्य उदीच्याꣳ स्थानमुच्यते

phaṇināṁ cava vāyavyāṁ vāyoḥ sthānantu tacchubham | yakṣādhipasya skandasya udīcyāṁ sthānamucyate

English translation

Deities of serpents and the wind-god should be installed in the northwest. The temple of Kuvera, the leader of the Yaksas, as well as that of Skanda, should be built on the north side of a town or city.

HBV 19.77

Source

विष्णोः स्थानꣳ तु सर्वत्र कालभेदेन भिद्यते । नगराभिमुखाः सर्वे स्थापिताः शुभदा नृणाम्

viṣṇoḥ sthānaṁ tu sarvatra kālabhedena bhidyate | nagarābhimukhāḥ sarve sthāpitāḥ śubhadā nṛṇām

English translation

Although the temple of Lord Visnu can be built anywhere, there are some exceptions according to the time. If the temples of the Supreme Lord are built facing the center of the city or village, then it is very auspicious for everyone.

HBV 19.78

Source

अज्ञानाद्वा प्रमादाद्वा कृता यदि पराङ्मुखाः । तदा शास्त्रादिभिर्विद्वानुपायमिममाचरेत्

ajñānādvā pramādādvā kṛtā yadi parāṅmukhāḥ | tadā śāstrādibhirvidvānupāyamimamācaret

English translation

222 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA If, out of ignorance, or due to mistake, one installs a Deity in a direction other than that which has been prescribed, one should execute the following procedure.

HBV 19.79

Source

तद्वर्णभूषणोपेतꣳ तद्रूपायुधलक्षणम् । पुरस्याभिमुखꣳ भित्तौ त देवꣳ तत्र सꣳलिखेत्

tadvarṇabhūṣaṇopetaṁ tadrūpāyudhalakṣaṇam | purasyābhimukhaṁ bhittau ta devaṁ tatra saṁlikhet

English translation

One should make a drawing of a similar Deity, having the same color, ornaments, weapons, and characteristics, and place it in the wall of the eastern side of the temple.

HBV 19.80–81

Source

दिग्विशेषेण मे स्थानꣳ शृणु मे सुरसत्तम । ग्राममध्येऽथवारण्ये नदीनाꣳ सङ्गमे तथा नगरस्य समन्ताच्च सर्वत्राहꣳ प्रतिष्ठितः । भुक्तिमुक्तिप्रदꣳ पुꣳसाꣳ विशेषꣳ शृणु चापरम्

digviśeṣeṇa me sthānaṁ śṛṇu me surasattama | grāmamadhye'thavāraṇye nadīnāṁ saṅgame tathā nagarasya samantācca sarvatrāhaṁ pratiṣṭhitaḥ | bhuktimuktipradaṁ puṁsāṁ viśeṣaṁ śṛṇu cāparam

English translation

O foremost of demigods, hear now about the proper place for My Deity installation. If a person establishes My temple within a village, in a forest, at the confluence of two rivers, or in one of the four directions of a city, I award thern material enjoyment and liberation. Now, hear something more from Me in this regard.

HBV 19.82

Source

ऐन्द्र्याꣳ प्रशस्तꣳ विज्ञेयमाग्नेयाꣳ परिवर्जितम् । याम्याꣳ प्रशान्तये शस्तꣳ नैरृत्याꣳ भयदꣳ भवेत

aindryāṁ praśastaṁ vijñeyamāgneyāṁ parivarjitam | yāmyāṁ praśāntaye śastaṁ nairṛtyāṁ bhayadaṁ bhaveta

English translation

A temple of Lord Visnu should be built on the eastern side of a city, although one should avoid the southeast corner. The south is also suitable,

but building a temple in the southwest corner will award one great fear.

HBV 19.83

Source

द्रव्यादीनाꣳ प्रसिद्ध्यर्थꣳ वारुण्याꣳ राज्यसिद्धये । वायव्याꣳ वर्जयेद्यत्नात् कौवेर्याꣳ पुष्टिवर्धनम् । ऐशान्याꣳ यजनꣳ श्रेष्ठꣳ सर्वसम्पत्करꣳ नृणाम्

dravyādīnāṁ prasiddhyarthaṁ vāruṇyāṁ rājyasiddhaye | vāyavyāṁ varjayedyatnāt kauveryāṁ puṣṭivardhanam | aiśānyāṁ yajanaṁ śreṣṭhaṁ sarvasampatkaraṁ nṛṇām

English translation

When a temple of the Supreme Lord is built on the western side of a village or city, it bestows material prosperity to the inhabitants, although the northwest corner should be avoided. Indeed, the citizens of the entire kingdom will prosper. If a temple is built on the northern side, that will be very conducive to the health of the people in general, and if it is built in the northeast corner, it will enhance the overall welfare of the people.

HBV 19.84

Source

वर्णाश्रमविभागेन देवाः स्थाप्या हि नान्यथा

varṇāśramavibhāgena devāḥ sthāpyā hi nānyathā

English translation

devl purdne (In the Devi Purdna it is stated) varndsrama viblidgena devdh sthdpydhi ndnyathd The Deity installation must be carried out according to the procedures prescribed for one's position within the varndsrama society.

HBV 19.85

Source

चातुर्वर्णैस्तथा विष्णुः प्रतिष्ठाप्यः सुखार्थिभिः

cāturvarṇaistathā viṣṇuḥ pratiṣṭhāpyaḥ sukhārthibhiḥ

English translation

Desiring to attain happiness in this life, the members of the four varnas should install the Deity of Lord Visnu.

HBV 19.86

Source

पञ्चरात्रार्थकुशलो मन्त्रतन्त्रावधारकः । स्थापने सर्वदा शस्तो ब्रह्मचारी च शान्तियुक्

pañcarātrārthakuśalo mantratantrāvadhārakaḥ | sthāpane sarvadā śasto brahmacārī ca śāntiyuk

English translation

as well as those who guard the Deity)

224 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) pancardtrdrtha kusalo mantra tantrdva dhdrakah sthdpane sarvvadd sasto brahmacdri ca sdntiyuk A brahmacdri who is expert in the understanding of the Pancaratra, mantras, and tantras, and is peaceful in mind, is most the most suitable person for installing the Deity.

HBV 19.87

Source

अन्यथा कलहोद्वेगꣳ कुर्यान्नित्यꣳ महाभयम् । यजमाने नृपे राष्ट्रे स्थापके च निरागमे

anyathā kalahodvegaṁ kuryānnityaṁ mahābhayam | yajamāne nṛpe rāṣṭre sthāpake ca nirāgame

English translation

If this advice is not adhered to and an unqualified person installs the Deity—quarrel, anxiety, and fear will be certainly seen among the inhabitants of that place, and even the king and the spiritual master's disciples.

HBV 19.88

Source

अतःपरꣳ प्रवक्ष्यामि मूर्तिपानाꣳ तु लक्षणम् । स्थापकस्य समासेन लक्षणꣳ शृणुत द्विजाः

ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi mūrtipānāṁ tu lakṣaṇam | sthāpakasya samāsena lakṣaṇaṁ śṛṇuta dvijāḥ

English translation

O brdhmanas, I will now briefly describe the qualities of those who install the Deity and guard Him. Please hear with attention.

HBV 19.89–91

Source

सर्वावयवसम्पूर्णो वेदमन्त्रविशारदः। पुराणवेत्ता तत्त्वज्ञो दम्भलोभविवर्जितः कृष्णसारवरे देशे य उत्पन्नः शुभाकृतिः । शौचाचारपरो नित्यꣳ पाषण्डकुलनिष्पृहः समः शत्रौ च मित्रे च ब्रह्मोपेन्द्रहरप्रियः । ऊहापोहार्थतत्त्वज्ञो वास्तुशास्त्रस्य पारगः । आचार्यस्तु भवेन्नित्यꣳ सर्वदोषविवर्जितः

sarvāvayavasampūrṇo vedamantraviśāradaḥ| purāṇavettā tattvajño dambhalobhavivarjitaḥ kṛṣṇasāravare deśe ya utpannaḥ śubhākṛtiḥ | śaucācāraparo nityaṁ pāṣaṇḍakulaniṣpṛhaḥ samaḥ śatrau ca mitre ca brahmopendraharapriyaḥ | ūhāpohārthatattvajño vāstuśāstrasya pāragaḥ | ācāryastu bhavennityaṁ sarvadoṣavivarjitaḥ

English translation

The dedrya who orders the installation of the Deity should not have any bodily defect, and should be expert in chanting the Vedic mantras and reciting the Purdnas. He should be a knower of the Absolute Truth, devoid of greed and false pride, and from a place where black antelope are found. He should possess beautiful bodily features; always follow the codes of pure conduct; always shun the association of atheists; be equal to friends and enemies; and a dear devotee of Brahma, Visnu, and Siva, who is expert in convincing and discouraging others on the basis of the scriptures, a knower of architecture, and always faultless.

HBV 19.92

Source

मूर्तिपास्तद्विधाश्चैव कुलीना ऋजवस्तथा । द्वात्रिꣳशत् षोडशाथापि अष्टौ वा श्रुतिपारगाः । ज्येष्ठ-मध्य-कनिष्ठास्तु मूर्तिपाः परिकीर्तिताः

mūrtipāstadvidhāścaiva kulīnā ṛjavastathā | dvātriṁśat ṣoḍaśāthāpi aṣṭau vā śrutipāragāḥ | jyeṣṭha-madhya-kaniṣṭhāstu mūrtipāḥ parikīrtitāḥ

English translation

The Deity's guards should be similarly qualified. They should have been born in noble families, be pure in mind, and have studied the thirty two, sixteen, or eight divisions of Vedic literature. They are to be considered as good, better, or best according to the number of Vedic texts' they had studied.

HBV 19.93

Source

कर्तुमिच्छति यः पुण्यꣳ मन मूर्तिप्रतिष्ठया । अन्वेषणीयस्त्वाचार्यस्तेन लक्षणसꣳयुतः

kartumicchati yaḥ puṇyaṁ mana mūrtipratiṣṭhayā | anveṣaṇīyastvācāryastena lakṣaṇasaṁyutaḥ

English translation

226 S RI H A R I - B H A K T I - V I L A S A anvesaniyastu dry as tena laksana sarhyutah One who desires to accumulate pious merit by installing My Deity should look for a qualified dcdrya having all the required characteristics.

HBV 19.94

Source

सꣳशुद्धब्रह्मयोनिस्तु प्रलयोत्पत्तिसꣳस्थितिम् । यो वेत्ति कुलजो धीमानाचार्यत्वꣳ हि सोऽर्हति

saṁśuddhabrahmayonistu pralayotpattisaṁsthitim | yo vetti kulajo dhīmānācāryatvaṁ hi so'rhati

English translation

One who is pure-hearted and was born in a brdhmana family; who knows the Vedic version of the creation, maintenance, and annihilation of the universe; has a pious family background, and is very intelligent, is qualified to act as the dcdrya for installing the Deity.

HBV 19.95

Source

सम्मतः सर्ववर्णानाꣳ पञ्चरात्रविशारदः । क्रोधलोभविनिर्मुक्तो मात्सर्यदोष-वर्जितः

sammataḥ sarvavarṇānāṁ pañcarātraviśāradaḥ | krodhalobhavinirmukto mātsaryadoṣa-varjitaḥ

English translation

He should also be expert in the understanding of the scriptures, highly respected by the members of all varnas, and devoid of anger, greed, and envy.

HBV 19.96

Source

क्षयापस्माररहितः कुष्ठरोग-विवर्जितः । अन्यूनानतिरिक्ताङ्गो युवा लक्षणलक्षितः

kṣayāpasmārarahitaḥ kuṣṭharoga-vivarjitaḥ | anyūnānatiriktāṅgo yuvā lakṣaṇalakṣitaḥ

English translation

He should not be afflicted by serious diseases, such as tuberculosis, epilepsy, or leprosy. He should be young, and he should not be lacking a bodily limb, nor possess an extra limb.

HBV 19.97

Source

अनन्यदेवताभक्तः शूद्रान्नपरिवर्जितः । ब्राह्मणानामलाभे तु क्षत्रियो वैश्यशूद्रयोः

ananyadevatābhaktaḥ śūdrānnaparivarjitaḥ | brāhmaṇānāmalābhe tu kṣatriyo vaiśyaśūdrayoḥ

English translation

He should be an unalloyed devotee of the Supreme Lord. He should never eat food cooked by a sudra. If such a qualified acarya is not found in a brahmana family, then a qualified ksatriya can be appointed as the acarya for a vaisya or sudra.

HBV 19.98

Source

क्षत्रियाणामलाभे तु वैश्यः शूद्रस्य कल्पितः । कदाचिदपि शूद्रस्तु नैवाचार्यत्वमर्हति

kṣatriyāṇāmalābhe tu vaiśyaḥ śūdrasya kalpitaḥ | kadācidapi śūdrastu naivācāryatvamarhati

English translation

If a qualified ksatriya is not available then a qualified vaisya can act as the acarya for sudras. An uninitiated person can never assume the post of acarya.

HBV 19.99

Source

गृहस्थꣳ ब्रह्मचर्यस्थꣳ ककाराष्टकवर्जितम् । गुरुꣳ कुर्वीत सततमुपवासव्रते रतम् । ऋजुस्वभावꣳ मधुरस्मितपूर्वाभिभाषिणम्

gṛhasthaṁ brahmacaryasthaṁ kakārāṣṭakavarjitam | guruṁ kurvīta satatamupavāsavrate ratam | ṛjusvabhāvaṁ madhurasmitapūrvābhibhāṣiṇam

English translation

One who is devoid of these eight faults—afflicted by leprosy, having deformed nails, having a voice like a crow, lazy, always suffering, prone to anger, ugly, observes the vow of celibacy although a householder, and fickle-minded—and who observes the vow of fasting, is straightforward, has a smiling face, and speaks pleasingly, is to be accepted as a spiritual master.

HBV 19.100

Source

सर्वत्र व्यतिरिक्तन्तु आत्मानꣳ वेत्ति यो द्विजः । सर्वलक्षणहीनोऽपि स गुरुर्नात्र सꣳशयः

sarvatra vyatiriktantu ātmānaṁ vetti yo dvijaḥ | sarvalakṣaṇahīno'pi sa gururnātra saṁśayaḥ

English translation

228 SRj HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA There is no doubt that one who is twice-born, and who is always detached from material enjoyment, is qualified to be a spiritual master, even if he does not possess the other characteristics.

HBV 19.101

Source

अपि पापसमाचारः सर्वलक्षणवर्जितः । देशिकः स तु विज्ञेयः ससारार्णवतारकः

api pāpasamācāraḥ sarvalakṣaṇavarjitaḥ | deśikaḥ sa tu vijñeyaḥ sasārārṇavatārakaḥ

English translation

Even if such a thoroughly detached person is devoid of all good qualities and is engaged in sinful activities, he is certainly qualified to act as the acarya because he can deliver others from the ocean of material existence.

HBV 19.102

Source

पञ्चरात्रप्रबुद्धस्तु सिद्धान्तार्थस्य तत्त्ववित् । सर्वलक्षणहीनोऽपि आचार्यः स विशिष्यते

pañcarātraprabuddhastu siddhāntārthasya tattvavit | sarvalakṣaṇahīno'pi ācāryaḥ sa viśiṣyate

English translation

In addition, one who is well-versed in the Pancaratra literature, and who knows the Vaisnava conclusion about the Absolute Truth, is qualified to act as an acarya, even if he lacks the other characteristics.

HBV 19.103

Source

यस्य विष्णौ परा भक्तिर्यथा विष्णौ तथा गुरौ । स एव स्थापको ज्ञेयः सत्यमेतद्वदामि ते

yasya viṣṇau parā bhaktiryathā viṣṇau tathā gurau | sa eva sthāpako jñeyaḥ satyametadvadāmi te

English translation

One who possesses pure devotion for Lord Visnu, and similar devotion for his spiritual master, is a qualified person to install the Deity. This fact I am disclosing to you.

HBV 19.104

Source

येन तन्त्रेण प्रारब्धा प्रतिष्ठा गुरुणा भवेत् । तत्तन्त्रपारगाः शस्ताः मूर्तिपाश्छिन्नसꣳशया

yena tantreṇa prārabdhā pratiṣṭhā guruṇā bhavet | tattantrapāragāḥ śastāḥ mūrtipāśchinnasaṁśayā

English translation

If the Deity's guards are also well-versed in the tantra, which directs the spiritual master in performing the Deity installation ceremony, they are undoubtedly qualified for their posts.

HBV 19.105

Source

षडङ्गविदुषः सर्वे मन्त्रब्राह्मणपारगाः । एवꣳविधैर्वैष्णवैस्तु प्रतिष्ठामारभेद्गुरुः

ṣaḍaṅgaviduṣaḥ sarve mantrabrāhmaṇapāragāḥ | evaṁvidhairvaiṣṇavaistu pratiṣṭhāmārabhedguruḥ

English translation

A spiritual master, who is well-versed in the six branches of Vedic knowledge, and knows the required Vedic mantras and rituals, should begin the installation ceremony in the association of qualified Vaisnavas.

HBV 19.106–116

Source

शैवः सौरो नैष्ठिकश्च नग्नः सङ्करजोऽशुचिः । वृद्धः कुत्सितमूर्तिर्यो महापातकचिह्नितः कुष्ठी च कुनखी श्वित्री निष्ठीवी घर्घरस्वरः । अर्वुदी गण्डवी व्यङ्गी गर्वितो वधिरस्तथा तन्त्रविद्वेषिकश्चैव परद्रोहरतस्तथा । कुण्डः काकस्वरः क्लीवः कातरः क्रोधनस्तथा पुनर्भूश्च स्वयम्भूश्च गोलको नास्तिकस्तथा । जडोऽतिगौरः खल्वीटो हीनाङ्गः स्थूल एव च अतिकृष्णोऽधृणः पापी कृशो ह्रस्वोऽलसस्तथा । व्यापन्नोऽसꣳस्कृतश्चैव उद्विग्नो दीन एव च व्रतोपवासहीनश्च वृषलीपतिरेव च । पण्यरङ्गोपजैवी च पण्यस्त्री-पारदारिकः आचार्यपुत्रकादीनाꣳ विद्वेष्टा परसेवकः । भोजकः सुवकश्चैव व्यसनी पिशुनी गदी अतिर्रोगी भिषक् चैव साहसी समयच्युतः । द्विजातिगुरुदेवानाꣳ निन्दकः पापकस्तथा पिङ्गाक्षो धूम्रवर्णाक्षो विडालाक्षस्तथैव च । मत्सरी गण्डमाली च वकवृत्तिरतस्तथा उपायदेशहीनश्च कक्खटः कुत्सितव्रतः । निर्दयश्चैव निःसत्त्वो नैपुण्यपरिवर्जितः । प्रतिष्ठातन्त्रकिञ्चिज्ज्ञोऽवेदवेदाङ्गपारगः वर्जयीत प्रयत्नेन सर्वज्ञमपि नास्तिकम्

śaivaḥ sauro naiṣṭhikaśca nagnaḥ saṅkarajo'śuciḥ | vṛddhaḥ kutsitamūrtiryo mahāpātakacihnitaḥ kuṣṭhī ca kunakhī śvitrī niṣṭhīvī ghargharasvaraḥ | arvudī gaṇḍavī vyaṅgī garvito vadhirastathā tantravidveṣikaścaiva paradroharatastathā | kuṇḍaḥ kākasvaraḥ klīvaḥ kātaraḥ krodhanastathā punarbhūśca svayambhūśca golako nāstikastathā | jaḍo'tigauraḥ khalvīṭo hīnāṅgaḥ sthūla eva ca atikṛṣṇo'dhṛṇaḥ pāpī kṛśo hrasvo'lasastathā | vyāpanno'saṁskṛtaścaiva udvigno dīna eva ca vratopavāsahīnaśca vṛṣalīpatireva ca | paṇyaraṅgopajaivī ca paṇyastrī-pāradārikaḥ ācāryaputrakādīnāṁ vidveṣṭā parasevakaḥ | bhojakaḥ suvakaścaiva vyasanī piśunī gadī atirrogī bhiṣak caiva sāhasī samayacyutaḥ | dvijātigurudevānāṁ nindakaḥ pāpakastathā piṅgākṣo dhūmravarṇākṣo viḍālākṣastathaiva ca | matsarī gaṇḍamālī ca vakavṛttiratastathā upāyadeśahīnaśca kakkhaṭaḥ kutsitavrataḥ | nirdayaścaiva niḥsattvo naipuṇyaparivarjitaḥ | pratiṣṭhātantrakiñcijjño'vedavedāṅgapāragaḥ varjayīta prayatnena sarvajñamapi nāstikam

English translation

230 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA vydpanno 'sarhskrtascaiva ndvigno dina eva ca vratopavasa hinasca vrsali patireva ca panya rangopa jauvl ca pony as tri-pdraddrikah dcdryya putrakddindrh vidvestd parasevakah bhojakah sevakascaiva vyasani pisunl gadi atirrogi bhisak caiva sahasi samayacyutah dvijati gurudevanarh nindakah papakastathd pingdkso dhumravarndkso viddldksas tathaiva ca matsari gandamali ca vaka vrtti ratastatha upaya desa hinasca kakkhatah kutsita vratah nirddayascaiva nihsattvo naipunya parivarjjitah pratistha tantra kincijifio veda veddnga paragah varjjayita prayatnena sarvvajnam api ndstikam One can be appointed as a priest or acarya for conducting the Deity installation if he is none of the following—a devotee of Siva or the sun-god; a strict celibate; well-dressed; born of an illegitimate father or mother; impure; old; ugly; very sinful; afflicted with leprosy; having diseased nails or white leprosy; a tendency to spit again and again; a strange voice; afflicted by a tumor or swelling of a gland; disabled; proud; deaf; averse to the tantra literature; fond of troubling others; having

voice like a crow; idle; often angry; the son of an uncultured mother; an orphan; devoid of faith in the existence of the spiritual world; the son of a woman whose husband has died; an atheist; a gross materialist; too fair in complexion; bald; deformed; too fat; too dark; cruel; sinful; too thin; too short in stature; too lazy; always in danger; devoid of culture; full of anxiety; poor; averse to observing vows and fasts; a pimp; an actor; attached to prostitutes; envious of the acarya's children; engaged in serving worldly men; an enjoyer of food that is meant to be offered to the Lord; a worshiper of the demigods and goddesses so that he can earn his livelihood; a drunkard; a hypocrite; always sick or seriously ill a physician; a coward; not a follower of scriptural rules and regulations a blasphemer of the Supreme Lord, brdhmanas, and the spiritual master a sinner; having yellow eyes, smoke-colored eyes, or eyes like those of a cat; unable to endure others' prosperity; afflicted by a throat ailment; a cheater; one who left his profession and country; hard-hearted; an observer of inauspicious vows; merciless; weak; incompetent; one who has poor knowledge of the principal Vedic literatures. An atheist must be rejected by all means, even if he knows everything and seems to possess good qualities.

HBV 19.117

Source

परवाक्यप्रमाणज्ञो ब्राह्मणो वेदपारगः । रञ्जितः पशुशास्त्रेण नाचर्येत स देशिकः

paravākyapramāṇajño brāhmaṇo vedapāragaḥ | rañjitaḥ paśuśāstreṇa nācaryeta sa deśikaḥ

English translation

O n e cannot act as an dcarya if he presents contradictory or unauthorized statements as evidence, or is accustomed to studying atheistic literature, even if he is a brdhmana who is well-versed in the Vedas.

HBV 19.118

Source

यद्येतैर्वर्जितैर्विष्णोः स्थापन क्रियते क्वचित् । असाधकꣳ भुक्तिमुक्त्योर्निष्फलꣳ तन्न सꣳशयः

yadyetairvarjitairviṣṇoḥ sthāpana kriyate kvacit | asādhakaṁ bhuktimuktyorniṣphalaṁ tanna saṁśayaḥ

English translation

There is no doubt that if one is devoid of all the above-mentioned faults, but engages in sddhana for attaining material enjoyment, or liberation, then his endeavor as an dcarya will prove futile.

232 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.119

Source

नाभिषेकꣳ तु यः कुर्यात् प्रतिष्ठालोभमोहितः । स वाति नरकꣳ घोरꣳ सह शिष्यैर्न सꣳशयः

nābhiṣekaṁ tu yaḥ kuryāt pratiṣṭhālobhamohitaḥ | sa vāti narakaṁ ghoraṁ saha śiṣyairna saṁśayaḥ

English translation

Deity and yet does not agree to perform the ceremony) tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) ndbhisekarh tu yah kuryydt pratisthd lobha mohitah sa ydti narakarh ghorarh saha sisyair na sarhsayah One who, in spite of knowing the procedure for installing the Deity, does not perform the ceremony, being greedy to receive more money than was offered, will traverse the path to hell, along with his followers.

HBV 19.120

Source

इदानीमचलायास्तु श्रीमूर्तेः प्राग्विलिख्यते । प्रतिष्ठाविधिराकृष्य शास्त्रतः साधुसम्मतः

idānīmacalāyāstu śrīmūrteḥ prāgvilikhyate | pratiṣṭhāvidhirākṛṣya śāstrataḥ sādhusammataḥ

English translation

Now we shall describe the procedure for installing an immovable Deity by giving evidence from literatures that is approved by saintly persons.

HBV 19.121

Source

सुस्नातः शुक्लवस्त्रः सन् कृतकृत्यः शुभक्षणे । तिथ्यृक्षदैवते विघ्नेश्वरꣳ मातृश्च पूजयेत्

susnātaḥ śuklavastraḥ san kṛtakṛtyaḥ śubhakṣaṇe | tithyṛkṣadaivate vighneśvaraṁ mātṛśca pūjayet

English translation

The beginning of the installation of an immovable Deity) susnatah sukla vastrah son krta krtyah siibhaksane tithyrksa daivate vighnesvararh mdtrsca pujayet First, one should bathe in pure water and dress in white cloth. Then, after performing his daily worship of the Supreme Lord, he should worship, at an auspicious moment, the predominating deity of the day, any prominent star, Ganesa, the sixteen mothers.

HBV 19.122

Source

गौरी पद्मा शची मेधा सावित्री विजया जया । देवसेना स्वधा स्वाहा मातरो लोकमातरः । धृतिः पुष्टिश्च तुष्टिश्च शान्तिः स्वकुलदेवता

gaurī padmā śacī medhā sāvitrī vijayā jayā | devasenā svadhā svāhā mātaro lokamātaraḥ | dhṛtiḥ puṣṭiśca tuṣṭiśca śāntiḥ svakuladevatā

English translation

The mothers are Gaurl, Padma, Sad, Medha, Savitri, Vijaya, Jaya, Devasena, Svadha, Svaha, Dhrti, Pusti, Tusti, Santi, Atma-devata, and Kula-devata.

HBV 19.123

Source

वृद्धिश्राद्धꣳ ततः कृत्वा विधिवद्वृणुयाद्बुधः । आचार्यꣳ मधुपर्कादिदानेनाथ समर्चयेत्

vṛddhiśrāddhaṁ tataḥ kṛtvā vidhivadvṛṇuyādbudhaḥ | ācāryaṁ madhuparkādidānenātha samarcayet

English translation

After completing the ritual known as vrddhi sraddha, which is a part of the installation ceremony, an intelligent person should greet the acarya while giving him new cloth and ornaments and worshiping him with offerings of padya, arghya, and madhuparka.

HBV 19.124–125

Source

एवꣳ ब्रह्मचतुष्कञ्च तथा होतृचतुष्टयम् । द्वारजापि-चतुष्कञ्च पञ्चमꣳ गर्भजापिनम् तथा मूर्तिधरꣳ चैकꣳ पुराणस्तुतिपाठकम् । सर्वान् सम्पूज्य पुण्याहꣳ स्वस्त्याद्येतैस्तु वाचयेत्

evaṁ brahmacatuṣkañca tathā hotṛcatuṣṭayam | dvārajāpi-catuṣkañca pañcamaṁ garbhajāpinam tathā mūrtidharaṁ caikaṁ purāṇastutipāṭhakam | sarvān sampūjya puṇyāhaṁ svastyādyetaistu vācayet

English translation

After worshiping the four brahmds, four hotds, four external chanters, four internal chanters, one Deity holder, and one Purdna reciter, one

234 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA should have them perform the rituals known as punyaha and svastivacana, which invoke auspiciousness.

HBV 19.126–127

Source

मितꣳ षोडशभिर्हस्तैः किꣳवा द्वादशभिश्च तैः । दशभिर्वा प्रकुर्वीत मण्डपꣳ समलङ्कृतम् सप्तधान्याङ्कुरोपेतꣳ नदीमृद्वालुकाचितम् । तोरणादियुतꣳ दिव्यꣳ शङ्खभेर्यादिनादितम्

mitaṁ ṣoḍaśabhirhastaiḥ kiṁvā dvādaśabhiśca taiḥ | daśabhirvā prakurvīta maṇḍapaṁ samalaṅkṛtam saptadhānyāṅkuropetaṁ nadīmṛdvālukācitam | toraṇādiyutaṁ divyaṁ śaṅkhabheryādināditam

English translation

The size of the mandapa should be about sixteen, twelve, or ten feet in width. The floor should be covered with rice paddy, clay from a riverbed, and sand. Gates should be erected and the whole area should be decorated with flower garlands, fresh twigs, and so on. The air should be filled with the tumultuous sounds of drums, conch shells, and so on.

HBV 19.128–131

Source

प्रासादान्नातिदूरे तु कुर्यान्मण्डपमग्रतः । दशद्वादशहस्तꣳ वा परिक्षिप्तꣳ समन्ततः चतुर्भिस्तोरणैर्युक्त पुष्पदामाभिशोभितम् । प्लक्षोडुम्बरमश्वत्थꣳ वटः पूर्वादितः क्रमात् हस्तꣳ प्रवेशयेद्भूमौ दृश्य हस्तचतुष्टयम् । सूपलिप्तꣳ सुसमृष्टꣳ चतुर्द्वारेण सꣳयुतम् स्थण्डिलस्योपरि क्षिप्त समन्ताटुपशोभितम् । नदीतीरमृदा युक्तꣳ बालुकायाञ्च कारितम्

prāsādānnātidūre tu kuryānmaṇḍapamagrataḥ | daśadvādaśahastaṁ vā parikṣiptaṁ samantataḥ caturbhistoraṇairyukta puṣpadāmābhiśobhitam | plakṣoḍumbaramaśvatthaṁ vaṭaḥ pūrvāditaḥ kramāt hastaṁ praveśayedbhūmau dṛśya hastacatuṣṭayam | sūpaliptaṁ susamṛṣṭaṁ caturdvāreṇa saṁyutam sthaṇḍilasyopari kṣipta samantāṭupaśobhitam | nadītīramṛdā yuktaṁ bālukāyāñca kāritam

English translation

In front of the temple a mandapa should be constructed. It should be ten or twelve feet in width and its shape should be square. There should be gates in the four directions that are decorated with flower garlands. One should decorate the eastern gate with leaves and twigs of the asvattha tree, the western gate with leaves and twigs of the fig tree, the northern gate with leaves and twigs of the pdkuda tree, and the southern gate with leaves and twigs of the banyan tree. In the middle of the mandapa there should be a four-foot space that should be nicely cleansed, smeared with cow dung, and decorated with auspicious drawings. The floor should then be covered with clay and sand from a riverbank.

HBV 19.132

Source

प्रासादस्योत्तरे वापि पूर्व वा मण्डपो भवेत्

prāsādasyottare vāpi pūrva vā maṇḍapo bhavet

English translation

The mandapa should be built either to the north or east of the temple.

HBV 19.133

Source

हस्तान् षोडश कुर्वीत दश द्वादश वा पुनः । मध्ये वेदिकया युक्तः परिक्षिप्तः समन्ततः

hastān ṣoḍaśa kurvīta daśa dvādaśa vā punaḥ | madhye vedikayā yuktaḥ parikṣiptaḥ samantataḥ

English translation

The width of the mandapa should be sixteen, twelve, or ten feet. A square altar should be erected in the middle of the mandapa.

HBV 19.134

Source

सप्त पञ्च चतुर्वापि करान् कुर्वीत वेदिकाम् । चतुर्भिस्तोरणैर्युक्तो मण्डपः स्याच्चतुर्मुखः

sapta pañca caturvāpi karān kurvīta vedikām | caturbhistoraṇairyukto maṇḍapaḥ syāccaturmukhaḥ

English translation

The width of the altar should be seven, five, or four feet. The mandapa should have four gates.

236 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.135

Source

प्लक्षꣳ द्वारꣳ भवेत् पूर्वꣳ याम्यमौडुम्बरꣳ भवेत् । पश्चादश्वत्थघटितꣳ नैयग्रोधꣳ तथोत्तरम्

plakṣaṁ dvāraṁ bhavet pūrvaṁ yāmyamauḍumbaraṁ bhavet | paścādaśvatthaghaṭitaṁ naiyagrodhaṁ tathottaram

English translation

The eastern gate should be decorated with branches of the pakuda tree, the southern gate with branches of the fig tree, the western gate with branches of the asvattha tree, and the northern gate with branches of the banyan tree.

HBV 19.136

Source

भूमौ हस्तप्रविष्टानि चतुर्हस्तानि चोच्छ्रये । शोभनꣳ भूतलꣳ तत्र लिप्तञ्च गोमयाम्भसा । वस्त्रैर्नानाविधैस्तद्वत् पुष्पपल्लवशोभितम्

bhūmau hastapraviṣṭāni caturhastāni cocchraye | śobhanaṁ bhūtalaṁ tatra liptañca gomayāmbhasā | vastrairnānāvidhaistadvat puṣpapallavaśobhitam

English translation

One foot of the altar's height should be within the ground and four feet should be above ground. The altar should be beautified with decorations of flowers, twigs, and colorful cloth, and it should be smeared with cow dung.

HBV 19.137

Source

प्रासादꣳ वेष्टयित्वा तु कुर्यादगुप्ततरꣳ बुधः । कृत्वा गुप्तꣳ ततः पश्चाद्यागमण्डपमारभेत्

prāsādaṁ veṣṭayitvā tu kuryādaguptataraṁ budhaḥ | kṛtvā guptaṁ tataḥ paścādyāgamaṇḍapamārabhet

English translation

An intelligent person should surround the entire temple courtyard with cloth, so that the ceremony can be conducted in privacy. A sacrificial altar should also be constructed near the back.

HBV 19.138

Source

गर्भसूत्रꣳ तु निःसार्यꣳ प्रासादस्याग्रतो गुरुः । कृत्वा भूमिꣳ तु निःशल्याꣳ मण्डपꣳ सूत्रयेत्ततः

garbhasūtraṁ tu niḥsāryaṁ prāsādasyāgrato guruḥ | kṛtvā bhūmiṁ tu niḥśalyāṁ maṇḍapaṁ sūtrayettataḥ

English translation

The spiritual master should first clear the area of any hard objects, such as stone. Then, he should measure that area required with a thread.

HBV 19.139

Source

हीनस्तु मण्डपः कार्यो हीने त्वायतने सदा । उत्तमे तूत्तमः कार्यो मध्यमे मध्यमस्तथा

hīnastu maṇḍapaḥ kāryo hīne tvāyatane sadā | uttame tūttamaḥ kāryo madhyame madhyamastathā

English translation

A kanistha mandapa is small in size, a madhyama mandapa is of medium size, and an uttama mandapa is large.

HBV 19.140

Source

दशाष्टहस्तꣳ हीनꣳ तु मध्यꣳ द्वादशषोडशम् । विꣳशहस्तꣳ चतुर्विꣳशमुत्तमस्योत्तम द्विज

daśāṣṭahastaṁ hīnaṁ tu madhyaṁ dvādaśaṣoḍaśam | viṁśahastaṁ caturviṁśamuttamasyottama dvija

English translation

O brahmana, eight or ten feet is enough space for a kanistha mandapa. Twelve or sixteen feet is a suitable space for a madhyama mandapa, and twenty or twenty-four feet is enough space for an uttama mandapa.

HBV 19.141

Source

चतुर्हस्तादिमानानाꣳ प्रासादनाꣳ यथाक्रमम् । मण्डपानष्टहस्तादीन् कल्पयेद्द्वेदवृद्धितः

caturhastādimānānāṁ prāsādanāṁ yathākramam | maṇḍapānaṣṭahastādīn kalpayeddvedavṛddhitaḥ

English translation

If the width of the altar is four feet, then the mandapa should be eight feet wide, and if the width of the altar is eight feet, then the mandapa should be twelve feet wide.

HBV 19.142

Source

समवृत्तꣳ चतुर्द्वारꣳ चतुस्तोरणभूषितम् । विचित्रस्तम्भविन्यासꣳ रचनाचरितꣳ शुभम् । धूपनिर्गमनोपेतꣳ मण्डपꣳ कारयेद्बुधः

samavṛttaṁ caturdvāraṁ catustoraṇabhūṣitam | vicitrastambhavinyāsaṁ racanācaritaṁ śubham | dhūpanirgamanopetaṁ maṇḍapaṁ kārayedbudhaḥ

English translation

238 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA dhupa nirgamano petarh mandaparh kdrayed budhah The mandapa should have four entrances and four outer gates, all of the same size. One who is intelligent should insure that there is proper ventilation so that the smoke from the sacrificial fire can escape.

HBV 19.143

Source

मण्डपꣳ मण्डयेदार्द्रशाखाभिस्तु समन्ततः । विमलेन वितानेन पताकाभिश्च भूषयेत्

maṇḍapaṁ maṇḍayedārdraśākhābhistu samantataḥ | vimalena vitānena patākābhiśca bhūṣayet

English translation

The entire mandapa should be decorated with fresh twigs and branches. It should be covered by a white canopy and decorated with colorful flags.

HBV 19.144–145

Source

दर्पणैश्चामरैर्घण्टैः स्तम्भाम् वस्त्रैर्विभूषयेत् । कलसैर्घण्टिकाभिश्च साधारैर्गण्डुकैस्तथा मण्डपꣳ भूषयित्वैवꣳ जाह्नवोवालुकाꣳ शुभाम् । बाह्यदेशेषु विकिरेत पञ्चगव्येन प्रोक्षयेत्

darpaṇaiścāmarairghaṇṭaiḥ stambhām vastrairvibhūṣayet | kalasairghaṇṭikābhiśca sādhārairgaṇḍukaistathā maṇḍapaṁ bhūṣayitvaivaṁ jāhnavovālukāṁ śubhām | bāhyadeśeṣu vikireta pañcagavyena prokṣayet

English translation

The mandapa should also be decorated with mirrors, cdmaras, bells, pillars, cloth, pitchers, small bells, and gandukas with their stands. The floor of entire mandapa should be covered with sand from the Ganges and purified by sprinkling the five products of the cow.

HBV 19.146

Source

अश्वत्थोडुम्बरौ चैव न्यग्रोधः प्लक्षः एव च । तोरणार्थेषु कथिताः पूर्वादिषु ययाक्रमम्

aśvatthoḍumbarau caiva nyagrodhaḥ plakṣaḥ eva ca | toraṇārtheṣu kathitāḥ pūrvādiṣu yayākramam

English translation

The four outer gates should be decorated with leaves and branches of the pdkuda, fig, asvattha, and banyan trees.

HBV 19.147

Source

एकहस्तꣳ खनेद्भूमौ चतुर्हस्तꣳ तथोच्छ्रये । द्विहस्तान्तरमन्योऽन्यꣳ तोरणꣳ सम्प्रकल्पयेत्

ekahastaṁ khanedbhūmau caturhastaṁ tathocchraye | dvihastāntaramanyo'nyaṁ toraṇaṁ samprakalpayet

English translation

To construct these gates, one should dig a one-foot-deep hole, and make doors that are about four feet high and two feet from one another.

HBV 19.148

Source

तिर्यक् फलकमानꣳ स्यात् स्तम्भानामर्द्धमानतः । शैलाः पृथिवीमन्त्रेण स्थाप्याः पूज्यास्तु तोरणाः

tiryak phalakamānaṁ syāt stambhānāmarddhamānataḥ | śailāḥ pṛthivīmantreṇa sthāpyāḥ pūjyāstu toraṇāḥ

English translation

Beams that are half the width of the pillars should be placed diagonally. Before covering it with stone tiles, one should worship the stone, as well as the gates, by chanting the prthivi mantra.

HBV 19.149

Source

शुक्लवस्त्रयुगच्छन्नान् दर्भकिञ्जल्कसꣳयुतान् । पुष्पमालापरिक्षिप्तान् तोरणान् परिकल्पयेत्

śuklavastrayugacchannān darbhakiñjalkasaṁyutān | puṣpamālāparikṣiptān toraṇān parikalpayet

English translation

The gates and pillars should be covered with white cloth and decorated with kusa grass and flower garlands sprinkled with pollen.

HBV 19.150

Source

वृत्तꣳ वा चतुरस्रꣳ वा द्विषट्काष्ठाङ्गुलꣳ तु वा । षट्चतुर्वाङ्गुलꣳ कार्यꣳ तोरणꣳ निर्व्रणꣳ भवेत्

vṛttaṁ vā caturasraṁ vā dviṣaṭkāṣṭhāṅgulaṁ tu vā | ṣaṭcaturvāṅgulaṁ kāryaṁ toraṇaṁ nirvraṇaṁ bhavet

English translation

The pillars should either be round or square, and the circumference of each pillar should be about twenty-four fingers.

240 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.151

Source

तोरणस्तम्भमूलेषु कलसान् मङ्गलाङ्कुरान् । प्रदद्यादुपरिष्टात्तु कुर्याचक्रꣳ सुदर्शनम् । कलसꣳ वर्द्धमानꣳ वा वसुभागेन कल्पयेत्

toraṇastambhamūleṣu kalasān maṅgalāṅkurān | pradadyādupariṣṭāttu kuryācakraṁ sudarśanam | kalasaṁ varddhamānaṁ vā vasubhāgena kalpayet

English translation

At the bottom of the pillars should be placed water pitchers decorated with newly-sprouted rice paddy, and a cakra should be placed on top of each pitcher. There should be a total of eight pitchers, and whether they are big or small does not matter.

HBV 19.152

Source

नवेन चित्रवर्णेन वितानꣳ कारयेच्छुभम् । अथवा शुक्लवर्णेन मध्ये जलजभूषितम्

navena citravarṇena vitānaṁ kārayecchubham | athavā śuklavarṇena madhye jalajabhūṣitam

English translation

A spotless and colorful canopy should be hung over the mandapa. Alternatively, the canopy can be made of white cloth, having a lotus flower embroidered in the middle.

HBV 19.153

Source

उत्तमाधममध्यꣳ तु प्रमाणꣳ चास्य कीर्त्यते। मण्डपस्य प्रमाणन्तु ज्येष्ठꣳ तस्य वितानकम् । मध्यमꣳ वेदिकामात्रꣳ कनिष्ठꣳ मण्डलस्य तु

uttamādhamamadhyaṁ tu pramāṇaṁ cāsya kīrtyate| maṇḍapasya pramāṇantu jyeṣṭhaṁ tasya vitānakam | madhyamaṁ vedikāmātraṁ kaniṣṭhaṁ maṇḍalasya tu

English translation

The canopy can be large, medium, or small. A large canopy should cover the entire mandapa, a medium canopy should cover the altar, and a small canopy should cover the mandala.

HBV 19.154

Source

तन्मण्डपस्य मध्ये तु वेदीꣳ हस्तोच्छुरिताꣳ समाम् । पञ्चहस्तमिताꣳ दिव्याꣳ चतुरस्राꣳ प्रकल्पयेत्

tanmaṇḍapasya madhye tu vedīṁ hastocchuritāṁ samām | pañcahastamitāṁ divyāṁ caturasrāṁ prakalpayet

English translation

Within the mandapa, a beautiful altar should be constructed. It should be square, about one foot high, and about five feet wide.

HBV 19.155

Source

ऐशान्याꣳ हस्तमात्राञ्च ग्रहवेदीꣳ समाचरेत् । तथा कुण्डचतुष्कञ्च वेद्याः प्राच्यादिदिक्षु हि

aiśānyāṁ hastamātrāñca grahavedīṁ samācaret | tathā kuṇḍacatuṣkañca vedyāḥ prācyādidikṣu hi

English translation

A small separate altar should be constructed for the planets and placed at the northeast corner of the main altar. O n each side of the altar there should be a kunda.

HBV 19.156

Source

तच्च हस्तमितꣳ योनिवक्त्राढ्यꣳ सत्रिमेखलम् । चतुरस्रार्द्धशीताꣳशुवर्तुलाब्जाकृति क्रमात्

tacca hastamitaṁ yonivaktrāḍhyaṁ satrimekhalam | caturasrārddhaśītāṁśuvartulābjākṛti kramāt

English translation

These kundas, or pits, are meant for performing fire sacrifice. They should be one foot wide and surrounded by three concentric circles. These pits should be square, shaped like a half moon, round, or shaped like a lotus and placed to the east, south, west, and north of the altar.

HBV 19.157

Source

दीक्षाविधौ पुरालेखि कुण्डलक्षणमत्र तु । चतुर्दिक्षु त्यजेद्वेदीमङ्गुलानि त्रयोदश

dīkṣāvidhau purālekhi kuṇḍalakṣaṇamatra tu | caturdikṣu tyajedvedīmaṅgulāni trayodaśa

English translation

Details regarding the sacrificial kundas have already been given in connection with the process of initiation. However, one must carefully reject any measuring thirteen fingers.

242 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.158

Source

आचार्यकुण्डꣳ कुर्याच्च ग्रहवेद्यास्तु दक्षिणे । हस्तमात्रावटꣳ तच्च चतुरस्रꣳ सुलक्षणम्

ācāryakuṇḍaṁ kuryācca grahavedyāstu dakṣiṇe | hastamātrāvaṭaṁ tacca caturasraṁ sulakṣaṇam

English translation

One more kunda, or sacrificial pit, should be dug to the south of the altar, which is meant for the planets. The name of this kunda is acarya- kunda. This pit should be one-foot deep and square in shape.

HBV 19.159

Source

त्रिभागेनार्द्धभागेन कुर्याद्वेदीꣳ सुशोभनाम् । हस्तमात्रोच्छ्रिता कार्या मध्ये सम्यग्व्यवस्थिता

tribhāgenārddhabhāgena kuryādvedīṁ suśobhanām | hastamātrocchritā kāryā madhye samyagvyavasthitā

English translation

Half, or one-third of the entire area of the mandapa should be covered with beautiful, small altars.

HBV 19.160

Source

चतुष्कोणꣳ भवेत् कुण्डꣳ पूर्वस्याꣳ दिशि सर्वदा । अर्द्धचन्द्रꣳ भवेद्याम्याꣳ वारुण्याꣳ वर्तुलꣳ भवेत् । पद्माभमुत्तरे भागे कुण्डꣳ स्याद्द्विजसत्तम

catuṣkoṇaṁ bhavet kuṇḍaṁ pūrvasyāṁ diśi sarvadā | arddhacandraṁ bhavedyāmyāṁ vāruṇyāṁ vartulaṁ bhavet | padmābhamuttare bhāge kuṇḍaṁ syāddvijasattama

English translation

O n e should dig a square-shaped kunda in the east, a half-moon- shaped kunda in the south, a round kunda in the west, and a lotus-shaped kunda in the north.

HBV 19.161

Source

यजमानः सपत्नीकः पुत्रपौत्रसमन्वितः । ऋत्विग्भिः सहितः पश्चाद्द्वारेण प्रविशेत्ततः

yajamānaḥ sapatnīkaḥ putrapautrasamanvitaḥ | ṛtvigbhiḥ sahitaḥ paścāddvāreṇa praviśettataḥ

English translation

The client of a priest or dcdrya should take his wife, children, and grandchildren and enter the mandapa through the west gate.

HBV 19.162

Source

न्यसेत्तस्य चतुर्द्वार्षु द्वौ द्वौ कुम्भौ यवोपरि । जलपूर्णौ स्वर्णगौ पल्लवादियुतौ शुभौ

nyasettasya caturdvārṣu dvau dvau kumbhau yavopari | jalapūrṇau svarṇagau pallavādiyutau śubhau

English translation

At each of the four gates of the mandapa, two pitchers filled with pure water and some gold should be placed on grains of barley. The tops of the pitchers should be covered with twigs, or branches with at least five leaves.

HBV 19.163

Source

कृत्वैवꣳ मण्डपꣳ पूर्णꣳ चतुर्द्वारेषु विन्यसेत् । अव्रणान् कलसानष्टौ जलकाञ्चनगर्भितान्

kṛtvaivaṁ maṇḍapaṁ pūrṇaṁ caturdvāreṣu vinyaset | avraṇān kalasānaṣṭau jalakāñcanagarbhitān

English translation

Thus, there should be eight pitchers filled with water and gold placed at the four gates of the mandapa.

HBV 19.164

Source

चूतपल्लवसꣳच्छन्नान् सितवस्त्रयुगान्वितान् । स्रक्चन्दनफलोपेतान् चन्दनोदकपूरितान्

cūtapallavasaṁcchannān sitavastrayugānvitān | srakcandanaphalopetān candanodakapūritān

English translation

These water pitchers should be wrapped with fine white cloth, covered with a mango twig, and decorated with flower garlands, sandalwood paste, and fruit.

HBV 19.165

Source

अकालान् कलसानष्टौ चतुर्द्वारेषु स्थापयेत् । अन्तःकाञ्चनसꣳयुक्तान् फलपुष्पैरलङ्कृतान्

akālān kalasānaṣṭau caturdvāreṣu sthāpayet | antaḥkāñcanasaṁyuktān phalapuṣpairalaṅkṛtān

English translation

Eight water pitchers without any black marks should be installed at the four gates. Some gold should be placed in the water and the pitchers should be decorated with flowers and fruit.

HBV 19.166

Source

अहतैर्युगलैर्वस्त्रैर्ग्रीवायाꣳ तु निवेशितैः । चन्दनागुरुतोयेन पूरयित्वा यथाक्रमम्

ahatairyugalairvastrairgrīvāyāṁ tu niveśitaiḥ | candanāgurutoyena pūrayitvā yathākramam

English translation

Two pieces of new cloth should be wrapped around the neck of each pitcher. The pitchers should be filled with fresh water mixed with aguru and sandalwood paste.

HBV 19.167–169

Source

शातकुम्भमयान् कुर्याद्राजतान् शुक्लजानथ । जलाढकप्रपूराꣳश्च लोहजान् कारयेद्दृढान् मृन्मयान् कलसान् वापि पक्वविम्बोपमान् शुभान् । अष्टत्रिꣳशाधिकशतपलपूर्वाꣳस्तु मृन्मयान् आरक्तात् स्फोटरहितान् कालमण्डलवर्जितान् । आहृत्य कलसान् वस्त्रपूततोयेन पूरयेत् । सहिरण्यान् वस्त्रयुग्मबद्धकण्ठान्निवेशयेत्

śātakumbhamayān kuryādrājatān śuklajānatha | jalāḍhakaprapūrāṁśca lohajān kārayeddṛḍhān mṛnmayān kalasān vāpi pakvavimbopamān śubhān | aṣṭatriṁśādhikaśatapalapūrvāṁstu mṛnmayān āraktāt sphoṭarahitān kālamaṇḍalavarjitān | āhṛtya kalasān vastrapūtatoyena pūrayet | sahiraṇyān vastrayugmabaddhakaṇṭhānniveśayet

English translation

At the four gates, four water pitchers made of gold, silver, copper, or iron, that are strongly built and holding four prasthas of water should be placed. As an alternative, four clay pitchers, the color of red ripe bimba fruit, having no holes or black marks, and holding one hundred and thirty-eight palas of water, should be placed in the four gates. Each of the

pitchers should be filled with filtered water and some gold. The pitchers should be wrapped in cloth around their necks.

HBV 19.170

Source

कुर्यादुत्तरतस्तस्मादधिवासनमण्डपात् । चतुर्हस्तꣳ चतुर्द्वारकोणꣳ स्नपनमण्डपम्

kuryāduttaratastasmādadhivāsanamaṇḍapāt | caturhastaṁ caturdvārakoṇaṁ snapanamaṇḍapam

English translation

A square mandapa having four doors, four feet in width, should be constructed to the north of the main mandapa.

HBV 19.171

Source

तत्रेष्टकाभिः पक्वाभिः द्वित्रिहस्ताञ्च वेदिकाम् । विदध्याद्भूतलꣳ वाथ सकलꣳ बालुकामयम्

tatreṣṭakābhiḥ pakvābhiḥ dvitrihastāñca vedikām | vidadhyādbhūtalaṁ vātha sakalaṁ bālukāmayam

English translation

Within the mandapa, an altar, two or three feet wide, should be constructed using bricks. As an alternative, one may prepare the altar using layers of sand.

HBV 19.172

Source

एवꣳ सुशोभनꣳ कृत्वा मण्डपꣳ तु सुतोरणम् । तस्यैवोत्तरपार्श्वे च कर्तव्यः स्नानमण्डपः । सुशोभनꣳ तु कर्तव्यꣳ स्थण्डिलꣳ वालुकामयम्

evaṁ suśobhanaṁ kṛtvā maṇḍapaṁ tu sutoraṇam | tasyaivottarapārśve ca kartavyaḥ snānamaṇḍapaḥ | suśobhanaṁ tu kartavyaṁ sthaṇḍilaṁ vālukāmayam

English translation

After constructing a beautiful mandapa with doors and pillars, as previously described, a separate mandapa for snana, or bathing, should be built to the north of the main mandapa. The floor of this mandapa should be covered with clean sand.

HBV 19.173

Source

एवꣳ सतोरणꣳ कृत्वा अधिवासनमण्डपम् । तस्याप्युत्तरतः कुर्यात् स्नानमण्डपमुत्तमम् । तदर्द्धेन त्रिभागेन चतुर्भागेन वा पुनः

evaṁ satoraṇaṁ kṛtvā adhivāsanamaṇḍapam | tasyāpyuttarataḥ kuryāt snānamaṇḍapamuttamam | tadarddhena tribhāgena caturbhāgena vā punaḥ

English translation

After constructing the main mandapa with gates and pillars, one should build a snana mandapa to the north of it. This mandapa should be half, one-third, or one-fourth the size of the main mandapa.

HBV 19.174

Source

स्नानार्थꣳ कलसार्थञ्च स्नानद्रव्यार्थमेव च । जलनिर्गमनोपेतमर्द्धेन स्नानमण्डपम्

snānārthaṁ kalasārthañca snānadravyārthameva ca | jalanirgamanopetamarddhena snānamaṇḍapam

English translation

A snana mandapa, half the size of the original mandapa, should be constructed in such a way that the water used for bathing the Deity can be drained and collected.

HBV 19.175

Source

ऐशान्याꣳ कलसार्थञ्च तस्माद्दक्षिणगोचरे । पूर्वस्याꣳ मण्डपꣳ कुर्याद्यागद्रव्यार्थमायतम्

aiśānyāṁ kalasārthañca tasmāddakṣiṇagocare | pūrvasyāṁ maṇḍapaṁ kuryādyāgadravyārthamāyatam

English translation

Water pitchers should be placed at the northeast corner of that mandapa, and all the other ingredients for bathing should be placed on the eastern side.

HBV 19.176

Source

अथ वाद्यादिभिर्दिव्यैर्विचित्रैर्मङ्गलस्वनैः । कृत्वा महोत्सवꣳ न्यसेत् पताका विधिवद्गुरुः

atha vādyādibhirdivyairvicitrairmaṅgalasvanaiḥ | kṛtvā mahotsavaṁ nyaset patākā vidhivadguruḥ

English translation

Thereafter, the spiritual master should, according to the prescribed rules and regulations, place flags into the ground with great pomp, accompanied by the chanting of auspicious mantras and the playing of musical instruments.

HBV 19.177–178

Source

पूर्वणेन्द्रायुधाकारामाग्नेयामग्निसन्निभाम् । कृष्णाञ्चैव तु याम्यायाꣳ नैरृत्याꣳ तु तथैव च इन्द्रगोपनिभाकाराꣳ वारुण्याꣳ चैव दापयेत् । शिरीषपुष्पप्रतिमाꣳ वायव्याꣳ विनिवेशयेत् । कौवेर्याꣳ पीतवर्णाꣳ तु ऐशान्याꣳ पाण्डुरा भवेत्

pūrvaṇendrāyudhākārāmāgneyāmagnisannibhām | kṛṣṇāñcaiva tu yāmyāyāṁ nairṛtyāṁ tu tathaiva ca indragopanibhākārāṁ vāruṇyāṁ caiva dāpayet | śirīṣapuṣpapratimāṁ vāyavyāṁ viniveśayet | kauveryāṁ pītavarṇāṁ tu aiśānyāṁ pāṇḍurā bhavet

English translation

bhavisye (In the Bhavisya Purdna it is stated) purwenendra ayudhdkdram agneyyam agni sannibhdm krsnancaiva tu ydmydydrh nairrtyarh tu tathaiva ca indragopa nibhdkdrdrh vdrunydrh caiva ddpayet sirisa puspa pratimarh vdyavydrh vinivesayet kauveryydrh pitavamd tu esdnydrh pdndurd bhavet Eight flags should be planted in the eight directions. The flag to the east should have all the colors of the rainbow, the flag to the southeast should be the color of fire, the flag to the south should be black, the flag to the southwest should also be black, the flag to the west should be red, the flag to the northwest should be the color of a sirisa flower, the flag to the north should be yellow, and the flag to the northeast should be light yellow.

HBV 19.179

Source

ध्वजादिरोपणꣳ कार्यꣳ मण्डपस्य समन्ततः । ध्वजाꣳश्च लोकपालानाꣳ सर्वदिक्षु निवेशयेत् । पताका जलदाकारा मध्ये स्यान्मण्डपस्य तु

dhvajādiropaṇaṁ kāryaṁ maṇḍapasya samantataḥ | dhvajāṁśca lokapālānāṁ sarvadikṣu niveśayet | patākā jaladākārā madhye syānmaṇḍapasya tu

English translation

248 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA Flags should be planted on all sides of the mandapa. Separate flags in honor of the controlling deities of various planets should also be placed on all sides. A flag the color of a cloud should be placed in the middle of the mandapa.

HBV 19.180

Source

पञ्चहस्तप्रमाणꣳ तु ध्वजꣳ कुर्याद्विचक्षणः । वैपुल्यꣳ चास्य कुर्वीत षोडशाङ्गुलसꣳमितम् । सप्तहस्तोच्छ्रितꣳ चास्य दण्डꣳ कुर्यात् सुरोत्तम

pañcahastapramāṇaṁ tu dhvajaṁ kuryādvicakṣaṇaḥ | vaipulyaṁ cāsya kurvīta ṣoḍaśāṅgulasaṁmitam | saptahastocchritaṁ cāsya daṇḍaṁ kuryāt surottama

English translation

O foremost of demigods, a learned devotee should make a flag five feet long and sixteen fingers wide, and the height of the pole should be about ten feet.

HBV 19.181

Source

सप्तहस्तास्ततो दीर्घा विस्तृता द्वादशाङ्गुलाः । द्विपञ्चहस्तदण्डेषु पताकास्तु निवेशयेत्

saptahastāstato dīrghā vistṛtā dvādaśāṅgulāḥ | dvipañcahastadaṇḍeṣu patākāstu niveśayet

English translation

Alternatively, one can make flags that are seven feet long and twelve fingers wide, and the height of the pole should be about fifteen feet.

HBV 19.182

Source

वाह्यदेशे मण्डपस्य तोरणाभ्यन्तरे तथा । अष्टौ ध्वजाः स्थापनीयाः पूर्वादिक्रमयोगतः

vāhyadeśe maṇḍapasya toraṇābhyantare tathā | aṣṭau dhvajāḥ sthāpanīyāḥ pūrvādikramayogataḥ

English translation

Eight flags should be planted inside and outside the mandapa in the eight directions.

HBV 19.183

Source

अरुणोऽग्निनिभश्चैव कृष्णः शुक्लोऽथ पीतकः । रक्तवर्णस्तथा श्वेतः सर्ववर्णस्तथैव च

aruṇo'gninibhaścaiva kṛṣṇaḥ śuklo'tha pītakaḥ | raktavarṇastathā śvetaḥ sarvavarṇastathaiva ca

English translation

The color of these flags should be saffron, reddish orange, black, white, yellow, red, light yellow, and multi-colored.

HBV 19.184

Source

कुमुदः कुमुदाख्यश्च पुण्डरीकोऽथ वामनः । शङ्कुकर्णः सर्वनेत्रः सुमुखः सुप्रतिष्टितः । इत्यते विष्णुलोकस्य दिक्पालगणनायकाः

kumudaḥ kumudākhyaśca puṇḍarīko'tha vāmanaḥ | śaṅkukarṇaḥ sarvanetraḥ sumukhaḥ supratiṣṭitaḥ | ityate viṣṇulokasya dikpālagaṇanāyakāḥ

English translation

hayaslrsa pancardtre (In the Hayasirsa-pancardtra it is stated) kumudah kumuddkhyasca puridariko'tha vdmanah sankukarnah sarvvanetrah sumukhah supratisthitah ityate visnulokasya dikpala ganandyaknh There are eight leaders of the di-palas residing in the planet of Lord Visnu—Kumuda, Kumudaksa, Pundarika, Vamana, Sankukarna, Sarvanetra, Sumukha, and Supratithita.

HBV 19.185

Source

कोटिसꣳख्यगुणैर्युक्ता पूजनीया यथाविशि

koṭisaṁkhyaguṇairyuktā pūjanīyā yathāviśi

English translation

There are millions of dik-pdlas under each of these leaders and they are to be adored in their respective directions.

HBV 19.186

Source

गन्धपुष्पादिकꣳ कुर्यात् स्वैः स्वैर्मन्त्रैरनुक्रमात् । बलिञ्च लोकपालेभ्यः स्वस्वमात्रैर्निवेदयेत् । ऊर्द्ध्वे तु ब्रह्मणे देयस्त्वधस्ताच्छेषवासुकेः

gandhapuṣpādikaṁ kuryāt svaiḥ svairmantrairanukramāt | baliñca lokapālebhyaḥ svasvamātrairnivedayet | ūrddhve tu brahmaṇe deyastvadhastāccheṣavāsukeḥ

English translation

Each dik-pala should be worshiped by the chanting of his mantra, and he should be offered flowers, sandalwood paste, and so on. Apart from the

250 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA eight directions, beginning from the east, Brahma should be worshiped above, and Sesa and Vasuki should be worshiped below.

HBV 19.187

Source

सꣳहितायान्तु ये मन्त्रास्तद्दैवत्याः श्रुतौ स्मृताः । तैः पूजा लोकपालानाꣳ कर्तव्या हि समन्ततः

saṁhitāyāntu ye mantrāstaddaivatyāḥ śrutau smṛtāḥ | taiḥ pūjā lokapālānāṁ kartavyā hi samantataḥ

English translation

The predominating deities of the different directions should be adored in their respective directions by chanting their mantras, as described in the Samhitas and Vedas.

HBV 19.188

Source

ओꣳ आयाहीन्द्र महाराजाधिराज वज्रहस्त स्वबलवाहनावृत इहागच्छागच्छ तिष्ठ तिष्ठ पूर्वद्वारमभिरक्ष रक्षेत्यावाह्य ओꣳ त्रातारमिन्द्रमित्यनेनार्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा गन्धादिभिरर्चयेत्

oṁ āyāhīndra mahārājādhirāja vajrahasta svabalavāhanāvṛta ihāgacchāgaccha tiṣṭha tiṣṭha pūrvadvāramabhirakṣa rakṣetyāvāhya oṁ trātāramindramityanenārghyaṁ dattvā gandhādibhirarcayet

English translation

While chanting the mantra: orh dydhlndra maharaiadhiraja vajrahasta svabala vahandvrta ihdgacchdgaccha tistha tistha purvvadvdram abhiraksa raksetyavahya orh—one should invoke Indra in the eastern direction, and worship him with offerings of arghya, flowers, sandalwood paste, and so on.

HBV 19.189

Source

ओꣳ आयाहि चित्रभानो महाराजाधिराज शक्तिहस्त स्वबलवाहनावृत इहागच्छागच्छ तिष्ठ तिष्ठ आग्नेयीꣳ दिशꣳ रक्ष रक्षेत्यावाह्य ओꣳ अग्निर्मूर्द्धा दिव इत्यनेनार्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा गन्धादिभिरर्चयेत्

oṁ āyāhi citrabhāno mahārājādhirāja śaktihasta svabalavāhanāvṛta ihāgacchāgaccha tiṣṭha tiṣṭha āgneyīṁ diśaṁ rakṣa rakṣetyāvāhya oṁ agnirmūrddhā diva ityanenārghyaṁ dattvā gandhādibhirarcayet

English translation

By chanting the mantra: orh dydhi citrabhano mahdrdjadhirdja saktihasta svabala vdhandvrta ihdgacchd gaccha tistha tistha dgneyirh disam raksa raksetydvdha orh—one should invoke Agni in the southeastern direction, and worship him with offerings of arghya, flowers, sandalwood paste, and so on.

HBV 19.190

Source

ओꣳ आयाहि यम महाराजाधिराज दण्डहस्त स्वबलवाहनावृत रक्तान्तायललोचन इहागच्छागच्छ तिष्ठ तिष्ठ दक्षिणद्वारमभिरक्ष रक्षेत्यावाह्य ओꣳ वैवस्वतꣳ सꣳयमनमित्यनेनार्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा गन्धादिभिरर्चयेत्

oṁ āyāhi yama mahārājādhirāja daṇḍahasta svabalavāhanāvṛta raktāntāyalalocana ihāgacchāgaccha tiṣṭha tiṣṭha dakṣiṇadvāramabhirakṣa rakṣetyāvāhya oṁ vaivasvataṁ saṁyamanamityanenārghyaṁ dattvā gandhādibhirarcayet

English translation

By chanting the mantra: orh dydhi yama mahdrdjadhirdja dandahasta svabala vdhandvrta raktantdyata locana ihd gaccha gaccha tistha tistha daksina dvaram abhiraksa raksetyavahya orh—one should invoke Yamaraja in the southern direction, and worship him with offerings of arghya, flowers, sandalwood paste, and so on.

HBV 19.191

Source

ओꣳ आयाहि नैरृत महाराजाधिराज स्वबलवाहनावृत खड्गहस्त महावल इहागच्छागच्छ तिष्ठ तिष्ठ नैरृतीꣳ दिशमभिरक्ष रक्षेत्यावाह्य ओꣳ एष ते निरृते इत्यनेनार्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा गन्धादिभिरर्चयेत्

oṁ āyāhi nairṛta mahārājādhirāja svabalavāhanāvṛta khaḍgahasta mahāvala ihāgacchāgaccha tiṣṭha tiṣṭha nairṛtīṁ diśamabhirakṣa rakṣetyāvāhya oṁ eṣa te nirṛte ityanenārghyaṁ dattvā gandhādibhirarcayet

English translation

By chanting the mantra: orh dydhi nairta mahdrdjadhirdja svabala bahandvrta khadga hasta mahavala ihagacch agaccha tishta tistha nairrtirh disam abhiraksa raksetyavahya orh—one should invoke Nirti in the southwest direction, and worship him with offerings of arghya, flowers, sandalwood paste, and so on.

252 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.192

Source

ओꣳ आयाहि वरुण महाराजाधिराज पाशहस्त स्वबलवाहनावृत इहागच्छागच्छ तिष्ठ तिष्ठ पश्चिमद्वारमभिरक्ष रक्षेत्यावाह्य ओꣳ उरु हि राजा वरुणश्चकारेत्यनेनार्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा गन्धादिभिरर्चयेत्

oṁ āyāhi varuṇa mahārājādhirāja pāśahasta svabalavāhanāvṛta ihāgacchāgaccha tiṣṭha tiṣṭha paścimadvāramabhirakṣa rakṣetyāvāhya oṁ uru hi rājā varuṇaścakāretyanenārghyaṁ dattvā gandhādibhirarcayet

English translation

By chanting the mantra: orh dydhi varuna mahdrdjddhirdja pdsahasta svabala vahanavrta ihagaccha gaccha tistha tistha pascima dvaram abhiraksa raksetydvdhya orh—one should invoke Varuna in the western direction, and worship him with offerings of arghya, flowers, sandalwood paste, and so on.

HBV 19.193

Source

ओꣳ आयाहि पवन महाराजाधिराज ध्वजहस्त स्वबलवाहनावृत इहागच्छागच्छ तिष्ठ तिष्ठ वायवीꣳ दिशमभिरक्ष रक्षेत्यावाह्य ओꣳ वात आ वातु भेषजमित्यनेनार्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा गन्धादिभिरर्चयेत्

oṁ āyāhi pavana mahārājādhirāja dhvajahasta svabalavāhanāvṛta ihāgacchāgaccha tiṣṭha tiṣṭha vāyavīṁ diśamabhirakṣa rakṣetyāvāhya oṁ vāta ā vātu bheṣajamityanenārghyaṁ dattvā gandhādibhirarcayet

English translation

By chanting the mantra: orh dydhi pavana mahdrdjddhirdja dhvajahasta svabala vahanavrta ihagaccha gaccha tistha tistha vayavirh disam abhiraksa raksetydvdhya orh—one should invoke Pavana in the northwest direction, and worship him with offerings of arghya, flowers, sandalwood pulp, and so on.

HBV 19.194

Source

ओꣳ आयाहि सोम महाराजाधिराज शङ्खहस्त स्वबलाहनावृत इहागच्छागच्छ तिष्ठ तिष्ठ उत्तरद्वारमभिरक्ष रक्षेत्यावाह्य ओꣳ सोमꣳ राजानमित्यनेनार्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा गन्धादिभिरर्चयेत् ।

oṁ āyāhi soma mahārājādhirāja śaṅkhahasta svabalāhanāvṛta ihāgacchāgaccha tiṣṭha tiṣṭha uttaradvāramabhirakṣa rakṣetyāvāhya oṁ somaṁ rājānamityanenārghyaṁ dattvā gandhādibhirarcayet |

English translation

By chanting this mantra: orh dyahi soma maharajadhiraja sankhahasta svabala vahanavrta ihagaccha gaccha tistha tistha uttara dvaram abhiraksatya vahya orh—one should invoke the moon-god, Soma, in the northern direction, and worship him with offerings of arghya, flowers, sandalwood paste, and so on.

HBV 19.195

Source

ओꣳ आयाहीशान महाराजाधिराज शूलहस्त स्वबलवाहनावृत इहागच्छागच्म तिष्ठ तिष्ठ ऐशानीꣳ दिशमभिरक्ष रक्षेत्यावाह्य ओꣳ ईशानाय नमस्येत्यनेनार्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा गन्धादिभिरर्चयेत् ।

oṁ āyāhīśāna mahārājādhirāja śūlahasta svabalavāhanāvṛta ihāgacchāgacma tiṣṭha tiṣṭha aiśānīṁ diśamabhirakṣa rakṣetyāvāhya oṁ īśānāya namasyetyanenārghyaṁ dattvā gandhādibhirarcayet |

English translation

By chanting this mantra: orh aydhisan maharajadhiraja sulahasta svabala vahanavrta ihagaccha gaccha tishta tistha aisdnirh disam abhiraksa raksetydvdhya orh—one should invoke Isana in the northeast direction, and worship him with offerings of arghya, flowers, sandalwood paste, and so on.

HBV 19.196

Source

ओꣳ आयाहि चतुर्मुख सर्वलोकाधिपते स्रुक्स्रुवहस्त स्वबलवाहनावृत इहागच्छागच्छ तिष्ठ तिष्ठ ऊर्द्ध्वाꣳ विशमभिरक्ष रक्षेत्यावाह्य ओꣳ हिरण्यगर्भः समवर्ततान इत्यनेनार्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा गन्धादिभिरर्चयेत्

oṁ āyāhi caturmukha sarvalokādhipate sruksruvahasta svabalavāhanāvṛta ihāgacchāgaccha tiṣṭha tiṣṭha ūrddhvāṁ viśamabhirakṣa rakṣetyāvāhya oṁ hiraṇyagarbhaḥ samavartatāna ityanenārghyaṁ dattvā gandhādibhirarcayet

English translation

By chanting this mantra: orh dyahi caturmmukha sarvvalokddhipate srak sruva hasta svabala vahanavrta ihagaccha gaccha tistha tistha udrdhvdrh disam abhiraksa raksetydvdhya orh—one should invoke Brahma, who has four heads, in the upper direction, and worship him with offerings of arghya, flowers, sandalwood paste, and so on.

R i 254 ^ HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.197

Source

ओꣳ आयाहि अनन्त महाराजाधिराज स्वबलवाहनावृत लाङ्गलहस्त इहागच्छागच्छ तिष्ठ तिष्ठ अधोदिशमभिरक्ष रक्षेत्यावाह्य ओꣳ नमोऽस्तु सर्पेभ्य इत्यनेनार्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा गन्धादिभिरर्चयेत्

oṁ āyāhi ananta mahārājādhirāja svabalavāhanāvṛta lāṅgalahasta ihāgacchāgaccha tiṣṭha tiṣṭha adhodiśamabhirakṣa rakṣetyāvāhya oṁ namo'stu sarpebhya ityanenārghyaṁ dattvā gandhādibhirarcayet

English translation

By chanting this mantra: orh dydhi ananta mahardjadhirdja svabala vahanavrta langalahasta ihagaccha gaccha tistha tistha adhodisam abhiraksa raksetydvdhya orh—one should invoke Ananta Sesa in the lower direction, and worship Him with offerings of arghya, flowers, sandalwood paste, and so on.

HBV 19.198

Source

द्रव्याणि पर्वाण्याहृत्य कृत्वा कृष्णार्चनादिकम् । वेद्यामालिख्य चक्रादि शय्यादि रचयेत्ततः

dravyāṇi parvāṇyāhṛtya kṛtvā kṛṣṇārcanādikam | vedyāmālikhya cakrādi śayyādi racayettataḥ

English translation

After collecting all the required paraphernalia for installing the Deity, one should first worship Lord Krsna and then decorate the altar with auspicious drawings, place a bed there, and perform the other required functions.

HBV 19.199

Source

पाषण्डान् नास्तिकान् सर्वान् देवब्राह्मणदूषकान् । दीक्षावहिष्कृतान् सर्वान् हेतुवादरताꣳस्तथा । निवार्य प्रारभेत् कर्म वैष्णवैर्दीक्षितैः सह

pāṣaṇḍān nāstikān sarvān devabrāhmaṇadūṣakān | dīkṣāvahiṣkṛtān sarvān hetuvādaratāṁstathā | nivārya prārabhet karma vaiṣṇavairdīkṣitaiḥ saha

English translation

Before beginning the pratisthd ceremony, one should insure that there are no atheists, those who blaspheme the Supreme Lord and the

NINETEENTH VILAS A 255 brahmanas, persons who have not been initiated, and those who are very fond of arguing, present. One who performs the initiation of the Deity should only have the association of initiated devotees.

HBV 19.200–203

Source

आहृत्य सर्वद्रव्याणि स्रुक्स्रुवाꣳ विष्टराणि च । यज्ञपात्राणि सर्वाणि जाप्य यत्नेन देशिकः श्वेतवस्त्रपरीधानः सोडणीषश्चन्दनोक्षितः । अङ्गुलीयकहस्तश्च सर्वालङ्कारभूषितः आत्मानꣳ विष्णुवत् पूज्य गन्धपुष्पादिभिर्गुरुः । ध्यात्वा देवꣳ विष्णुरूपꣳ मन्त्रात्मकमयो शुचिः हरिआप्रणम्य विज्ञाप्य मूर्तिपानपि पूजयेत् । सितैः पुष्पैर्वस्त्रयुग्मैरङ्गुलीयैरथाङ्गदैः

āhṛtya sarvadravyāṇi sruksruvāṁ viṣṭarāṇi ca | yajñapātrāṇi sarvāṇi jāpya yatnena deśikaḥ śvetavastraparīdhānaḥ soḍaṇīṣaścandanokṣitaḥ | aṅgulīyakahastaśca sarvālaṅkārabhūṣitaḥ ātmānaṁ viṣṇuvat pūjya gandhapuṣpādibhirguruḥ | dhyātvā devaṁ viṣṇurūpaṁ mantrātmakamayo śuciḥ hariāpraṇamya vijñāpya mūrtipānapi pūjayet | sitaiḥ puṣpairvastrayugmairaṅgulīyairathāṅgadaiḥ

English translation

After collecting all the necessary paraphernalia, such as flowers garlands, the acarya should dress in fine white cloth and put a turban on his head. He should apply sandalwood paste to his forehead, put rings on his fingers, and decorate himself with suitable ornaments. He should adorn himself as lavishly as Lord Visriu, with fragrant flowers and sandalwood paste. He should then meditate on Lord Visnu in His form as the personified mantra. Thereafter, he should offer obeisances to Lord Hari, as well as very nice prayers, and then take His permission before worshiping the Deity's guards with white flowers, clothing, rings, and armlets.

HBV 19.204

Source

निपुणैः शिल्पिभिः सार्द्धꣳ ततः कर्म समाचरेत् । पञ्चगव्येन सत्कृत्य शोध्य कुम्भान् विचक्षणः । स्नापयेन्मूर्तिपान् पश्चात् कुम्भे कुम्भे तु देशिकः

nipuṇaiḥ śilpibhiḥ sārddhaṁ tataḥ karma samācaret | pañcagavyena satkṛtya śodhya kumbhān vicakṣaṇaḥ | snāpayenmūrtipān paścāt kumbhe kumbhe tu deśikaḥ

English translation

256 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA pahca gavyena satkrtya sodhya kumbhdn vicaksanah snapayen milrttipdn pascdt kumbhe kumbhe tu desikah One should begin the installation ceremony, along with the expert sculptors. The dcdrya should bathe the Deity's guards with the water of the pitchers, after purifying them with five products received from the cow.

HBV 19.205–206

Source

व्रीहीनाहृत्य देवेशꣳ वासुदेवेन चार्चयेत् । क्षिपेच्च नारसिꣳहेन पातालमुषलेन तु सिद्धार्थकान् क्षिपेध्यायन् सिꣳहमन्त्रेण मन्त्रयेत् । रक्षोघ्नान् पञ्चगव्येन प्रोक्षयेद्भूमिमादरात्

vrīhīnāhṛtya deveśaṁ vāsudevena cārcayet | kṣipecca nārasiṁhena pātālamuṣalena tu siddhārthakān kṣipedhyāyan siṁhamantreṇa mantrayet | rakṣoghnān pañcagavyena prokṣayedbhūmimādarāt

English translation

Holding some rice paddy in his hand, the dcdrya should next worship his worshipable Lord while chanting the twelve-syllable Vasudeva mantra. All inauspicious presences should be driven away by chanting the Nrsirhha mantra, white mustard seeds should be strewn here and there while chanting the patala-musala mantra, and the Deity's guards should be protected by chanting the Nrsirhha mantra. The five products of the cow should then be sprinkled over the whole area of the mandapa.

HBV 19.207

Source

ततस्ताम्रमयꣳ कुम्भꣳ मृण्मयꣳ वा नवꣳ दृढम् । जलपूर्णꣳ स्थापयित्वा सरङ्गकरकायुतम् । ऐशान्यामर्चयेत्तस्मिन् साङ्गꣳ गन्धादिना हरिम्

tatastāmramayaṁ kumbhaṁ mṛṇmayaṁ vā navaṁ dṛḍham | jalapūrṇaṁ sthāpayitvā saraṅgakarakāyutam | aiśānyāmarcayettasmin sāṅgaṁ gandhādinā harim

English translation

A copper or clay pitcher filled with water mixed with sarahga karaka should be placed in the northeast corner. Lord Hari and the ahga-devatds should be worshiped as situated in that pitcher.

HBV 19.208

Source

अस्त्रमन्त्रेण करकाꣳ शतवाराꣳस्तमर्चयेत् । तद्धाराच्छिन्नया सिञ्चेन्मण्डपꣳ तꣳ प्रदक्षिणम्

astramantreṇa karakāṁ śatavārāṁstamarcayet | taddhārācchinnayā siñcenmaṇḍapaṁ taṁ pradakṣiṇam

English translation

Thereafter, one should worship the karaka one hundred times while chanting the astra-mantra while continuously pouring the water from the pitcher throughout the mandapa.

HBV 19.209

Source

कुम्भꣳ तꣳ पृष्ठतो नीत्वा कुम्भमन्त्रेण देशिकः । व्रीहीन् सꣳस्कृत्य सर्वाꣳस्तु कुम्भꣳ तत्रोपरि न्यसेत्

kumbhaṁ taṁ pṛṣṭhato nītvā kumbhamantreṇa deśikaḥ | vrīhīn saṁskṛtya sarvāṁstu kumbhaṁ tatropari nyaset

English translation

The pitcher should then be brought to the back of the and mandapa and placed on rice paddy after being duly purified by chanting the acarya- kumbha mantra.

HBV 19.210

Source

पुनः सम्पूजयेद्विष्णुꣳ कलसेषु समाहितः । वस्त्रयुग्मेन कलसमेकेन करकाꣳ बुधः । छादयित्वा ततो गृह्य करणीꣳ मण्डलीꣳ नयेत्

punaḥ sampūjayedviṣṇuṁ kalaseṣu samāhitaḥ | vastrayugmena kalasamekena karakāṁ budhaḥ | chādayitvā tato gṛhya karaṇīṁ maṇḍalīṁ nayet

English translation

Once again, one should mentally worship Lord Hari as being situated within the pitcher. He should then cover the pitcher with a cloth and cover the karaka with another cloth and bring them to where the Deity is to be installed.

HBV 19.211–212

Source

चतुरस्रꣳ चतुर्द्वारꣳ चक्राब्जꣳ षोडशारकम् । पञ्चवर्णेन चूर्णेन द्वादशारमथापि वा वेद्यामेवꣳ लिखित्वा च मण्डपे पूर्वदक्षिणे । चतुर्हस्तꣳ चतुष्कोणꣳ मध्ये पङ्कजभूषितम् । चतुर्द्वारꣳ तु चूर्णेन स्वस्तिकꣳ मण्डलꣳ लिखेत्

caturasraṁ caturdvāraṁ cakrābjaṁ ṣoḍaśārakam | pañcavarṇena cūrṇena dvādaśāramathāpi vā vedyāmevaṁ likhitvā ca maṇḍape pūrvadakṣiṇe | caturhastaṁ catuṣkoṇaṁ madhye paṅkajabhūṣitam | caturdvāraṁ tu cūrṇena svastikaṁ maṇḍalaṁ likhet

English translation

258 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA panca varnena curnena dvddasdram athdpi vd vedydm evarh likhiwd ca marxdape purvva daksine caturhastarh catuskonam madhye pankaja bhusitam caturdvdrarh tu curnena svastikarh maridalarh likhet One should then draw on the altar with five colors of powder various mandaias, including a square, a rectangle with four gates, a cakra with twelve or sixteen spokes. One should also draw on the eastern and southern sides of the mandapa a mandala with a lotus flower in the middle and four svdstikas at the four gates.

HBV 19.213

Source

तस्योर्द्ध्वꣳ न्यस्य पर्यङ्कꣳ कुशान् सꣳस्तारयेत्ततः । योगे योगेति मन्त्रेण गन्धतोयेन प्रोक्षयेत्

tasyorddhvaṁ nyasya paryaṅkaṁ kuśān saṁstārayettataḥ | yoge yogeti mantreṇa gandhatoyena prokṣayet

English translation

One should install a couch upon those mandapa and spread kusa grass over it. Then water mixed with sandalwood paste should be sprinkled over it while chanting the mantra beginning with yoge, yoge.

HBV 19.214

Source

तूलिकाꣳ विन्यसेत्तत्र दिव्यपट्टाꣳशुकान्विताम् । उपाधानद्वयꣳ कृत्वा पार्श्वे गेण्डुकमेव च । कपोलधारणꣳ कृत्वा कुर्यादूर्द्ध्वꣳ वितानकम्

tūlikāṁ vinyasettatra divyapaṭṭāṁśukānvitām | upādhānadvayaṁ kṛtvā pārśve geṇḍukameva ca | kapoladhāraṇaṁ kṛtvā kuryādūrddhvaṁ vitānakam

English translation

A nice quilt made of jute should be placed on the couch, along with two pillows for each side and overhead should be a canopy.

HBV 19.215

Source

पुष्पमालापरिक्षिप्तꣳ मुक्ताहारोपशोभितम् । कुर्यात् पुष्पगृहꣳ हृद्यꣳ मलयागुरुधूपितम्

puṣpamālāparikṣiptaṁ muktāhāropaśobhitam | kuryāt puṣpagṛhaṁ hṛdyaṁ malayāgurudhūpitam

English translation

A beautiful flower house should then be made and decorated with many flowers garlands and pearl necklaces, and the atmosphere should be permeated with the fragrance of burning aguru, sandalwood, and incense.

HBV 19.216

Source

विद्याधिपास्तु सम्पूज्याः शक्त्या दिक्षु विदिक्षु च । विष्णुर्मधुनिहा चैव तथैव च त्रिविक्रमः । वामनश्चापि दिक्ष्वेते पूर्वाद्यासु व्यवस्थिताः

vidyādhipāstu sampūjyāḥ śaktyā dikṣu vidikṣu ca | viṣṇurmadhunihā caiva tathaiva ca trivikramaḥ | vāmanaścāpi dikṣvete pūrvādyāsu vyavasthitāḥ

English translation

If one is able to, then he should worship the male and female Vidyadharas on the four sides and in the four corners. Lord Visnu, Lord Madhusudana, Lord Trivikrama, and Lord Vamana should then be worshiped as being situated in the four directions, beginning with the east.

HBV 19.217

Source

श्रीधरः श्रीहृषीकेशः पद्मनाभस्तथैव च । दामोदरश्च सम्पूज्य आग्नेयादिव्यवस्थिताः

śrīdharaḥ śrīhṛṣīkeśaḥ padmanābhastathaiva ca | dāmodaraśca sampūjya āgneyādivyavasthitāḥ

English translation

Lord Sridhara, Lord Hrslkesa, Lord Padmanabha, and Lord Damodara should be worshiped as being situated in the four corners, beginning with the southeast.

HBV 19.218–219

Source

एवमर्च्य ततः पश्चादैशान्याꣳ स्नानमण्डपे । चतुःस्तम्भयुते रम्ये तन्मध्ये वेदिका शुभा चतुरस्रा चतुर्दिक्षु जलनिर्गमनान्विता । क्षीरिवृक्षोद्भवꣳ पीठꣳ मध्ये तत्र निवेशयेत्

evamarcya tataḥ paścādaiśānyāṁ snānamaṇḍape | catuḥstambhayute ramye tanmadhye vedikā śubhā caturasrā caturdikṣu jalanirgamanānvitā | kṣīrivṛkṣodbhavaṁ pīṭhaṁ madhye tatra niveśayet

English translation

260 S R i H A R I - B H A K T I - VILAS A catuh stambha yute ramye tanmadhye vidikd subhd caturasrd caturdiksu jala nirgamandnvitd ksiri vrksodbhavarh pitharh madhye tatra nivesayet After performing worship in this way, one should place a plank made from the wood of a kslri tree on the square alter which has four holes to drain water, and which is situated in the northeast corner of the snana mandapa.

HBV 19.220

Source

स्नानद्रव्याणि सर्वाणि समानीय विचक्षणः । निक्षिप्य स्नानकुम्भेषु कुम्भाꣳस्तानधिवासयेत्

snānadravyāṇi sarvāṇi samānīya vicakṣaṇaḥ | nikṣipya snānakumbheṣu kumbhāṁstānadhivāsayet

English translation

tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) snana dravydni sarwani samdniya vicaksanah niksipya snana kumbhesu kumbhdrhstdnadhi vdsayet One who is expert should collect all the required paraphernalia for snana and place them in the pitcher so that they are ready to be used.

HBV 19.221

Source

रत्नानि च चतुर्दिक्षु सिद्धद्रव्यान्विताः शुभाः । कलसाः स्थापनीयास्तु अभिषेकार्थमादरात्

ratnāni ca caturdikṣu siddhadravyānvitāḥ śubhāḥ | kalasāḥ sthāpanīyāstu abhiṣekārthamādarāt

English translation

Sacred and beautiful pitchers filled with water, jewels, and other ingredients should be carefully placed on the four sides of the snana mandapa for using in the abhiseka ceremony.

HBV 19.222

Source

वटोडुम्बरकाश्वत्थ-चम्पकाशोक-श्रीद्रुमान् । पलाशार्जुनप्लक्षाꣳश्च कदम्बकुलाम्रजान् । पल्लवाꣳस्तु समानीय पूर्वꣳकुम्भे विनिक्षिपेत्

vaṭoḍumbarakāśvattha-campakāśoka-śrīdrumān | palāśārjunaplakṣāṁśca kadambakulāmrajān | pallavāṁstu samānīya pūrvaṁkumbhe vinikṣipet

English translation

Leaves of the banyan, fig, aivattha, jasmine, asoka, bilva, paldsa, arjuna, pdkuda, kadamba, bakula, and mango trees should be spread around the pitcher that was placed on the eastern side of the snana mandapa.

HBV 19.223

Source

पद्मकꣳ रोचनाꣳ दूर्वाꣳई दर्भपिञ्जलमेव च । जातिपुष्पꣳ कुन्दपुष्पꣳ चन्दनꣳ रक्तचन्दनꣳ । तमालꣳ तगरꣳ चैव वञ्जुलꣳ दक्षिणे न्यसेत्

padmakaṁ rocanāṁ dūrvāṁī darbhapiñjalameva ca | jātipuṣpaṁ kundapuṣpaṁ candanaṁ raktacandanaṁ | tamālaṁ tagaraṁ caiva vañjulaṁ dakṣiṇe nyaset

English translation

Tender durva grass, kusa grass, jdti flowers, j asmine flowers, sandalwood paste, red sandalwood paste, and branches of the tamala, tagara, and cane trees should be placed in the pitcher on the southern side of the snana mandapa.

HBV 19.224

Source

सुवर्णꣳ रजतꣳ चैव कूलद्वयमृदꣳ तथा । नद्याः समुद्रगामिन्या विशेषाज्जाह्नवीजलम् । गोमयञ्च यवान् शालीन् तिलाꣳश्चैव परे न्यसेत्

suvarṇaṁ rajataṁ caiva kūladvayamṛdaṁ tathā | nadyāḥ samudragāminyā viśeṣājjāhnavījalam | gomayañca yavān śālīn tilāṁścaiva pare nyaset

English translation

Gold, silver, clay from both banks of a river, Ganges water, cow dung, barley, superior quality rice, and sesame seeds should be placed in the pitcher on the western side of the snana mandapa.

HBV 19.225

Source

विष्णुपर्णीꣳ श्यामलताꣳ भृङ्गराजꣳ शतावरीम् । गुडुचीꣳ सहदेवीञ्च विन्यसेच्च महौषधीः

viṣṇuparṇīṁ śyāmalatāṁ bhṛṅgarājaṁ śatāvarīm | guḍucīṁ sahadevīñca vinyasecca mahauṣadhīḥ

English translation

262 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA Various medicinal herbs, such as apardjitd, sydmdlata, bhrngardja, satamilla, gulanca, sahadevl, and mahausadha should be placed in the pitcher on the northern side of the sndna mandapa.

HBV 19.226

Source

फलान्युदकयुक्तानि आग्नेय्याꣳ विन्यसेद्घटे । पञ्चगव्यन्तु नैरृत्याꣳ कुम्भे कृत्वाभिमन्त्रितम्

phalānyudakayuktāni āgneyyāṁ vinyasedghaṭe | pañcagavyantu nairṛtyāṁ kumbhe kṛtvābhimantritam

English translation

Juicy fruit, tender coconut, and mango juice should be placed in the pitcher in the southwestern corner of the sndna mandapa, and the five products of the cow should be placed there after purifying them with mantras.

HBV 19.227

Source

वटाश्वत्थपलाशानाꣳ बिल्वस्योडुम्बरस्य च । कषायोदकसꣳयुक्तꣳ वायव्याꣳ कलसꣳ न्यसेत्

vaṭāśvatthapalāśānāṁ bilvasyoḍumbarasya ca | kaṣāyodakasaṁyuktaṁ vāyavyāṁ kalasaṁ nyaset

English translation

The extract of wood from the banyan, asvattha, palasa, bilva, fig, and bdka trees should be placed in the pitcher in the northwestern corner of the sndna mandapa.

HBV 19.228

Source

कुमारीममृताञ्चैव शतमूलीꣳ शतावरीम् । सहदेवीꣳ वचाꣳ सिꣳहीꣳ बलाꣳ ब्राह्मीꣳ सुलक्षणाम् । ऐशान्यामपरे कुम्भे मङ्गलाख्ये निवेशयेत्

kumārīmamṛtāñcaiva śatamūlīṁ śatāvarīm | sahadevīṁ vacāṁ siṁhīṁ balāṁ brāhmīṁ sulakṣaṇām | aiśānyāmapare kumbhe maṅgalākhye niveśayet

English translation

Aloevera, gulanca, satamilla, satavarl, sahadevl, vaca, vdsaka, bald, and the sacred brdhml should be placed in the pitcher in the northeastern corner of the sndna mandapa.

HBV 19.229–234

Source

वल्मीकमृत्तिकाꣳ सप्तस्थानोत्थामपरे न्यसेत् । जाह्नवीबालुकातोयꣳ विन्यसेदपरे घटे वराह-वृषनागेन्द्र-विषाणोद्धृतमृत्तिकाम् । कूलद्वयमृदꣳ नद्याꣳ विन्यसेदपरे घटे मृत्तिकाꣳ पद्ममूलस्य कुशस्याप्यपरे घटे । तीर्थपर्वतमृद्भिस्तु युक्तमप्यपरे घटे नागकेशरपुष्पञ्च काश्मीरमपरे घटे । चन्दनागुरुकर्पूरैः पूरितꣳ चापरꣳ न्यसेत् वैदूर्यꣳ विद्रुमꣳ मुक्ताꣳ स्फाटिकꣳ वज्रमेव च । एतान्येकत्र निक्षिप्त्वा स्थापयेद्देवसत्तम नदीनदतडागानाꣳ सलिलैरपरꣳ न्यसेत् । एकाशीतिपदे चान्यान् मण्डपे कलसान्न्यसेत्

valmīkamṛttikāṁ saptasthānotthāmapare nyaset | jāhnavībālukātoyaṁ vinyasedapare ghaṭe varāha-vṛṣanāgendra-viṣāṇoddhṛtamṛttikām | kūladvayamṛdaṁ nadyāṁ vinyasedapare ghaṭe mṛttikāṁ padmamūlasya kuśasyāpyapare ghaṭe | tīrthaparvatamṛdbhistu yuktamapyapare ghaṭe nāgakeśarapuṣpañca kāśmīramapare ghaṭe | candanāgurukarpūraiḥ pūritaṁ cāparaṁ nyaset vaidūryaṁ vidrumaṁ muktāṁ sphāṭikaṁ vajrameva ca | etānyekatra nikṣiptvā sthāpayeddevasattama nadīnadataḍāgānāṁ salilairaparaṁ nyaset | ekāśītipade cānyān maṇḍape kalasānnyaset

English translation

In the nine other pitchers, there should be: 1) Clay from seven different ant-hills. 2) Ganges water mixed with sand from the Ganges. 3) Clay dug up by the horns of an ox, tusk of a pig, or hood of a serpent, as well as clay collected from both banks of a river. 4) Clay from the root of a lotus plant and kusa grass. 5) Clay from a mountain and various holy places. 6) Nagakesara flowers and kunkuma. 7) Sandalwood paste, aguru, and camphor. 8) Cats-eye, coral, pearls, crystal, and diamonds. 9) Water from a river, lake, or pond where lotuses grow. O foremost of demigods, in this way, there should be eighty-one pitchers within the mandapa.

264 SRI H A R I - B H AKTI - VILAS A

HBV 19.235

Source

पूरितान् गन्धतोयेन धान्यस्थाꣳस्तास्तु मन्त्रयेत् । श्रीसूक्तेन समस्तेन सर्वानेव सकृत् सकृत्

pūritān gandhatoyena dhānyasthāṁstāstu mantrayet | śrīsūktena samastena sarvāneva sakṛt sakṛt

English translation

In addition to these pitchers, there should be one hundred and eight pitchers filled with Ganges water scented with sandalwood paste and placed on rice paddy. These pitchers should be purified by reciting the Purusa-sukta mantra.

HBV 19.236

Source

कलसानधिवास्यैवमर्घ्यादीन् विनिवेशयेत्

kalasānadhivāsyaivamarghyādīn viniveśayet

English translation

tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) kalasdn adhivasyyaivam arghyddin vinivesayet After arranging these pitchers in the prescribed manner, one should place the ingredients for arghya in the proper sequence.

HBV 19.237

Source

यवꣳ सिद्धार्थकꣳ गन्धꣳ कुशाग्रꣳ चाक्षतꣳ तथा । तिलान् फलꣳ तथा पुष्पमर्घ्यार्थꣳ पूर्वतो न्यसेत्

yavaṁ siddhārthakaṁ gandhaṁ kuśāgraṁ cākṣataṁ tathā | tilān phalaṁ tathā puṣpamarghyārthaṁ pūrvato nyaset

English translation

There should be barley, white mustard seeds, sandalwood paste, kusa grass, rice paddy, sesame seeds, fruit, and flowers on the arghya plate, and it should be kept on the eastern side of the altar.

HBV 19.238

Source

पद्मꣳ श्यामलताꣳ दूर्वाꣳ विष्णुपणीꣳ तथा कुशान् । पाद्यार्थꣳ दक्षिणे भागे स्थापयेद्देशिकोत्तमः

padmaṁ śyāmalatāṁ dūrvāṁ viṣṇupaṇīṁ tathā kuśān | pādyārthaṁ dakṣiṇe bhāge sthāpayeddeśikottamaḥ

English translation

The expert dcdrya should place syamalata, durvd grass, apardjitd, and kusa grass on the padya plate, and it should be kept on the southern side of the altar.

NINETEENTH VILAS A 265

HBV 19.239

Source

स्थापयेत् पश्चिमे भागे मधुपर्कꣳ सुसꣳवृतम् । कक्कोलकꣳ लवङ्गञ्च तथा जातीफलꣳ शुभम् । उत्तरे स्थापयेद्भागे द्रव्यमाचमनाय तु

sthāpayet paścime bhāge madhuparkaṁ susaṁvṛtam | kakkolakaṁ lavaṅgañca tathā jātīphalaṁ śubham | uttare sthāpayedbhāge dravyamācamanāya tu

English translation

The madhuparka plate should be covered and kept on the western side of the altar. Kakkola, cloves, and nutmeg should be placed on the dcamana plate, at it should be kept on the northern side of the altar.

HBV 19.240

Source

आग्नेय्याꣳ स्थापयेत् पात्रꣳ पूर्णꣳ दूर्वाक्षितैर्बुधः । नीराजनाथꣳ देवेश देवदेवस्य सर्वदा

āgneyyāṁ sthāpayet pātraṁ pūrṇaṁ dūrvākṣitairbudhaḥ | nīrājanāthaṁ deveśa devadevasya sarvadā

English translation

O master of the demigods, a learned person should keep some durvd grass and rice paddy on a plate and keep it at the southeast corner of the altar, for the worship of the Lord of lords.

HBV 19.241

Source

नैरृत्यामुदकꣳ गन्धयुक्तꣳ स्नानाय विन्यसेत् । उद्वर्तनाय वायव्याꣳ गन्धपिष्टꣳ निवेशयेत्

nairṛtyāmudakaṁ gandhayuktaṁ snānāya vinyaset | udvartanāya vāyavyāṁ gandhapiṣṭaṁ niveśayet

English translation

At the southwest corner of the altar, a pot of water scented with sandalwood paste should be kept, and at the northwest corner, a plate of sandalwood paste should be kept for applying to the body of the Deity.

HBV 19.242

Source

न्यसेदामलकꣳ पात्रे मुरामाꣳसीयुतꣳ शुभम् । सहदेवीꣳ सदाभद्राꣳ कुशाग्राꣳ रजनीꣳ तथा

nyasedāmalakaṁ pātre murāmāṁsīyutaṁ śubham | sahadevīṁ sadābhadrāṁ kuśāgrāṁ rajanīṁ tathā

English translation

266 SRI H A R I - B H AKTI - VILASA O n another plate, one should place dmalaki, murd, mdrhsl, jatdmdrhsi, sahadevl, sadabhadrd, kusa grass, and turmeric.

HBV 19.243

Source

ऐशान्याꣳ विन्यसेत् पात्रे शिरीषꣳ सूर्यवणिनीम् । निर्मञ्छनाय देवस्य स्थापकः सुसमाहितः

aiśānyāṁ vinyaset pātre śirīṣaṁ sūryavaṇinīm | nirmañchanāya devasya sthāpakaḥ susamāhitaḥ

English translation

At the northeast corner, the dcdrya should keep a plate of sirsa flowers and suryavanl to be offered to the Lord during drati.

HBV 19.244

Source

अष्टौ दिक्षु न्यसेद्विद्वान् लौहयष्टिप्रदीपकान्

aṣṭau dikṣu nyasedvidvān lauhayaṣṭipradīpakān

English translation

A learned person should arrange eight ghee lamps on stands in the eight directions.

HBV 19.245

Source

शङ्खैचक्रञ्च श्रीवत्सꣳ कौस्तुभꣳ पङ्कजादिकम् । हेमाद्रिपात्रे कृत्वाथ गोमयेनाथ वा पुनः

śaṅkhaicakrañca śrīvatsaṁ kaustubhaṁ paṅkajādikam | hemādripātre kṛtvātha gomayenātha vā punaḥ

English translation

Representations of the Lord's weapons, such as the cakra, as well as His conch shell, Srivatsa, Kaustubha gem, and lotus flower, should be placed on a golden plate, or other suitable place, and kept where cow dung had been smeared.

HBV 19.246

Source

नीराजनाय देवस्य तथा वै पुष्पजातयः । स्थापनीयास्तथा चान्ये माङ्गल्याः स्नानचोदिताः

nīrājanāya devasya tathā vai puṣpajātayaḥ | sthāpanīyāstathā cānye māṅgalyāḥ snānacoditāḥ

English translation

Nice fragrant flowers for offering to the Supreme Lord, and all the ingredients for performing the snana ceremony should be kept in their appropriate places.

HBV 19.247

Source

शिल्पिशालाꣳ ततो गत्वा गीतवाद्यादिनिस्वनैः । आनयेद्भगवन्मूर्ति सह पिण्डिकया ततः

śilpiśālāṁ tato gatvā gītavādyādinisvanaiḥ | ānayedbhagavanmūrti saha piṇḍikayā tataḥ

English translation

Thereafter, one should go to the workshop where the Deity was carved, accompanied by singing and the playing of musical instruments, and bring the Deity, along with the stand.

HBV 19.248

Source

अथ विꣳशतिकुम्भाद्भिः स्नानमण्डपतो वहिः । स्नापयित्वा परीक्षेत श्रीमूर्ति ताꣳ विचक्षणः

atha viṁśatikumbhādbhiḥ snānamaṇḍapato vahiḥ | snāpayitvā parīkṣeta śrīmūrti tāṁ vicakṣaṇaḥ

English translation

The dcdrya should first bring the Deity to the sndna-mandapa and bathe Him with twenty pitchers of water. At that time, the Deity should be carefully examined.

HBV 19.249

Source

अथवा शिल्पिशालायाꣳ स्नापयित्वा यथाविधि । प्रवेशयेत् पिण्डिकायाꣳ ताꣳ विप्रैः स्नानमण्डपम्

athavā śilpiśālāyāṁ snāpayitvā yathāvidhi | praveśayet piṇḍikāyāṁ tāṁ vipraiḥ snānamaṇḍapam

English translation

Alternatively, one can bathe the Deity at the workshop before qualified brdhmanas bring Him to the sndna-mandapa, along with the stand.

HBV 19.250–252

Source

आचार्यो मूर्तिपैश्चैव ऋत्विग्भिः सह सꣳयुतैः । विष्णुव्रतधरैः शान्तैः विष्णुशास्त्रानुरञ्जितैः अलोलुपैरहीनाङ्गैरार्यदेशसमुद्भवः । विष्णुभक्तिपरैर्धीरैर्विप्रैर्भागवतैः सह द्वात्रिꣳशद्भिः षोडशभिः अष्टाभिस्तु क्रमेण तु । आनयित्वा तु देवेशꣳ स्थापयेत् स्नानमण्डपे

ācāryo mūrtipaiścaiva ṛtvigbhiḥ saha saṁyutaiḥ | viṣṇuvratadharaiḥ śāntaiḥ viṣṇuśāstrānurañjitaiḥ alolupairahīnāṅgairāryadeśasamudbhavaḥ | viṣṇubhaktiparairdhīrairviprairbhāgavataiḥ saha dvātriṁśadbhiḥ ṣoḍaśabhiḥ aṣṭābhistu krameṇa tu | ānayitvā tu deveśaṁ sthāpayet snānamaṇḍape

English translation

268 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA alolupair ahinangair aryadesa samud bhavaih visnubhakti parairdhirair viprair bhdgavataih saha dvatrimsadbhih sodasabhih astdbhistu kramena tu dnayiwd tu devesarh sthdpayet sndna mandape The dcdrya, along with the Deity's guards and his assistants, should bring the Deity of Lord Visnu to the sndna-mandapa by employing thirty- two, sixteen, or eight strongly-built men, who strictly observe vows related to Lord Visnu, are peaceful in mind, attached to hearing the literature that glorifies Lord Visnu, devoid of greed, not deformed in body, pious by nature, born in a sacred land, dedicated to the devotional service of Lord Visnu, are sober, and who are well-versed in the Vedas.

HBV 19.253

Source

अत्र सꣳज्वालयेद्वह्निꣳ वैष्णवꣳ विधिना गुरुः । ऐशान्याꣳ गुरुकुण्डे तु प्राङ्मुखोदङ्मुखोऽपि वा

atra saṁjvālayedvahniṁ vaiṣṇavaṁ vidhinā guruḥ | aiśānyāṁ gurukuṇḍe tu prāṅmukhodaṅmukho'pi vā

English translation

Thereafter, the learned spiritual master should sit down facing east or north, in front of the dcdrya-kunda, which is situated at the northeast corner of the altar, and begin igniting a fire for sacrifice according to the prescribed rules and regulations.

HBV 19.254

Source

तत्रैव होमयेद्विष्णुꣳ गायत्र्या धृतमादरात् । अष्टोत्तरशतꣳ हुत्वा सम्पातविधिना सुधीः

tatraiva homayedviṣṇuṁ gāyatryā dhṛtamādarāt | aṣṭottaraśataṁ hutvā sampātavidhinā sudhīḥ

English translation

The learned dcdrya should faithfully offer one hundred and eight oblations of ghee to Lord Visnu in the kunda, according to the procedure known as sampdta, while chanting the Gayatri mantra.

HBV 19.255

Source

सम्पाताज्येन कलसान् प्रोक्ष्य देशिकसत्तमः । लिप्तायाꣳ कारुशालायामुपतिष्ठेत सयतः

sampātājyena kalasān prokṣya deśikasattamaḥ | liptāyāṁ kāruśālāyāmupatiṣṭheta sayataḥ

English translation

The dcdrya should then sprinkle ghee on the pitchers and sit down within the workshop, which should be smeared with cow dung, while carefully controlling his mind.

HBV 19.256–257

Source

ब्राह्मणवैष्णवैः सार्द्धꣳ मूर्तिपैः शिल्पिभिः सह । महता ब्रह्मघोषेण सहायैर्बलवत्तरैः । काहलशङ्खशब्दैश्च भेरीमुरजनिस्वनैः । वीणावेणुस्वनैर्हृद्यदिव्ययन्त्रस्वनैस्तथा । आचार्यः प्राङ्मुखो भूत्वा कुर्यात् कौतुकबन्धनम्

brāhmaṇavaiṣṇavaiḥ sārddhaṁ mūrtipaiḥ śilpibhiḥ saha | mahatā brahmaghoṣeṇa sahāyairbalavattaraiḥ | kāhalaśaṅkhaśabdaiśca bherīmurajanisvanaiḥ | vīṇāveṇusvanairhṛdyadivyayantrasvanaistathā | ācāryaḥ prāṅmukho bhūtvā kuryāt kautukabandhanam

English translation

Accompanied by qualified brdhmanas, the Deity's guards, the sculptors, devotees, and the strongly-built carriers, and accompanied by tumultuous sounds of drums, conch shells, kettle drums, stringed instruments, flutes, and other musical instruments, the dcdrya should sit down facing east while wearing his auspicious protective amulet.

HBV 19.258–259

Source

वैष्णवे सिपिविष्टेति गौरसिद्धार्थकेन तु । ऊर्णामयेन सूत्रेण निम्बादूर्वान्वितेन च । दुकूलवस्त्रैर्बद्ध्वा तु दक्षिणे बध्नीयात् करे देशिकस्यापि कर्तव्यꣳ करे कौतुकबन्धनम्

vaiṣṇave sipiviṣṭeti gaurasiddhārthakena tu | ūrṇāmayena sūtreṇa nimbādūrvānvitena ca | dukūlavastrairbaddhvā tu dakṣiṇe badhnīyāt kare deśikasyāpi kartavyaṁ kare kautukabandhanam

English translation

270 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA He should then place some white mustard seeds, neem leaves, and durvd grass in a silk cloth, tie it into a packet with woolen thread, and tie it on his right wrist while chanting the mantra beginning with sipivista. The assembled devotees should also wear this.

HBV 19.260–262

Source

ततो विकल्प्य देवास्त्रꣳ तण्डुलैः पञ्चरङ्गकैः । तन्मध्ये प्रतिमाꣳ स्थाप्य स्नाप्य चैव यथाविधि वस्त्रयुग्मेन सꣳछाद्य पूज्य गन्धादिना तु ताम् । चामरैस्तालवृत्तैश्च वीजयेन्मङ्गलान्विताम् एरकायाꣳ निवेश्याथ प्रतिमाꣳ सꣳस्तवेत्ततः

tato vikalpya devāstraṁ taṇḍulaiḥ pañcaraṅgakaiḥ | tanmadhye pratimāṁ sthāpya snāpya caiva yathāvidhi vastrayugmena saṁchādya pūjya gandhādinā tu tām | cāmaraistālavṛttaiśca vījayenmaṅgalānvitām erakāyāṁ niveśyātha pratimāṁ saṁstavettataḥ

English translation

Thereafter, the Deity should be placed upon a drawing of the Sudarsana cakra made with rice powder and five other colored powders. The Deity should be bathed according to the prescribed rules and regulations and then dressed in a nice dhoti and cadara. The Deity should then be offered sandalwood paste, flowers, and so on, while being fanned with a camara or a fan made of palm leaves. Finally, the Deity should be made to rest in a bed made of eraka grass while being offered the following prayer.

HBV 19.263

Source

नमस्तेऽर्चे सुरेशानि प्रणीते विश्वकर्मणा । प्रभाविताशेषजगद्धात्रि तुभ्यꣳ नमो नमः

namaste'rce sureśāni praṇīte viśvakarmaṇā | prabhāvitāśeṣajagaddhātri tubhyaṁ namo namaḥ

English translation

O Deity of the Supreme Lord! O Lord of the demigods, who was carved by Visvakarma, my obeisances unto You. O maintainer of the universe, You pervade the entire universe, my obeisances unto You.

HBV 19.264

Source

त्वयि सम्पूजयामीशꣳ नारायणमनामयम् । रहिता शिल्पिदोषैस्त्वमृद्धियुक्ता सदा भव । एवꣳ विज्ञाप्य प्रतिमाꣳ नयेत्ताꣳ स्नानमण्डपम्

tvayi sampūjayāmīśaṁ nārāyaṇamanāmayam | rahitā śilpidoṣaistvamṛddhiyuktā sadā bhava | evaṁ vijñāpya pratimāṁ nayettāṁ snānamaṇḍapam

English translation

I worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Narayana, who has appeared as this Deity. Please free Yourself from any defects, or procedural discrepancies made by the sculptor. May all good fortune be Yours. After praying in this manner, the Deity should be taken to the sndna mandapa.

HBV 19.265

Source

ततः सपरिवाराꣳश्च श्रीमूर्त्याविर्विधायिनः । शिल्पिनोऽभ्यर्च्य विविधैर्द्रव्यैर्वावयैश्च तोषयेत्

tataḥ saparivārāṁśca śrīmūrtyāvirvidhāyinaḥ | śilpino'bhyarcya vividhairdravyairvāvayaiśca toṣayet

English translation

Thereafter, the one who is installing the Deity should satisfy the sculptor who carved Him, along with his family members, with various gifts and sweet words.

HBV 19.266

Source

ततो विष्णुꣳ समानीय सुधौतꣳ सुपरीक्षितम् । शिल्पिनः पूजयेत् पश्चाद्वस्त्रालङ्करणादिभिः । अन्ये च पूजनीयाश्च ये चात्र परिचारकाः

tato viṣṇuṁ samānīya sudhautaṁ suparīkṣitam | śilpinaḥ pūjayet paścādvastrālaṅkaraṇādibhiḥ | anye ca pūjanīyāśca ye cātra paricārakāḥ

English translation

After thus being bathed and examined for defects, the Deity of Lord Visnu should be brought to the bathing mandapa. At this time, one

272 SR* HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA should satisfy the sculptors, along with their helpers, with gifts of cloth, ornaments, and so on.

HBV 19.267

Source

आनीय लिङ्गमर्चाꣳ वा शिल्पिनः पूजयेद्बुधः । वस्त्राभरणरत्नैश्च ये च तत्परिचारकाः । क्षमध्वमिति तान् ब्रूयाद्यजमानो ह्यतःपरम्

ānīya liṅgamarcāṁ vā śilpinaḥ pūjayedbudhaḥ | vastrābharaṇaratnaiśca ye ca tatparicārakāḥ | kṣamadhvamiti tān brūyādyajamāno hyataḥparam

English translation

O n e should satisfy the sculptors and their helpers by giving them cloth, ornaments, jewels, and so on, after the Deities are brought to the sndna-mandapa for formal bathing. The person installing the Deities should beg pardon from each one by saying, "Please forgive me."

HBV 19.268

Source

पूजयित्वा तु प्रतिमाꣳ शिल्पिनꣳ तोषयेत्ततः । गन्धपुष्पादिभिर्विप्रꣳतोषयेत् कटकादिभिः

pūjayitvā tu pratimāṁ śilpinaṁ toṣayettataḥ | gandhapuṣpādibhirvipraṁtoṣayet kaṭakādibhiḥ

English translation

After worshiping the Deity, one should satisfy the sculptors. The assembled brdhmanas should also be satisfied by offering them sandalwood paste, flowers, and ornaments.

HBV 19.269

Source

सर्वेऽथ कर्मिणस्तस्यास्तस्मिन् काले पृथक् पृथक् । क्षमापयोत तान् सर्वान् प्रियप्रश्नेन सर्वथा

sarve'tha karmiṇastasyāstasmin kāle pṛthak pṛthak | kṣamāpayota tān sarvān priyapraśnena sarvathā

English translation

All of those who were involved in the sculpting of the Deity, whether directly or indirectly, should be satisfied with gifts and sweet words, and their forgiveness for any possible fault should be sought.

HBV 19.270

Source

कुशाद्यास्तरणे न्यस्य पीठे वा स्नापयेत्ततः । दिव्यवाद्यादिना पञ्चकाषायसलिलादिभिः

kuśādyāstaraṇe nyasya pīṭhe vā snāpayettataḥ | divyavādyādinā pañcakāṣāyasalilādibhiḥ

English translation

Thereafter, as musicians continue to play, the Deity should be placed on a wooden plank spread over with kusa grass and then bathed with extract of five kinds of tree bark.

HBV 19.271

Source

स्नपनꣳ तु ततः कार्यꣳ दिव्यमङ्गलनादितम् । यथानुरूपैर्विविधैर्वादत्रानिनदैः शुभैः । काषायैः पञ्चगव्यैश्च तीर्थवल्मीकमृज्जलैः

snapanaṁ tu tataḥ kāryaṁ divyamaṅgalanāditam | yathānurūpairvividhairvādatrāninadaiḥ śubhaiḥ | kāṣāyaiḥ pañcagavyaiśca tīrthavalmīkamṛjjalaiḥ

English translation

Next, the Lord should be bathed with the extract of five kinds of tree bark, the five products produced from the cow, water from holy rivers, clay from an anthill, and fresh water, accompanied by the chanting of auspicious mantras, singing in glorification of the Lord, and the playing of musical instrument.

HBV 19.272

Source

समुद्रज्येष्ठा सलिलस्य मध्याद्-या आपो दिव्या उत वा श्रवन्ति । यासाꣳ राजा वरुणो याति मध्ये यासु राजा वरुणो यासु सोमः

samudrajyeṣṭhā salilasya madhyād-yā āpo divyā uta vā śravanti | yāsāṁ rājā varuṇo yāti madhye yāsu rājā varuṇo yāsu somaḥ

English translation

I am bathing the Lord with that, which has emanated from the ocean, is constantly flowing, is governed by Varuna, and in which Varuna and Soma reside.

274 SRI H A R l - B H A K T I - VILAS A

HBV 19.273

Source

ततो लिङ्गमथार्चाꣳ वा नीत्वा स्नपनमण्डपम् । गीतमङ्गलशब्देन स्नपनꣳ तत्र कारयेत्

tato liṅgamathārcāṁ vā nītvā snapanamaṇḍapam | gītamaṅgalaśabdena snapanaṁ tatra kārayet

English translation

Thereafter, the Deity should be taken to the snana-mandapa and bathed, accompanied by singing and the recitation of sacred mantras and prayers.

HBV 19.274

Source

पञ्चगव्यैः कषायेण मृद्भिर्भस्मोदकेन च । शौचꣳ तत्र प्रकुर्वीत वेदमन्त्रचतुष्टयात्

pañcagavyaiḥ kaṣāyeṇa mṛdbhirbhasmodakena ca | śaucaṁ tatra prakurvīta vedamantracatuṣṭayāt

English translation

The Deity should taken to the snana-mandapa and bathed with the five products received from the cow, extracts from tree bark, water, and clay from a holy river. This water should be mixed with ashes while chanting the four prescribed Vedic mantras.

HBV 19.275

Source

ध्रियमाण-वितानेन ब्रह्मघोषेण ताꣳ बुधः । तत्र पीठे समारोप्य भद्रꣳ कर्णेति कीर्तयन् । स्नापयेच्छुद्धतोयेन शुद्धवत्या तु देशिकः

dhriyamāṇa-vitānena brahmaghoṣeṇa tāṁ budhaḥ | tatra pīṭhe samāropya bhadraṁ karṇeti kīrtayan | snāpayecchuddhatoyena śuddhavatyā tu deśikaḥ

English translation

Holding a canopy over the Deity's head, the learned acdrya should bring Him to the snana-mandapa, accompanied by the chanting of Vedic mantras, and there bathe Him with pure water while reciting auspicious mantras, such as the mantra beginning with bhadrarh karneti.

HBV 19.276

Source

स्नापिता गन्धतोयेन शिल्पिदोपैर्विमुच्यते । मन्त्रैर्गन्धादिनाभ्यर्च च्छादयेच्छुद्धवाससा

snāpitā gandhatoyena śilpidopairvimucyate | mantrairgandhādinābhyarca cchādayecchuddhavāsasā

English translation

Only by bathing the Deity with fresh fragrant water does He become free from all contamination due to contact with the sculptor. Thereafter, sandalwood paste should be applied to the Deity's body and He should be covered with clean cloth.

HBV 19.277

Source

ततश्वोन्मीलयेन्नेत्रे तन्मन्त्रेण विचक्षणः । तयोश्च ज्योतिरुत्कीर्य शुभाꣳ दृष्टिꣳ प्रकल्पयेत्

tataśvonmīlayennetre tanmantreṇa vicakṣaṇaḥ | tayośca jyotirutkīrya śubhāṁ dṛṣṭiṁ prakalpayet

English translation

Thereafter, one who is conversant with the procedure should open the Deity's eyes by chanting the appropriate mantra to invoke His auspicious vision.

HBV 19.278

Source

देवꣳ प्रस्तरणे कृत्वा नेत्रे ज्योतिः प्रकल्पयेत्

devaṁ prastaraṇe kṛtvā netre jyotiḥ prakalpayet

English translation

The divine vision of the Deity should carefully invoked.

HBV 19.279–280

Source

यजमानस्ततो भक्त्या देशिकꣳ परितोषयेत् । काꣳस्यदोहाꣳ वस्त्रकण्ठाꣳ ताम्रपृष्ठाꣳ पयस्विनीम् रौप्याङ्घ्रिꣳ स्वर्णशृङ्गीꣳ ताꣳ सुशीलाꣳ तरुणीꣳ शुभाम् । प्रणम्य विधिना धेनुꣳ दद्याद्वाग्भिः क्षमापयेत्

yajamānastato bhaktyā deśikaṁ paritoṣayet | kāṁsyadohāṁ vastrakaṇṭhāṁ tāmrapṛṣṭhāṁ payasvinīm raupyāṅghriṁ svarṇaśṛṅgīṁ tāṁ suśīlāṁ taruṇīṁ śubhām | praṇamya vidhinā dhenuṁ dadyādvāgbhiḥ kṣamāpayet

English translation

The person on whose behalf the dcdrya performs the pratisthd ceremony should please him in all respects by speaking sweet words; offering obeisances; begging pardon for any unintentional offenses;

276 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA donating a healthy cow that is decorated with fine cloth, whose back is adorned with a copper plate, whose hooves are plated with silver, and whose horns are plated with gold; and a bell metal pot for milking the cow.

HBV 19.281

Source

अवधार्य जगच्छान्तिꣳ नेत्रे चोन्मीलयेद्बुधः । चित्रꣳ देवेति मन्त्रेण ज्योतिर्देवस्य चोत्किरेत्

avadhārya jagacchāntiṁ netre conmīlayedbudhaḥ | citraṁ deveti mantreṇa jyotirdevasya cotkiret

English translation

For the welfare of all the people of the world, a learned person should invoke the Lord's vision by chanting the mantra beginning with citrarh deveti.

HBV 19.282

Source

अग्निज्योतीतिमन्त्रेण ज्ञात्वा दृष्टिꣳ प्रकल्पयेत् । दृष्टिभेदाꣳस्तु सकलान् वर्णयिष्ये तवोपरि

agnijyotītimantreṇa jñātvā dṛṣṭiṁ prakalpayet | dṛṣṭibhedāṁstu sakalān varṇayiṣye tavopari

English translation

According to the Vedic mantra beginning with agni jyoti there are various kinds of vision. Therefore, one should invoke the most enchanting and auspicious vision. I shall now describe to you these different visions.

HBV 19.283

Source

चित्रꣳ देवेति-मन्त्रेण सोम्याꣳ दृष्टिꣳ तु कारयेत्

citraṁ deveti-mantreṇa somyāṁ dṛṣṭiṁ tu kārayet

English translation

A learned acarya should invoke the auspicious vision of the Deity by chanting the mantra beginning with citrarh deveti.

HBV 19.284

Source

दृष्टयो बहुधा नाट्यशास्त्रेषु परिकीर्तिताः । किꣳ त्वत्रोद्देशतो वक्ष्ये दृष्टीनाꣳ लक्षणꣳ द्विज

dṛṣṭayo bahudhā nāṭyaśāstreṣu parikīrtitāḥ | kiṁ tvatroddeśato vakṣye dṛṣṭīnāṁ lakṣaṇaṁ dvija

English translation

O brdhmana, in the literature that deals with dramatic arts, there are descriptions of many kinds of vision. Here we shall describe them briefly.

HBV 19.285–288

Source

हसिता घूर्णिता क्षिप्ता तथान्तर्वेदनातुरा । विदिष्ट लज्जिता क्रूरा प्रसन्ना मदनातुरा लज्जिता कम्पिता तृप्ता दीनान्तर्निहिता तथा । विशालान्तरविक्षिप्ता ऊर्द्ध्वक्षिप्ता सुवर्णिता पार्श्वावलोकिनी चाधःक्षिप्ता नासाग्रगोचरा । समावलोकिनी क्रान्ता योगदृष्टिस्तथा शुभा वीभत्सा करुणालोका ईषत्क्षिप्ता च केकरा । विभ्रान्ता लूलिता चान्तःकोपहर्षसमन्विता । एवꣳ ज्ञात्वा दृष्टिभेदेन् प्रतिमासु प्रयोजयेत्

hasitā ghūrṇitā kṣiptā tathāntarvedanāturā | vidiṣṭa lajjitā krūrā prasannā madanāturā lajjitā kampitā tṛptā dīnāntarnihitā tathā | viśālāntaravikṣiptā ūrddhvakṣiptā suvarṇitā pārśvāvalokinī cādhaḥkṣiptā nāsāgragocarā | samāvalokinī krāntā yogadṛṣṭistathā śubhā vībhatsā karuṇālokā īṣatkṣiptā ca kekarā | vibhrāntā lūlitā cāntaḥkopaharṣasamanvitā | evaṁ jñātvā dṛṣṭibheden pratimāsu prayojayet

English translation

Smiling, rolling of the eyes, angry glances, afflicted by internal pangs of sorrow, full of envy, embarrassed, cruel, pleasing, afflicted by passion, modest, cringing, satisfied, pathetic, absorbed in thinking deeply, in internal, wide-eyed, agitated, furrowed eyebrows, flushed, vision of the scriptures, looking downwards, looking at the tip of the nose, level vision, fearful, eyes half-closed like a yogi, auspicious, horror, compassionate, aggravated, squinting, disturbed, greedy, subdued anger, and very blissful—there are the various kinds of vision. One should invoke the particular vision in the Deity that is desired.

278 SRI H A R I - B H A K T I - VILAS A

HBV 19.289–291

Source

ततः शुक्लानि पुष्पाणि घृतसिद्धार्थकꣳ तथा । दूर्वा कुशाग्रꣳ देवस्य दद्याच्छिरसि देशिकः । पठन् रक्षोहनꣳ सर्वमन्त्रमाथर्वणꣳ तथा रौप्यꣳ भाजनमादाय मधुरत्रयसꣳयुतम् । मधुवातेति मन्त्रेण मन्त्रयित्वाष्टधा पुनः शलाकया सुवर्णस्य नेत्रे चाभ्यञ्जयेद्गुरुः । हिरण्यगर्भमन्त्रेण इमꣳ मे इति कीर्तयेत्

tataḥ śuklāni puṣpāṇi ghṛtasiddhārthakaṁ tathā | dūrvā kuśāgraṁ devasya dadyācchirasi deśikaḥ | paṭhan rakṣohanaṁ sarvamantramātharvaṇaṁ tathā raupyaṁ bhājanamādāya madhuratrayasaṁyutam | madhuvāteti mantreṇa mantrayitvāṣṭadhā punaḥ śalākayā suvarṇasya netre cābhyañjayedguruḥ | hiraṇyagarbhamantreṇa imaṁ me iti kīrtayet

English translation

tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) * tatah sukldni puspani ghrta siddhdrthakarh tathd durvvdm kusdgram devasya dadydd sirasi desikdh pathan raksohanarh sarvva mantram dtharvvanam tathd raupyarh bhdjanam dddya madhura traya samyutam madhuvdteti mantrena mantrayiwd stadhd punah saldkaya suvarriasya netre cabhyanjayed guruh hiranyagarbha mantrena imam me. iti klrttayet Thereafter, the acarya should offer white flowers, ghee, white mustard seeds, durva grass, and tender kusa grass on top of the Deity's head. He should chant appropriate mantras for driving away demoniac elements. The acarya should then prepare an ointment consisting of ghee, honey, and sugar; put it on a silver plate, and purify it by chanting the mantra that begins with madhuvaveti eight times. Thereafter, he should use a gold pin to apply the ointment around the Deity's eyes while chanting mantras, such as those that begin with hiranyagarbha, and imam me.

HBV 19.292

Source

समर्प्य चार्घ्यꣳ देवाय या दिव्या आप इत्यतः । इन्द्रादिभ्यो बलिꣳ दद्यात् सिद्धार्थघृतपायसैः

samarpya cārghyaṁ devāya yā divyā āpa ityataḥ | indrādibhyo baliṁ dadyāt siddhārthaghṛtapāyasaiḥ

English translation

The spiritual master should then offer arghya to the wdrshipable Deity while chanting the mantra beginning with yd vidyd dpa. He should then worship the demigods, headed by Indra, with offerings of white mustard seeds, ghee, and sweet rice.

HBV 19.293

Source

दध्यक्षतकुशाग्राणि क्षीरꣳ दूर्वाꣳ तथा मधु । यवाः सिद्धार्थकास्तद्वदष्टाङ्गोऽर्घ्यः फलैः सह

dadhyakṣatakuśāgrāṇi kṣīraṁ dūrvāṁ tathā madhu | yavāḥ siddhārthakāstadvadaṣṭāṅgo'rghyaḥ phalaiḥ saha

English translation

matsye(ln the Matsya Purana it is stated) dadhyaksata kusdgrdni ksirarh durvvdm tathd madhu yavdh siddhdrtha kdstadvad astdngor'ghyam phalaih saha Yogurt, rice paddy, kusa grass, milk, diirvd grass, barley, white mustard seeds, and fruit—these are the eight ingredients from which arghya is prepared.

HBV 19.294

Source

देवꣳ पुष्पैरलङ्कृत्य धूपयित्वा प्रणम्य च । परिधाप्य च वस्त्रे द्वे ब्राह्मणान् स्वस्ति वाचयेत्

devaṁ puṣpairalaṅkṛtya dhūpayitvā praṇamya ca | paridhāpya ca vastre dve brāhmaṇān svasti vācayet

English translation

After decorating the Deity with flowers offering Him incense, a dhoti and eddara, and paying Him obeisances, the brahmanas should be asked to perform the rites to secure auspiciousness and avert a calamity.

HBV 19.295

Source

तेभ्योऽथ दक्षिणाꣳ दत्त्वा होमाचार्याय गामपि । आवाह्य मन्त्रयेद्देवꣳ नमो भगवते इति

tebhyo'tha dakṣiṇāṁ dattvā homācāryāya gāmapi | āvāhya mantrayeddevaṁ namo bhagavate iti

English translation

T h e brahmanas should be given sufficient daksind, and the deary a should be given a cow in charity. Then, the worshipable Deity's vision should be invoked, while chanting the mantra beginning with namo bhagavate.

280 SRI H ARI-BHAKTI-VILAS A

HBV 19.296

Source

विलिखन् काच्चनेनाथ श्रीमूर्तिꣳ मङ्गलानि तु । कारयेद्गीतवाद्यादौन्यमाङ्गल्यञ्च वारयेत्

vilikhan kāccanenātha śrīmūrtiṁ maṅgalāni tu | kārayedgītavādyādaunyamāṅgalyañca vārayet

English translation

While chanting this mantra, the Deity's eyes should be anointed with a golden chalk. To invoke auspiciousness and to drive away inauspiciousness, there should be singing in glorification of the Lord while playing musical instruments.

HBV 19.297

Source

अर्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा नमस्कृत्य आर्चयित्वा यथाक्रमम् । दत्त्वा सगुग्गुलꣳ धूपꣳ देवदेवस्य धीमतः । प्रच्छाद्य वस्त्रयुग्मेन ततः कार्यꣳ तु लक्षणम्

arghyaṁ dattvā namaskṛtya ārcayitvā yathākramam | dattvā saguggulaṁ dhūpaṁ devadevasya dhīmataḥ | pracchādya vastrayugmena tataḥ kāryaṁ tu lakṣaṇam

English translation

After offering arghya and obeisances, having worshiped the Deity in this way, one should offer guggula mixed with ghee, which is dear to the Lord. A cloth should then be hung as a curtain in front of the Deity so that He cannot be seen. Then, the Lord's eyes should be anointed with ointment and His chest decorated with the mark of Srlvatsa.

HBV 19.298–299

Source

सर्वतस्तु बलिꣳ दत्त्वा सिद्धार्थघृतपायसम् । शुक्लपुष्पैरलङ्कृत्य घृतगुग्गुलधूषितम् । विप्रेण वाचनꣳ कुर्यात् दत्त्वा शक्त्या च दक्षिणाम् गामेकाꣳ कनकꣳ तद्वत् स्थापकाय निवेदयेत् । लक्षणꣳ कारयेद्भक्त्या मन्त्रेणानेन वै द्विजः

sarvatastu baliṁ dattvā siddhārthaghṛtapāyasam | śuklapuṣpairalaṅkṛtya ghṛtagugguladhūṣitam | vipreṇa vācanaṁ kuryāt dattvā śaktyā ca dakṣiṇām gāmekāṁ kanakaṁ tadvat sthāpakāya nivedayet | lakṣaṇaṁ kārayedbhaktyā mantreṇānena vai dvijaḥ

English translation

After offering white mustard seeds, ghee, and sweet rice to the Lord's associates and the demigods; decorating the Deity with white flowers and offering Him guggula mixed with ghee, the brdhmanas should be requested to drive away all kinds of inauspiciousness and invoke auspiciousness. Finally, the brdhmanas should be given daksina, and the spiritual master should be presented a cow that is decorated with gold. A qualified brdhmana should then be requested to smear the Deity's eyes with ointment and decorated His chest with the mark of Srlvatsa.

HBV 19.300

Source

ओꣳ नमो भगवते तुभ्यꣳ शिवाय हरये नमः । हिरण्यरेतसे विष्णो विष्णुरूपाय ते नमः

oṁ namo bhagavate tubhyaṁ śivāya haraye namaḥ | hiraṇyaretase viṣṇo viṣṇurūpāya te namaḥ

English translation

My dear Lord Visnu, I offer my obeisances unto You. O auspicious Lord Hari, my obeisances unto you. O Deity of Lord Visnu, You possess golden effulgence. I bow down to You.

HBV 19.301

Source

मग्त्रोऽयꣳ सर्वदेवानाꣳ नेत्रज्योतिःस्वपि स्मृतः । एवमामन्त्र्य देवेशꣳ काञ्चनेन विलेखयेत्

magtro'yaṁ sarvadevānāṁ netrajyotiḥsvapi smṛtaḥ | evamāmantrya deveśaṁ kāñcanena vilekhayet

English translation

This mantra should also be chanted while invoking the vision of the demigods. After reciting this mantra, one should apply ointment on the Deity's eyes with golden chalk.

HBV 19.302

Source

मङ्गलानि निवेद्यानि ब्रह्मघोषञ्च गीतकम् । ऋद्ध्यर्थꣳ कारयेद्विद्वानमाङ्गल्यनिवारणम्

maṅgalāni nivedyāni brahmaghoṣañca gītakam | ṛddhyarthaṁ kārayedvidvānamāṅgalyanivāraṇam

English translation

232 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA To remove any inauspicious elements and to invite auspiciousness, one who is learned should offer prayers, chant Vedic mantras, and sing the Lord's glories.

HBV 19.303

Source

हस्तमात्रमिते भद्रपीठे क्षीरितरूद्भवे । विन्यस्य स्नापयेद्देवꣳ पञ्चगव्यादिभिस्ततः

hastamātramite bhadrapīṭhe kṣīritarūdbhave | vinyasya snāpayeddevaṁ pañcagavyādibhistataḥ

English translation

A special abhiseka of the Deity should be performed with the five products of the cow after seating the Lord on a plank of fig or ksiri wood.

HBV 19.304

Source

गजाश्वरथ्यावल्मीकवराहोत्खातमण्डलात् । अग्न्यागारात्तथा तीर्थाध्रदाद्गोमण्डलादपि । कुम्भेषु मृत्तिकाꣳ दद्यादुद्धृतासीति मन्त्रवित्

gajāśvarathyāvalmīkavarāhotkhātamaṇḍalāt | agnyāgārāttathā tīrthādhradādgomaṇḍalādapi | kumbheṣu mṛttikāṁ dadyāduddhṛtāsīti mantravit

English translation

Water mixed with clay that was collected from an elephant shed, a horse shed, an intersection, a cowshed, an anthill, a sacrificial arena, a sacred riverbed or lake, or uprooted by a hog, should be poured over the Deity while chanting the mantra that begins with udhrtdsi.

HBV 19.305–306

Source

शन्नो देवीत्यपाꣳ मन्त्र आपो हिष्ठेति या ऋचः । सावित्र्यादाय गोमूत्रꣳ गन्धद्वारेति गोमयम् आप्यायस्वेति च क्षीरꣳ दधिक्राव्णेति वै दधि । तेजोऽसीति घृतꣳ तद्वद्देवस्य त्वेति चोदकम् । कुशमिश्रꣳ जपेद्विद्वान पञ्चगव्यꣳ भवेत्ततः

śanno devītyapāṁ mantra āpo hiṣṭheti yā ṛcaḥ | sāvitryādāya gomūtraṁ gandhadvāreti gomayam āpyāyasveti ca kṣīraṁ dadhikrāvṇeti vai dadhi | tejo'sīti ghṛtaṁ tadvaddevasya tveti codakam | kuśamiśraṁ japedvidvāna pañcagavyaṁ bhavettataḥ

English translation

The Deity should be bathed with pure water while chanting mantras from the Rg Veda, such as those beginning with sanno devl and apo hista. The Deity should be bathed with cow's urine while chanting the mantra beginning with savitri, with cow dung while chanting the mantra beginning with gandhadvara, with milk while chanting the mantra beginning with apyayasva, with yogurt while chanting the mantra beginning with dadhikrabneti, with ghee while chanting the mantra beginning with tejo'glti, and with fresh water mixed with kusa grass while chanting the mantra beginning with devasyatva. These five products of the cow are known as pancagavya.

HBV 19.307

Source

स्नाप्याथ पञ्चगव्येन दध्ना शुद्धेन वै ततः । दधिक्राव्णेति मन्त्रेण कर्तव्यमभिमन्त्रणम्

snāpyātha pañcagavyena dadhnā śuddhena vai tataḥ | dadhikrāvṇeti mantreṇa kartavyamabhimantraṇam

English translation

After performing the abhiseka with pancagavya, one should perform another abhiseka with pancamrta. While bathing the Deity with yogurt, one should chant the mantra beginning with dadhikrabneti.

HBV 19.308

Source

आप्यायस्वेति पयसा तेजोऽसीति घृतेन च । मधुवातेति मधुना ततः पुष्पोदकेन च । सरस्वत्यै भैषज्येन कार्यꣳ तस्याभिमन्त्रणम्

āpyāyasveti payasā tejo'sīti ghṛtena ca | madhuvāteti madhunā tataḥ puṣpodakena ca | sarasvatyai bhaiṣajyena kāryaṁ tasyābhimantraṇam

English translation

During the pancamrta abhiseka, while bathing the Deity with milk, one should chant the mantra beginning with apyayasva; while bathing the Deity with ghee, one should chant the mantra beginning with tejositi; while bathing the Deity with honey, one should chant the mantra beginning with madhuvdteti; while bathing the Deity with sugar water, one should chant the mantra beginning with apamrasa: and while bathing the Deity with

284 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA water mixed with flower petals, one should chant the mantra beginning with sarasvatai bhaisajyena.

HBV 19.309

Source

हिरण्याक्षेति मन्त्रेण स्नापयेद्रत्नवारिणा । कूशाम्भसा ततः स्नानꣳ देवस्य त्वेति कारयेत्

hiraṇyākṣeti mantreṇa snāpayedratnavāriṇā | kūśāmbhasā tataḥ snānaṁ devasya tveti kārayet

English translation

While bathing the Deity with water containing jewels, one should chant the mantra beginning with hiranydksa; and while bathing the Deity with water containing kusa grass, one should chant the mantra beginning with devasvatyd.

HBV 19.310

Source

फलोदकेन च स्नानमग्न आयाहि कारयेत् । ततस्तु गन्धतोयेन सावित्र्या चाभिमन्त्रयेत्

phalodakena ca snānamagna āyāhi kārayet | tatastu gandhatoyena sāvitryā cābhimantrayet

English translation

While bathing the Deity with fruit juice, one should chant the mantra the mantra beginning with agna aydhi; and while bathing the Deity with water scented with sandalwood paste, one should chant the mantra beginning with savitrl.

HBV 19.311–312

Source

ततो घटसहस्रेण सहस्रार्द्धेन वा पुन । तस्याप्यर्द्धेन वा कुर्यादथवाष्टशतेन वा चतुःषष्ट्या तदर्द्धेन तदर्द्धेनाथवा पुनः । चतुर्भिरथवा कुर्याद्घट नामपि वित्तवान्

tato ghaṭasahasreṇa sahasrārddhena vā puna | tasyāpyarddhena vā kuryādathavāṣṭaśatena vā catuḥṣaṣṭyā tadarddhena tadarddhenāthavā punaḥ | caturbhirathavā kuryādghaṭa nāmapi vittavān

English translation

Thereafter, the Deity should be bathed with either one thousand, five hundred, two hundred and fifty, one hundred and eight, sixty-four, thirty-two, or sixteen pitchers of water.

HBV 19.313

Source

सौवर्णै राजतैर्वापि ताम्रैर्वा रीतिकोद्भवैः । काꣳस्यैर्वा पार्थिवैर्वापि स्नपनꣳ शक्तितो भवेत्

sauvarṇai rājatairvāpi tāmrairvā rītikodbhavaiḥ | kāṁsyairvā pārthivairvāpi snapanaṁ śaktito bhavet

English translation

One should use gold, silver, copper, bell rnetal, brass, or even clay pitchers for bathing the Deity, according to one's capability.

HBV 19.314

Source

सहदेवी वचा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला तथा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिꣳही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला । महौषध्यष्टकꣳ ह्येतन्महास्नानेषु योजयेत्

sahadevī vacā vyāghrī balā cātibalā tathā | śaṅkhapuṣpī tathā siṁhī aṣṭamī ca suvarcalā | mahauṣadhyaṣṭakaṁ hyetanmahāsnāneṣu yojayet

English translation

While performing this grand abhiseka one should also use medicinal herbs, such as sahadevi, vacd, vyaghri, vald, ativald., sankhapuspi, sirhhi, and suvarcald, soaked in water.

HBV 19.315

Source

यवगोधूमनीवारतिलश्यामाक्शाटयः । प्रियङ्गवो ब्रीहयश्च स्नानेषु परिकल्पयेत्

yavagodhūmanīvāratilaśyāmākśāṭayaḥ | priyaṅgavo brīhayaśca snāneṣu parikalpayet

English translation

During the mahd-abhiseka, eight kinds of grain—barley, wheat, rice paddy, sesame seeds, syama rice, sati rice, priyangu rice, and brhi rice— should also be used.

HBV 19.316–317

Source

पञ्चगव्यꣳ दधि क्षीरꣳ तथा मधु धृतꣳ नृप । रत्नवारि कुशाम्भश्च फलगन्धादिकꣳ तथा उपस्नानैः कषायैश्च दिव्यौषधिभिरेव च । वल्मीकात् पर्वत ग्राच्च सरस्तीर्थाद्घ्रदाद्गजात् । अग्न्यागारात्तु गृह्णीयादष्टमीञ्च चतुष्पथात्

pañcagavyaṁ dadhi kṣīraṁ tathā madhu dhṛtaṁ nṛpa | ratnavāri kuśāmbhaśca phalagandhādikaṁ tathā upasnānaiḥ kaṣāyaiśca divyauṣadhibhireva ca | valmīkāt parvata grācca sarastīrthādghradādgajāt | agnyāgārāttu gṛhṇīyādaṣṭamīñca catuṣpathāt

English translation

286 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA upasndnaih kasdyaisca divyausadhibhir eva ca valmikdt parvvata grdcca sarastlrthdddh radddgajdt agnydgdrdttu grhnniydd astaminca catuspathdt In the mahd-abhiseka of the Deity, one should use the five products of the cow, yogurt, milk, honey, ghee, jewels soaked in water, water containing kusa grass, fruit juice, water scented with sandalwood paste, five extracts of tree bark, medicinal herbs, and clay collected from eight places—an ant hill, the peak of a mountain, a lake, a holy river, a holy kunda, an elephant shed, a sacrificial arena, and an intersection.

HBV 19.318

Source

उद्धृतासीत मत्रेण मर्दयेत्तु समालभेत् । उपमानिकेति प्रथमꣳ मन्त्रोणानेन लेपयेत्

uddhṛtāsīta matreṇa mardayettu samālabhet | upamāniketi prathamaṁ mantroṇānena lepayet

English translation

After collecting clay from these places, one should pound it and mix it, while chanting the mantra beginning with uddhrtasi, and then slowly smear it over the Deity's body, while chanting the mantra beginning with upamdnika.

HBV 19.319–320

Source

स्नानमन्त्राꣳस्ततश्चान्यान् वक्ष्यामि ते महीपते । गायत्र्या चैव गोमूत्रꣳ गन्धद्वारेति गोमयम् आप्यायस्वेति च क्षीरꣳ दधिक्राव्णेति वै दधि । तेजोऽसि शुक्रमित्याज्यꣳ देवस्य त्वा कुशोदकम्

snānamantrāṁstataścānyān vakṣyāmi te mahīpate | gāyatryā caiva gomūtraṁ gandhadvāreti gomayam āpyāyasveti ca kṣīraṁ dadhikrāvṇeti vai dadhi | tejo'si śukramityājyaṁ devasya tvā kuśodakam

English translation

O king, I shall now tell you the mantras for bathing the Deity. The Gayatri mantra should be chanted while bathing the Deity with cow's urine. The Gandhdvara mantra should be chanted while bathing the Deity with cow dung. The mantra beginning with apydyasva should be

chanted while bathing the Deity with milk. The mantra beginning with dadhikrabneti should be chanted while bathing the Deity with yogurt. The mantra beginning with tejo'si sukrarh should be chanted while bathing the Deity with ghee, and the mantra beginning with devasyatvd should be chanted while bathing the Deity with water containing kusa grass.

HBV 19.321–323

Source

एभिस्तु पञ्चभिर्मन्त्रैः प्रथमꣳ स्नापयेद्धरिम् । द्वितीये दधिक्राव्णेति दध्ना च स्नानमाचरेत् आप्यायस्वेतिमन्त्रेण क्षीरेण स्नापयेद्बुधः । तेजोऽसीति ततः पश्चाद्धृतेन स्नानमाचरेत् तदन्ते मधुना स्नानꣳ मधुवाता ऋतायते । रत्नवारि ततः पश्चाद्धरिण्याक्षेति मन्त्रयेत्

ebhistu pañcabhirmantraiḥ prathamaṁ snāpayeddharim | dvitīye dadhikrāvṇeti dadhnā ca snānamācaret āpyāyasvetimantreṇa kṣīreṇa snāpayedbudhaḥ | tejo'sīti tataḥ paścāddhṛtena snānamācaret tadante madhunā snānaṁ madhuvātā ṛtāyate | ratnavāri tataḥ paścāddhariṇyākṣeti mantrayet

English translation

During the great bathing ceremony, the Deity of Lord Had should be bathed with the five products of the cow while chanting these mantras. The grand abhiseka should also be performed with the five substances known as pancdmrta. One should chant the mantra beginning with dadhikrabneti while bathing the Deity with yogurt. O n e should chant the mantra beginning with dpydyasva while bathing the Deity with milk. O n e should chant the mantra beginning with tejo'si while bathing the Deity with ghee. One should chant the mantra beginning with apdmrasa while bathing the Deity with sugar water. One should chant the mantra beginning with madhuvata rtayate while bathing the Deity with honey, and one should chant the mantra beginning with hiranydkseti while bathing the Deity with water containing gems.

HBV 19.324–325

Source

कुशाम्भसा ततः स्नानꣳ देवस्य त्वेति मन्त्रयेत् । फलोदकैस्ततः स्नानꣳ अग्न आयाहि वीतये दद्यातु गन्धतोयानि सावित्र्या त्वभिमन्त्रयेत् । कारयेच्च महास्नानꣳ ततः स्नानादनन्तरम्

kuśāmbhasā tataḥ snānaṁ devasya tveti mantrayet | phalodakaistataḥ snānaṁ agna āyāhi vītaye dadyātu gandhatoyāni sāvitryā tvabhimantrayet | kārayecca mahāsnānaṁ tataḥ snānādanantaram

English translation

288 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA dadydtu gandhatoydni sdvitryd wabhimantrayet kdrayecca mahdsndnarh tatah sndndd anantaram One should chant the mantra beginning with devasyatva while bathing the Deity with water containing kusa grass. One should chant the mantra beginning with agna ayahi vitaye while bathing the Deity with fruit juice, and one should chant the mantra beginning with savitrl while bathing the Deity with water scented with sandalwood paste. After abhiseka, another grand abhiseka should be performed.

HBV 19.326–328

Source

कलसानाꣳ सहस्रेण कुर्यात् पञ्चशतेन वा । अथवा तस्य सार्द्धेन तथा चाष्टशतेन वा चतुःषष्ट्या तदर्द्धेन षोडशैरष्टभिस्तथा । यथालाभꣳ यथाकालꣳ यथाविभवमात्मनः अकालमूलैः कलसैः सुपक्वैः सुदृढैर्नवः । राजतैस्ताम्रसौवर्णैः काꣳस्यरैतिकपार्थिवैः

kalasānāṁ sahasreṇa kuryāt pañcaśatena vā | athavā tasya sārddhena tathā cāṣṭaśatena vā catuḥṣaṣṭyā tadarddhena ṣoḍaśairaṣṭabhistathā | yathālābhaṁ yathākālaṁ yathāvibhavamātmanaḥ akālamūlaiḥ kalasaiḥ supakvaiḥ sudṛḍhairnavaḥ | rājataistāmrasauvarṇaiḥ kāṁsyaraitikapārthivaiḥ

English translation

According to one's capacity, one should perform the maha-abhiseka of the Deity with one thousand, five hundred, two hundred and fifty, one hundred and eight, sixty-four, thirtyrtwo, sixteen, or even eight pitchers made of gold, silver, copper, bell metal, brass, or clay. T h e pitchers should be filled with Ganges water and should be flawless and strong.

HBV 19.329

Source

बला चातिबला चैव शङ्खपुष्पी सुवर्चला । सहदेवी च सिꣳही व वचा व्याघ्री तथैव च । ओषधीनाꣳ गणेनैवꣳ स्नापयेद्देवमच्युतम्

balā cātibalā caiva śaṅkhapuṣpī suvarcalā | sahadevī ca siṁhī va vacā vyāghrī tathaiva ca | oṣadhīnāṁ gaṇenaivaṁ snāpayeddevamacyutam

English translation

The Deity of Lord Acyuta should also be bathed with medicinal herbs, such as vala, ativala, sankha puspi, suvarcala, sahadevl, sirhhl, vaca and vydghrl.

HBV 19.330–331

Source

फलोदस्नपनात् पश्चात् चूर्णैरुद्वर्त्य शोभनैः । स्नापयित्वा कदुष्णाद्भिः स्नापयेत् शीतवारिणा चन्दनाद्यैर्विलिप्याथ शुक्लमाल्याम्बरादिना । भूषयित्वोपवीतꣳ च दन्तकाष्ठꣳ तथार्पयेत्

phalodasnapanāt paścāt cūrṇairudvartya śobhanaiḥ | snāpayitvā kaduṣṇādbhiḥ snāpayet śītavāriṇā candanādyairvilipyātha śuklamālyāmbarādinā | bhūṣayitvopavītaṁ ca dantakāṣṭhaṁ tathārpayet

English translation

tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) phalodas napandt pascdt curnair udvarttya sobhanaih snapayitva kadusnddbhih sndpayet sitavdrind candanddyair vilipydtha sukla mdlydmbarddind bhusayiwo pavitam ca danta kdstharh tathdrpayet The Deity should first be bathed with water, and then fruit juices, and then offered a toothbrush. Thereafter, the body of the Deity should be rubbed with perfumed barley powder mixed and then bathed with warm water followed by cool water. After the bathing is concluded, the Deity should be decorated with sandalwood paste, a white flower garland, garments, ornaments, and a sacred thread.

HBV 19.332

Source

ततश्च कारयेत् स्नान सुगन्धिसलिलादिना । इत्येवमत्र विज्ञेयो विशेषः शिष्टसम्मतः

tataśca kārayet snāna sugandhisalilādinā | ityevamatra vijñeyo viśeṣaḥ śiṣṭasammataḥ

English translation

The last bathing of the Deity should be with fragrant water. This is a special rule that is approved by saintly persons.

HBV 19.333

Source

घृतेनाभ्यञ्जयेत् पश्चात् पठन् घृतवतीꣳ बुधः । मसूरचूर्णनोद्वर्तेदतो देवेति कीर्तयत्

ghṛtenābhyañjayet paścāt paṭhan ghṛtavatīṁ budhaḥ | masūracūrṇanodvartedato deveti kīrtayat

English translation

290 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA ghrtena dbhyanjayet pascdt pathan ghrtavatim budhah masura curnanod vartted atodeveti klrttayan O n e who is learned should massage the Deity with ghee while chanting the mantra beginning with ghrtavatl and smear powdered red gram over His body while chanting the mantra beginning with ato deveti.

HBV 19.334

Source

क्षालयेदुष्णतोयेन सप्त ते अग्नेति देशिकः । चन्दनेनानुलिप्येत द्रुपदादिव इतृयचा

kṣālayeduṣṇatoyena sapta te agneti deśikaḥ | candanenānulipyeta drupadādiva itṛyacā

English translation

The acarya should then remove the ointment, ghee, and so on from the Deity's body with warm water while chanting the mantra beginning with saptate'gneti. He should then apply sandalwood paste on the Deity while chanting the mantra beginning with drupadad iva.

HBV 19.335

Source

नादेयैः स्नापयेत्तोयैरापो हिष्ठेति देशिकः । स्नापयेद्रत्नतोयेन पावमानीभिरेव च

nādeyaiḥ snāpayettoyairāpo hiṣṭheti deśikaḥ | snāpayedratnatoyena pāvamānībhireva ca

English translation

The acarya should then bathe the Deity with fresh water from a river while chanting the mantra beginning with apo histha, and with water containing jewels while chanting the mantra beginning with pdvamdni.

HBV 19.336

Source

समुद्रꣳ गच्छ मन्त्रेण स्नापयेच्चन्दनोदकैः । नागकेशरतोयेन श्रीश्च तेत्यभिषेचयेत्

samudraṁ gaccha mantreṇa snāpayeccandanodakaiḥ | nāgakeśaratoyena śrīśca tetyabhiṣecayet

English translation

The acarya should chant the mantra beginning with samudram gaccha while bathing the Deity with water scented with sandalwood paste, and he should chant the mantra beginning with sriscate while bathing the Deity with water containing ndgakesara.

HBV 19.337

Source

गायत्त्र्या पद्मतोयेन पञ्चमृत्तिकया ततः । हिरण्यवर्णाः शुचय इति मन्त्रेण सेचयेत्

gāyattryā padmatoyena pañcamṛttikayā tataḥ | hiraṇyavarṇāḥ śucaya iti mantreṇa secayet

English translation

The Gayatri mantra should be chanted while bathing the Deity with water containing lotus petals, and the mantra beginning with hiranya varna sucaya should be chanted while bathing the Deity with water mixed with the clay that was collected from five different places.

HBV 19.338

Source

इमꣳ मेति च मन्त्रेण स्नापयेत् सिकताजलैः । वल्मीकतोयन हरिꣳ तद्विष्णोरिति स्नापयेत्

imaṁ meti ca mantreṇa snāpayet sikatājalaiḥ | valmīkatoyana hariṁ tadviṣṇoriti snāpayet

English translation

O n e should chant the mantra beginning with imam meti while bathing the Deity with water taken from a river and containing sand. One should chant the mantra beginning with tad visnoh while bathing Lord Hari with water mixed with clay from an anthill.

HBV 19.339

Source

या ओषधीति मन्त्रेण स्नानमोषधिमङ्गलम् । यज्ञयज्ञेति मन्त्रेण दद्यात् काषायजꣳ जलम्

yā oṣadhīti mantreṇa snānamoṣadhimaṅgalam | yajñayajñeti mantreṇa dadyāt kāṣāyajaṁ jalam

English translation

One should chant the mantra beginning with ya ausadhiti while bathing the Deity with auspicious medicinal herbs, and one should chant the mantra beginning with yajna yajneti while bathing the Deity with the extract of five kinds of tree bark.

HBV 19.340

Source

पयः पृथिव्या मन्त्रेण पञ्चगव्येन स्नापयेत् । याः फलिनीरिति हरिꣳ फलतोयेन सेचयेत्

payaḥ pṛthivyā mantreṇa pañcagavyena snāpayet | yāḥ phalinīriti hariṁ phalatoyena secayet

English translation

O n e should chant the mantra beginning with payah prthivya while bathing the Deity with paficagavya, the five products of the cow, and one

292 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA should chant the mantra beginning with ya phalini while bathing the Deity with fresh water.

HBV 19.341

Source

विश्वतश्चक्षुरित्युक्त्वोत्तरकुम्भेन सेचयेन् । मूर्धानꣳ दिवमन्त्रेण कुर्यादुद्वर्तनꣳ हरेः

viśvataścakṣurityuktvottarakumbhena secayen | mūrdhānaṁ divamantreṇa kuryādudvartanaṁ hareḥ

English translation

While performing the abhiseka with water kept in pitchers placed to the north, one should chant the mantra beginning with visvatascaksu, and while applying ointment and sandalwood paste, one should chant the mantra beginning with murddhdnarh.

HBV 19.342–343

Source

धात्रीफलꣳ मुरामाꣳसीयुतꣳ शिरसि स्नापयेत् । मानस्तोकेति मन्त्रेण ततो गन्धोदकै पुनः गन्धद्वारेति-मन्त्रेण ततः स्नपनमाचरेत् । एकाशीति-पदन्यरतैर्घटैर्मलयभूषितैः । इदमापेति मन्त्रेण सर्वैरेवाभिषेचयेत्

dhātrīphalaṁ murāmāṁsīyutaṁ śirasi snāpayet | mānastoketi mantreṇa tato gandhodakai punaḥ gandhadvāreti-mantreṇa tataḥ snapanamācaret | ekāśīti-padanyaratairghaṭairmalayabhūṣitaiḥ | idamāpeti mantreṇa sarvairevābhiṣecayet

English translation

While bathing the Deity with water after applying nutmeg and jatamarhsi paste to His head, one should chant the mantra beginning with manastoketi. While again bathing the Deity with scented water, one should chant the Gandhavara mantra. Then, with eighty-one pitchers filled with water scented with sandalwood paste everyone should bathe the Deity while chanting the mantra beginning with idarh apeti.

HBV 19.344

Source

अथवा पञ्चकाषाय-जलादिस्नपनꣳ सकृत् । कार्यमन्यच्च सकलꣳ तथा लिखितमेव तत्

athavā pañcakāṣāya-jalādisnapanaṁ sakṛt | kāryamanyacca sakalaṁ tathā likhitameva tat

English translation

One may bathe the Deity with the extract of tree bark only once. Other prescriptions that were given earlier in this book should be followed.

HBV 19.345

Source

एष साधारणः प्रोक्तः स्नपनस्य विधिर्मया । य एवꣳ विधिवत् कुर्यात्तस्य पुण्यफलꣳ शृणु

eṣa sādhāraṇaḥ proktaḥ snapanasya vidhirmayā | ya evaṁ vidhivat kuryāttasya puṇyaphalaṁ śṛṇu

English translation

tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) esa sddhdranah proktah snapanasya vidhirmamud ya evam vidhivat kuryydt tasya punyaphalam srnu I have thus described to you the general procedure for performing abhiseka. Now, I will describe the merit one attains by performing the abhiseka of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, according to the prescribed rules and regulations.

HBV 19.346

Source

यावन्ति जलबिन्दूनि मम गात्रो निवेशयेत् । तावद्वर्षसहस्राणि स्वर्गलोके महीयते

yāvanti jalabindūni mama gātro niveśayet | tāvadvarṣasahasrāṇi svargaloke mahīyate

English translation

O n e who performs the abhiseka of the Deity will reside in Vaikuntha for as many thousands of years and the number of drops that fall upon Me.

HBV 19.347

Source

ततश्च विधिवद्विद्वान् सम्पूज्य वाहनादिभिः । औत्थापनिक-मन्त्रेण देवमुत्थापयेच्छनैः

tataśca vidhivadvidvān sampūjya vāhanādibhiḥ | autthāpanika-mantreṇa devamutthāpayecchanaiḥ

English translation

After worshiping the Supreme Lord, His carrier, and other associates and weapons, one should pick up the Deity and carry Him while chanting the appropriate mantras.

HBV 19.348

Source

एवꣳ स्नाप्य ततो देवꣳ पूज्य गन्धानुलेपनैः । प्रच्छाद्य वस्त्रयुग्मेन अभिवस्त्रेत्युदोहरन् । उत्थापयेत्ततो देवमुत्तिष्ठ ब्रह्मणस्पते

evaṁ snāpya tato devaṁ pūjya gandhānulepanaiḥ | pracchādya vastrayugmena abhivastretyudoharan | utthāpayettato devamuttiṣṭha brahmaṇaspate

English translation

After performing the abhiseka in this manner, and applying fragrant sandalwood pulp to the Deity's body, He should be covered with new cloth and slowly moved while chanting the mantra beginning with uttistha brahmanaspate.

HBV 19.349

Source

आवाहयेत्ततो विष्णुꣳ शुक्लस्फटिकसन्निभम् । एह्येहि भगवन् विष्णो लोकानुग्रहकारक । यज्ञभागꣳ गृहाणेमꣳ वासुदेव नमो नमः

āvāhayettato viṣṇuṁ śuklasphaṭikasannibham | ehyehi bhagavan viṣṇo lokānugrahakāraka | yajñabhāgaṁ gṛhāṇemaṁ vāsudeva namo namaḥ

English translation

Lord Visnu should be invited by resciting: O Lord Visnu, You resemble pure white crystal. O bestower of mercy upon the living entities! 0 Vasudeva, kindly appear and partake of the offerings made in sacrifice. 1 offer my repeated obeisances unto You.

HBV 19.350

Source

अनेनावाह्य देवेशꣳ कुर्यात् कौतुकमोचनम् । मुञ्चामि त्वेति मन्त्रेण देशिकस्यापि मोचयेत्

anenāvāhya deveśaṁ kuryāt kautukamocanam | muñcāmi tveti mantreṇa deśikasyāpi mocayet

English translation

After inviting the Lord of the demigods by reciting this prayer, the acarya take off his protective amulet, and other amulets, while chanting the mantra beginning with muncdmitva.

NINETEENTH VILAS A 295

HBV 19.351

Source

हिरण्मयेति मन्त्रेण अर्घ्यꣳ देवाय दापयेत् । अतो देवेति-सूक्तेन पाद्यꣳ कृष्णाय मन्त्रितम् । मधूवातेति मन्त्रेण मधुपर्कꣳ निवेदयेत्

hiraṇmayeti mantreṇa arghyaṁ devāya dāpayet | ato deveti-sūktena pādyaṁ kṛṣṇāya mantritam | madhūvāteti mantreṇa madhuparkaṁ nivedayet

English translation

When offering arghya to the Deity, one should chant the mantra beginning with hiranmaya. W h e n offering padya to the Deity, one should chant the mantra beginning with ato deva, and when offering madhuparka, one should chant the mantra beginning with madhuvdtd.

HBV 19.352

Source

मयि गृह्णाति मन्त्रेण दद्यादाचमनꣳ बुधः । अक्षन्नमीमदन्तेति किरेद्दूर्वाक्षितꣳ बुधः

mayi gṛhṇāti mantreṇa dadyādācamanaṁ budhaḥ | akṣannamīmadanteti kireddūrvākṣitaṁ budhaḥ

English translation

One who is wise should chant the mantra beginning with mayi grhndti while offering dcamana to the Deity. While throwing dilrva grass and rice paddy upon the Deity's body, one should chant the mantra beginning with aksannam imadanateti.

HBV 19.353

Source

निम्मञ्छनꣳ ततः कुर्यात् काण्डात् काण्डेति देशिकः । गन्धꣳ गन्धवतीत्येवमुन्नयामीति माल्यकम्

nimmañchanaṁ tataḥ kuryāt kāṇḍāt kāṇḍeti deśikaḥ | gandhaṁ gandhavatītyevamunnayāmīti mālyakam

English translation

Thereafter, the acarya should perform drati to the Deity while chanting the mantra beginning with kanddt kandeti. He should offer sandalwood paste while chanting the mantra beginning with gandhavatl, and offer a flower garland while chanting the mantra beginning with unnayam id.

296 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.354

Source

इदꣳ विष्ण्विति मन्त्रेण दद्याद्यज्ञोपवीतकम् । बृहस्पतेति-मन्त्रेण वस्त्रयुग्मे प्रदापयेत्

idaṁ viṣṇviti mantreṇa dadyādyajñopavītakam | bṛhaspateti-mantreṇa vastrayugme pradāpayet

English translation

A sacred thread should then be offered to the Deity while chanting the mantra beginning with idarh visnu. A dhoti and cddara should be offered while chanting the mantra beginning with brhaspati iti.

HBV 19.355

Source

वेदाहमेकꣳ पुरुषमुत्तरीयꣳ निवेदयेत् । सकलीकरणꣳ कुर्यात् पठन् व्रतमहाव्रतम्

vedāhamekaṁ puruṣamuttarīyaṁ nivedayet | sakalīkaraṇaṁ kuryāt paṭhan vratamahāvratam

English translation

While offering the Deity a special cddara, the mantra beginning with vedaham ekam purusam should be chanted, and while performing the nyasa on the entire body of the Deity, the mantra beginning with vrata mahdvrtam should be chanted.

HBV 19.356

Source

ओषधयः सꣳवदन्ते सपुष्पकरणꣳ ततः । धूरसीति पठन् भक्त्या धूपꣳ दद्यात् सगुग्गुलम्

oṣadhayaḥ saṁvadante sapuṣpakaraṇaṁ tataḥ | dhūrasīti paṭhan bhaktyā dhūpaṁ dadyāt saguggulam

English translation

While offering flowers to the Deity, one should chant the mantra beginning with ausadhayah samvadante, and while offering incense made with guggula with devotion, one should chant the mantra beginning with dhurasiti.

HBV 19.357–358

Source

विभ्राडिति सूक्तेन अञ्जनꣳ तु प्रदापयेत् । युञ्जन्तीति च मन्त्रेण रोचनातिलकꣳ तथा दद्यात् पुष्पाणि माल्यानि दीर्घायुष्ट्वेति मन्त्रवित् । इन्द्रच्छत्रेति मन्त्रेण श्वेतꣳ छत्रꣳ प्रदापयेत्

vibhrāḍiti sūktena añjanaṁ tu pradāpayet | yuñjantīti ca mantreṇa rocanātilakaṁ tathā dadyāt puṣpāṇi mālyāni dīrghāyuṣṭveti mantravit | indracchatreti mantreṇa śvetaṁ chatraṁ pradāpayet

English translation

While applying black ointment to the Deity's eyes, one should chant the mantra beginning with vibhrdditi. While decorating the Deity with gorocand tilak, one should chant the mantra beginning with yunjantiti. While offering a flower garland, one who is conversant with the chanting of mantras should chant the mantra beginning with dlrghayusteti, and while offering a white umbrella, one should chant the mantra beginning with indracchatredi.

HBV 19.359–360

Source

आदर्शꣳ तु विराजेन विकर्णेन तु चामरम् । रथान्तरेणाभरणꣳ व्यजनꣳ वायुदैवतैः मुञ्चामि त्वेति सूक्तेन पुष्पमालार्चनꣳ ततः । ततः स्तुवीत गोविन्दꣳ मन्त्रैर्वेदादिभिर्विभुम्

ādarśaṁ tu virājena vikarṇena tu cāmaram | rathāntareṇābharaṇaṁ vyajanaṁ vāyudaivataiḥ muñcāmi tveti sūktena puṣpamālārcanaṁ tataḥ | tataḥ stuvīta govindaṁ mantrairvedādibhirvibhum

English translation

One should chant the mantra beginning with virajena while offering a mirror to the Deity. One should chant the mantra beginning with vikarnena while offering a camara, one should chant the mantra beginning with rathantarena when offering ornaments, and one should chant the mantra beginning with muncdmi tveti while offering a flower garland. Thereafter, one should offer nice prayers from the Vedas to Lord Govinda.

HBV 19.361

Source

तथा पुरुषसूक्तेन बृहत्साम्ना सुरोत्तम । शशिकर्णीति नवभिः सूक्तैः सुरगणार्चितम्

tathā puruṣasūktena bṛhatsāmnā surottama | śaśikarṇīti navabhiḥ sūktaiḥ suragaṇārcitam

English translation

O foremost of demigods, Lord Govinda, whose lotus feet are adored by the demigods, should be glorified by chanting the Purusa-sukta, the Brhat-sama, and nine other suktas, such as the one beginning with sasl karneti.

298 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.362

Source

शान्तातीयेन च स्तूयाद्गुह्योपनिषदैस्तथा । सर्वमेतत् समꣳ कुर्यात् पिण्डिकायामपि द्विज

śāntātīyena ca stūyādguhyopaniṣadaistathā | sarvametat samaṁ kuryāt piṇḍikāyāmapi dvija

English translation

O brahmana, prayers should also be offered from the santdtlya and guhya-upanisads. All that has been described should also be performed for the Deity's stand, or pindikd.

HBV 19.363

Source

देवस्योत्थानसमये सौपर्णꣳ सर्वमुच्चरेत्

devasyotthānasamaye sauparṇaṁ sarvamuccaret

English translation

One should also chant the name of Garuda while moving the Deity from the bathing mandapa.

HBV 19.364

Source

महतानेकवाद्येन पताकादिविभूषितम् । यानमारोहयेद्देवमारोहणिक-मन्त्रतः

mahatānekavādyena patākādivibhūṣitam | yānamārohayeddevamārohaṇika-mantrataḥ

English translation

Accompanied by the playing of musical instruments, the Deity should be joyfully placed on a well-decorated chariot, while chanting the appropriate mantras.

HBV 19.365

Source

आनीय तोरणाभ्यासमधिवासनमण्डपम् । प्रावेशनिक-मन्त्रेण सुख देवꣳ प्रवेशयेत्

ānīya toraṇābhyāsamadhivāsanamaṇḍapam | prāveśanika-mantreṇa sukha devaṁ praveśayet

English translation

W h e n the Deity arrives near the entrance gate of the adhivdsa- mandapa, the appropriate mantra should be chanted before entering.

HBV 19.366

Source

उत्तिष्ठेति समुत्थाप्य कुर्याद्ब्रह्मरथेशुभे । शाकुनेन तु सूक्तेन मण्डपे सन्निधापयेत्

uttiṣṭheti samutthāpya kuryādbrahmaratheśubhe | śākunena tu sūktena maṇḍape sannidhāpayet

English translation

While picking up the Deity, one should chant the mantra beginning with uttistha, and while placing Him on a celestial chariot and bringing Him inside the mandapa, one should recite the Sakuna-silkta.

HBV 19.367–368

Source

रथे तिष्ठेति मन्त्रेण रथमारोहयेत् प्रभुम् । शङ्खन्दुन्दुभिनिर्घोषैः पताकाभिरलङ्कृतम् आरोप्य सदृशे याने आनयेत्तोरणान्तिकम् । प्रवेशयेत्ततो देवꣳ स्थापकः शꣳसितव्रतः

rathe tiṣṭheti mantreṇa rathamārohayet prabhum | śaṅkhandundubhinirghoṣaiḥ patākābhiralaṅkṛtam āropya sadṛśe yāne ānayettoraṇāntikam | praveśayettato devaṁ sthāpakaḥ śaṁsitavrataḥ

English translation

While placing the Deity on His chariot, which should be nicely decorated with flower garlands and flags, and while being accompanied by the blowing of conch shells and the beating of drums, one should chant the mantra beginning with rathetistha. The Deity should then be carefully taken inside the adhivasa-mandapa.

HBV 19.369

Source

रथे ब्रह्मरथे वापि धृतꣳ शिल्पिगणेन च । आरोप्य चालयेद्विद्वानाकृष्टेन प्रवेशयेत्

rathe brahmarathe vāpi dhṛtaṁ śilpigaṇena ca | āropya cālayedvidvānākṛṣṭena praveśayet

English translation

The Deity should be brought to the mandapa on a chariot, or a vehicle drawn by brahmanas. The sculptors can help lift the Deity and place Him on the chariot. The Deity should enter the mandapa through the western gate, while the mantra beginning with dkrsta is chanted.

300 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.370

Source

कृत्वा प्राग्लिखितैर्दर्भैः प्रागग्नेर्वꣳशपल्लवैः । पुष्पैर्वास्तरणꣳ कृत्वा वस्त्रेणाच्छादयेद्गुरुः

kṛtvā prāglikhitairdarbhaiḥ prāgagnervaṁśapallavaiḥ | puṣpairvāstaraṇaṁ kṛtvā vastreṇācchādayedguruḥ

English translation

pddme (In the Padma Pur ana it is stated) krtva prdglikhitair darbhaih prdgagrer varhsa pallavaih puspais taranam krtva vastrena dcchddayed guruh The spiritual master should spread some kusa grass whose tips face east, or some bamboo leaves, on some flowers, and cover this with cloth.

HBV 19.371

Source

प्राङ्मुखꣳ स्थापयित्वास्मिन् देवꣳ कुर्यात् प्रदक्षिणम् । निद्राकुम्भꣳ शिरोदेशे न्यसेद्दत्वोपधानकम्

prāṅmukhaṁ sthāpayitvāsmin devaṁ kuryāt pradakṣiṇam | nidrākumbhaṁ śirodeśe nyaseddatvopadhānakam

English translation

The Deity should first be placed inside the adhivdsa-mandapa, facing east, and then everyone should circumambulate Him. The pitcher known as nidrdkumbha should be brought, and a pillow should be placed behind the Deity's head.

HBV 19.372

Source

गात्राणि सꣳस्पृशन् देवस्य दक्षिण-पार्श्वे उपविष्टः अग्रे लेख्येन ओꣳ आप्यायस्वेत्यादि-मन्त्र-द्वयेन देवस्याङ्गान्यालभमानः सन् देव-हस्ते प्रतिसरꣳ सूत्र-विशेषꣳ दद्यात्

gātrāṇi saṁspṛśan devasya dakṣiṇa-pārśve upaviṣṭaḥ agre lekhyena oṁ āpyāyasvetyādi-mantra-dvayena devasyāṅgānyālabhamānaḥ san deva-haste pratisaraṁ sūtra-viśeṣaṁ dadyāt

English translation

O n e should then touch the Deity with honey, ghee, and white mustard seeds, worship Him with offerings of flowers and sandalwood paste, and tie a white thread around His wrist.

HBV 19.373

Source

देवꣳ चाच्छाद्य सद्वस्त्रैश्छत्रादीनि निधाय च । प्रज्वाल्य चतुरो दीपान् न्यसेत् कुम्भाꣳश्च पादयोः

devaṁ cācchādya sadvastraiśchatrādīni nidhāya ca | prajvālya caturo dīpān nyaset kumbhāṁśca pādayoḥ

English translation

While covering the Deity with fine cloth, one should hold an umbrella over His head, place four burning ghee lamps around Him, and place four

pitchers filled with the five products of the cow and sacred water near His lotus feet.

HBV 19.374

Source

क्षीरादिकꣳ निवेद्याथ भक्ष्यपेयादिभिः शुभैः । मण्डपꣳ तत् प्रपूर्याथ सर्वतो वितरेद्बलिम्

kṣīrādikaṁ nivedyātha bhakṣyapeyādibhiḥ śubhaiḥ | maṇḍapaṁ tat prapūryātha sarvato vitaredbalim

English translation

Thereafter, cooked food, as well as ghee, milk, and honey should be offered to the Deity. Then, the entire mandapa should be covered with cloth and the Lord's associates should be worshiped with various offerings.

HBV 19.375–376

Source

पुष्पोपशोभिते स्थाने चन्द्रातपविभूषिते । मुक्ताहारैर्लम्बमाने दीपमालोपशोभिते भक्ष्यभोज्यैरनेकैश्च सान्द्रपल्लवशोभिते । दिव्यपर्यङ्कन्यस्तायाꣳ तूलिकायाꣳ सुरोत्तम । अतो देवेति मन्त्रेण शय्यायाꣳ स्थापयेद्धरिम्

puṣpopaśobhite sthāne candrātapavibhūṣite | muktāhārairlambamāne dīpamālopaśobhite bhakṣyabhojyairanekaiśca sāndrapallavaśobhite | divyaparyaṅkanyastāyāṁ tūlikāyāṁ surottama | ato deveti mantreṇa śayyāyāṁ sthāpayeddharim

English translation

O foremost of demigods, the adhivasa-mandapa should be lavishly decorated with flower on all sides. A beautiful canopy should be continually held above the Deity. Garlands of pearls and ghee lamps should be place here and there to increase the beauty of the mandapa. There should be many varieties of food offered to the Deity. The Deity should then be placed on an excellent bed that has been decorated with flowers and tender leaves, while chanting the mantra beginning with ato deveti.

HBV 19.377

Source

तथाविधे परे स्नाने पिण्डिकाꣳ सन्निवेशयेत् । श्रायन्तीयेन सूक्तेन श्रीसूक्तेन निवेशयेत्

tathāvidhe pare snāne piṇḍikāṁ sanniveśayet | śrāyantīyena sūktena śrīsūktena niveśayet

English translation

302 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA srdyantiyena suktena sri suktena nivesayet The Deity stand should be taken to a separate place, while reciting Srayantlya and Srisukta prayers.

HBV 19.378

Source

निद्राख्यꣳ कलसꣳ रत्नगर्भवस्त्रयुगान्वितम् । खण्डकाद्यैरनेकैश्च पूरयेच्च समन्ततः

nidrākhyaṁ kalasaṁ ratnagarbhavastrayugānvitam | khaṇḍakādyairanekaiśca pūrayecca samantataḥ

English translation

The pitcher known as nidrdkumbha, which should be covered with nice cloth and hold water containing jewels should be kept near the Lord's lotus feet.

HBV 19.379–380

Source

प्रागग्रैर्दर्भवꣳशैश्च राजन् दिव्यदलैः शुभैः । पुष्पैश्च रचयेच्छयाꣳ कोमलैर्दिव्यपल्लवैः उपरिष्टाच्च शय्याया देयꣳ प्रस्तरणꣳ शुभम् । दुकूलꣳ पट्टसꣳछन्नकार्पासꣳ चाप्यसम्भवे

prāgagrairdarbhavaṁśaiśca rājan divyadalaiḥ śubhaiḥ | puṣpaiśca racayecchayāṁ komalairdivyapallavaiḥ upariṣṭācca śayyāyā deyaṁ prastaraṇaṁ śubham | dukūlaṁ paṭṭasaṁchannakārpāsaṁ cāpyasambhave

English translation

O King, the Deity's head should face east inside the adhivdsa-mandapa as He lies on a bed decorated with kusa grass, bamboo leaves, fragrant flowers, tender leaves, and so on. The bed should be covered with fine, soft cloth and cotton.

HBV 19.381

Source

प्रदक्षिणꣳ ततः कुर्यात् स्थापकः प्रयतः शुचिः

pradakṣiṇaṁ tataḥ kuryāt sthāpakaḥ prayataḥ śuciḥ

English translation

The person who is installing the Deity should circumambulate Him with a controlled mind.

HBV 19.382–383

Source

प्राङ्मुखन्तु ततः कृत्वा भद्रपीठे सुसꣳस्थिते । पूरयित्वाम्भसा स्वप्नकलसꣳ चाप्यलङ्कृतम् सपुष्पꣳ साक्षतꣳ कृत्वा शिरोदेशे तु दापयेत् । शिरोदेवीति मन्त्रेण मातरः शुद्धयन्तु च

prāṅmukhantu tataḥ kṛtvā bhadrapīṭhe susaṁsthite | pūrayitvāmbhasā svapnakalasaṁ cāpyalaṅkṛtam sapuṣpaṁ sākṣataṁ kṛtvā śirodeśe tu dāpayet | śirodevīti mantreṇa mātaraḥ śuddhayantu ca

English translation

A beautiful, nicely decorated pitcher should be placed upon a stand that is decorated with cloth and filled with water, flowers, and rice paddy and kept near the Deity's head, while chanting mantras such as those beginning with siro devi and mdtarah suddhayantu.

HBV 19.384

Source

ततः शिरोन्नते भूय उपधानसमन्विते । शयने कारयेद्देवꣳ विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा

tataḥ śironnate bhūya upadhānasamanvite | śayane kārayeddevaṁ vidhidṛṣṭena karmaṇā

English translation

To keep the Deity's head elevated, a pillow should be placed under His head. The Lord should be made to rest according to the procedure mentioned in the scriptures.

HBV 19.385–387

Source

मधुना सर्पिषाभ्यज्य दद्यात् सिद्धार्थकान् शुभान् । स्थित्वा च दक्षिणे पार्श्व मन्त्रꣳ च समुदाहरेत् आप्यायस्वेति मन्त्रेण याते रुद्रे शिवेति च । सर्वाङ्गञ्च समालभ्य दद्यात् पुष्पꣳ नराधिप । श्वेतान् प्रतिसरान् दद्यान्मन्त्रेणैव नराधिप बृहस्पतये त्वा मह्यꣳ मन्त्रेण परिवेष्टयेत् । दुकूलपट्टकार्पासैस्तथा वल्कजरोमजैः । चित्रपट्टैर्विचित्रैश्च छादयेत समन्ततः

madhunā sarpiṣābhyajya dadyāt siddhārthakān śubhān | sthitvā ca dakṣiṇe pārśva mantraṁ ca samudāharet āpyāyasveti mantreṇa yāte rudre śiveti ca | sarvāṅgañca samālabhya dadyāt puṣpaṁ narādhipa | śvetān pratisarān dadyānmantreṇaiva narādhipa bṛhaspataye tvā mahyaṁ mantreṇa pariveṣṭayet | dukūlapaṭṭakārpāsaistathā valkajaromajaiḥ | citrapaṭṭairvicitraiśca chādayeta samantataḥ

English translation

304 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA vrhaspataye tva mahyarh mantrena parivestayet dukula patta kdrpdsais tathd valkaja romajaih citra pattair vicitraisca chadayet samantatah O King, smear ghee and honey mixed with white mustard seeds over the body of the Lord. Stand to the right of the bed and chant the mantras beginning with apyayasva and yate rudre siveti. Touch the entire body of the Lord and offer Him flowers. While tying a white thread on the Deity's wrist, chant the mantra beginning with brhaspatayetva mahyarh. Then, put curtains made of silk, cotton, tree bark, or colorful wool on all sides of the Deity's bed.

HBV 19.388

Source

चामरꣳ व्यजनꣳ छत्रꣳ वितानञ्च सुशोभनम् । दर्पणꣳ पार्श्वतः स्थाप्य रत्नान्योषधयस्तथा । गृहोपकरणेश्चान्यैः समन्तात् परिवारयेत्

cāmaraṁ vyajanaṁ chatraṁ vitānañca suśobhanam | darpaṇaṁ pārśvataḥ sthāpya ratnānyoṣadhayastathā | gṛhopakaraṇeścānyaiḥ samantāt parivārayet

English translation

A canopy should be hung over the Lord. A cdmara, fan, umbrella, and mirror should be kept by the Deity's side, and precious jewels, medicinal herbs, and various household items should also be kept nearby.

HBV 19.389

Source

भक्ष्यभोज्यान्नपानैश्च षड्विधैश्च विशेषतः । समन्तात् कारयैत्तत्र मण्डपञ्च सुशोभनम्

bhakṣyabhojyānnapānaiśca ṣaḍvidhaiśca viśeṣataḥ | samantāt kārayaittatra maṇḍapañca suśobhanam

English translation

The mandapa should be filled with six varieties of food made from grains and vegetables, as well as sweets and drinks.

HBV 19.390

Source

प्रकीर्णश्चाप्रकीर्णश्च दातव्यो देवसन्निधौ । त्र्यम्बकꣳ यजामहेति सर्वमेतद्धि कारयेत्

prakīrṇaścāprakīrṇaśca dātavyo devasannidhau | tryambakaṁ yajāmaheti sarvametaddhi kārayet

English translation

O n e should also place various large and small, manifest and unmanifest household articles by the side of the Lord while chanting the mantra beginning with tryamvakam yajamahe.

HBV 19.391

Source

ततः प्रास्तीर्यꣳ शय्यायाꣳ स्थापयेच्छनकैर्भुवि । कुशेष्वास्तीर्य पुष्पाणि दापयेत् प्राङ्मुखꣳ ततः

tataḥ prāstīryaṁ śayyāyāṁ sthāpayecchanakairbhuvi | kuśeṣvāstīrya puṣpāṇi dāpayet prāṅmukhaṁ tataḥ

English translation

Thereafter, one should spread cotton over the bed and gently place the Deity upon it. Kusa grass and flowers should be spread over the bed before placing the Lord to rest, His head facing east.

HBV 19.392

Source

ततस्तु निद्राकलसꣳ वस्त्रकाञ्चनसꣳयुतम् । शिरोभागे तु देवस्य जपन्नेव निधापयेत् । आपो देवीति-मन्त्रेण आपोऽस्मान्मातरोऽपि च

tatastu nidrākalasaṁ vastrakāñcanasaṁyutam | śirobhāge tu devasya japanneva nidhāpayet | āpo devīti-mantreṇa āpo'smānmātaro'pi ca

English translation

The nidrd kumbha, or pitcher, covered with cloth and filled with water should be placed near the Deity's head, along with some gold, while chanting the mantras beginning with devasyatva, apo devi and aposmanmataro.

HBV 19.393

Source

ततो दुकूलपट्टैश्चाच्छाद्य नेत्रोपधानकम् । दद्याच्छिरसि देवस्य कौशेयꣳ वा विचक्षणः

tato dukūlapaṭṭaiścācchādya netropadhānakam | dadyācchirasi devasya kauśeyaṁ vā vicakṣaṇaḥ

English translation

The Lord's eyes should then be covered with silk cloth and a pillow should be placed under His head. One who is learned may also offer cloth made of jute.

306 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.394

Source

मधुना सर्पिषाभ्यज्य देवꣳ सिद्धार्थकैस्ततः । आप्यायरवेति मन्त्रेण यात रुद्रे शिवेति च

madhunā sarpiṣābhyajya devaṁ siddhārthakaistataḥ | āpyāyaraveti mantreṇa yāta rudre śiveti ca

English translation

Offer white mustard seeds mixed with ghee and honey to the Deity while chanting mantras, such as those beginning with apyayasva and yata rudre siveti.

HBV 19.395

Source

उपविश्यार्चयेद्देवꣳ गन्धपुष्पैः समन्ततः । सितꣳ प्रतिसरꣳ दद्याद्वार्हस्पत्येति मन्त्रतः

upaviśyārcayeddevaṁ gandhapuṣpaiḥ samantataḥ | sitaṁ pratisaraṁ dadyādvārhaspatyeti mantrataḥ

English translation

One should then sit down near the Lord and offer Him sandalwood paste and flowers. Tie a white thread on the Lord's wrist, while chanting the mantra beginning with varhaspatya.

HBV 19.396

Source

दुकूलपट्टैः कार्पासैर्नानाचित्रैरथापि वा । आच्छाद्य देवꣳ सर्वत्र छत्रꣳ चामरदर्पणम् । पार्श्वꣳ तु स्थापयेत्तत्र वितानꣳ पुष्पसꣳयुतम्

dukūlapaṭṭaiḥ kārpāsairnānācitrairathāpi vā | ācchādya devaṁ sarvatra chatraṁ cāmaradarpaṇam | pārśvaṁ tu sthāpayettatra vitānaṁ puṣpasaṁyutam

English translation

Cover the entire body of the Lord with cotton, silk, or some other colorful cloth. Keep an umbrella, camara, and mirror by His side. Place a canopy decorated with a lotus design over His head.

HBV 19.397

Source

रत्नान्योषधयस्तद्वद्गृहोपकरणानि च । भाजनानि विचित्राणि शयनान्यासनानि च । अभि त्वा शूर मन्त्रेण यथा विभवतो न्यसेत्

ratnānyoṣadhayastadvadgṛhopakaraṇāni ca | bhājanāni vicitrāṇi śayanānyāsanāni ca | abhi tvā śūra mantreṇa yathā vibhavato nyaset

English translation

Excellent medicinal herbs, gems, various household articles, vessels, a bed, sitting mats, and so on should also be placed near the Lord, according to one's capacity, while chanting the mantra beginning with abhitvd sura.

HBV 19.398

Source

क्षीरꣳ क्षौद्रꣳ घृतꣳ तद्वद्भक्ष्य भोज्यञ्च पायसम् । षड्विधैश्च रसैस्तद्वत् समन्तात् परिपूरयेत्

kṣīraṁ kṣaudraṁ ghṛtaṁ tadvadbhakṣya bhojyañca pāyasam | ṣaḍvidhaiśca rasaistadvat samantāt paripūrayet

English translation

The room should also be filled with six varieties of delicious food, as well as ghee, honey, and sweet rice.

HBV 19.399

Source

बलिꣳ दद्यात् प्रयत्नेन मन्त्रेणानेन भूरिशः । त्र्यम्बकꣳ यजामह इति सर्वतः शनकैर्भुवि

baliṁ dadyāt prayatnena mantreṇānena bhūriśaḥ | tryambakaṁ yajāmaha iti sarvataḥ śanakairbhuvi

English translation

The Lord's associates should be worshiped on' the floor by offering them varieties of ingredients while chanting the mantra beginning with trayamvakarh yajdmahe.

HBV 19.400

Source

भूतशुद्धिꣳ ततः कृत्वा न्यासजातꣳ विधाय च । ध्यात्वा तत्त्वꣳ परꣳ कुर्यात् सजीवकरणꣳ बुधः

bhūtaśuddhiṁ tataḥ kṛtvā nyāsajātaṁ vidhāya ca | dhyātvā tattvaṁ paraṁ kuryāt sajīvakaraṇaṁ budhaḥ

English translation

After purifying oneself in the prescribed manner, one should perform the required nyasa. He should then meditate on the Absolute Truth as He invokes life into the Deity.

HBV 19.401

Source

पूजयेच्च ततो देवꣳ साङ्गꣳ सपरिवारकम् । तत्तद्विशेषो विज्ञेयोऽश्वशिरःपञ्चरात्रतः

pūjayecca tato devaṁ sāṅgaṁ saparivārakam | tattadviśeṣo vijñeyo'śvaśiraḥpañcarātrataḥ

English translation

308 SRi HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA The worshipable Lord, along with His associates, should then be worshiped with devotion. Rules and regulations for this worship should be ascertained by consulting the Hayasirsa-pancaratra.

HBV 19.402–404

Source

आचार्यः स्थापयेद्विद्वान् मूर्तिपाꣳस्तत्र मण्डपे । चतुरो ब्रह्मणो होतृनृत्विजो जापिनस्तथा रक्षकाꣳश्च चतुर्द्वार्षु चतुरः स्थापयेद्बुधः । एक पुरुषसूक्तस्य जापकꣳ मण्डपान्तरे आचार्येण समाविष्टाः स्वस्वस्थाने स्थिताश्च ते । स्वस्वप्रयोजनꣳ कुर्यः शिष्टाचारानुसारतः

ācāryaḥ sthāpayedvidvān mūrtipāṁstatra maṇḍape | caturo brahmaṇo hotṛnṛtvijo jāpinastathā rakṣakāṁśca caturdvārṣu caturaḥ sthāpayedbudhaḥ | eka puruṣasūktasya jāpakaṁ maṇḍapāntare ācāryeṇa samāviṣṭāḥ svasvasthāne sthitāśca te | svasvaprayojanaṁ kuryaḥ śiṣṭācārānusārataḥ

English translation

The learned dcdrya should then position the Deity's guards in the mandapa. Four qualified performers of sacrifice should be appointed. Four priests, four chanters of mantras, and four guards should be positioned at the four gates as well. O n e person should be placed inside the mandapa to chant the Furusa-sukta. All these persons should carry out their allotted duties under the guidance of the dcdrya.

HBV 19.405

Source

मूर्तिपान् स्थापयेत्तत्र सर्वदिक्षु विचक्षणः । चतुरो द्वारपालाꣳश्च द्वारेषु विनिवेशयेत्

mūrtipān sthāpayettatra sarvadikṣu vicakṣaṇaḥ | caturo dvārapālāṁśca dvāreṣu viniveśayet

English translation

One who is very intelligent and experienced should position the Deity's guards on all sides. Four gatekeepers should be positioned at the four gates.

HBV 19.406

Source

श्रीसूक्तꣳ पावमानꣳ तु सोमसूक्तꣳ सुमङ्गलम् । तथा च शान्तिकाध्यायमिन्द्रसूक्तꣳ तथैव च । रक्षोध्नञ्च तथा सूक्तꣳ पूर्वतो बह्वृचो जपेत्

śrīsūktaṁ pāvamānaṁ tu somasūktaṁ sumaṅgalam | tathā ca śāntikādhyāyamindrasūktaṁ tathaiva ca | rakṣodhnañca tathā sūktaṁ pūrvato bahvṛco japet

English translation

The following Vedic mantras and prayers are to be chanted at the eastern gate—Sri sukta, Pavamanl sukta, santikadhyaya, sakro indragnl, Indra sukta, yo ydta eva, Raksoghna sukta, kvanu apaja, and so on.

HBV 19.407

Source

रुद्रान् पुरुषसूक्तञ्च श्लोकाध्यायꣳ ससुक्रियम् । तथैव मण्डलाध्यायमध्वर्युर्दक्षिणे जपेत्

rudrān puruṣasūktañca ślokādhyāyaṁ sasukriyam | tathaiva maṇḍalādhyāyamadhvaryurdakṣiṇe japet

English translation

At the southern gate—Rudradhyaya, Purusa sukta, slokadhyaya, devasavitah, sasukriyam, nam vaca prapadye, mandaladhyaya, and adilyo vd esa etan mandalam—should be chanted.

HBV 19.408

Source

वामदेव्य बृहत्साम ज्येष्ठꣳ साम रथन्तरम् । तथा पुरुषसूक्तञ्च रुद्रसूक्त सशान्तिकम् । भारूण्डानि च सामानि छन्दोगः पश्चिमे जपेत्

vāmadevya bṛhatsāma jyeṣṭhaṁ sāma rathantaram | tathā puruṣasūktañca rudrasūkta saśāntikam | bhārūṇḍāni ca sāmāni chandogaḥ paścime japet

English translation

Vamadevya, Brhat-sdma, tram iddhi havdmahe, jyesthasama murddhanam divo aratim, rathantaram, abhitva suranonum, santikadhyaya, and bhorunda sama should be recited at the western gate.

310 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.409

Source

अथर्वाङ्गिरसꣳ तद्वन्नीलरुद्रꣳ तथैव च । तथापराजिताꣳ देवीꣳ मधुसूक्तꣳ सरौद्रकम् । तथैव शान्तिकाध्यायमध्वर्युश्चोत्तरे जपेत्

atharvāṅgirasaṁ tadvannīlarudraṁ tathaiva ca | tathāparājitāṁ devīṁ madhusūktaṁ saraudrakam | tathaiva śāntikādhyāyamadhvaryuścottare japet

English translation

Atharvangirasa, nllarudra, apardjitd devl, parivattamana, hiadhu siikta, Rudra sukta, and santikadhyaya should be chanted at the northern gate.

HBV 19.410

Source

श्रीसूक्तꣳ पावमानञ्च ताम्यꣳ दाम्यञ्च वाजिनम् । वृषाक पञ्च मैत्रञ्च बवृचः पश्चिमे जपेत्

śrīsūktaṁ pāvamānañca tāmyaṁ dāmyañca vājinam | vṛṣāka pañca maitrañca bavṛcaḥ paścime japet

English translation

Sri sukta, pavamana, tamya, damya, varjina, vrsakapi, and maitrya prayers should be recited at the west gate.

HBV 19.411

Source

देवव्रतꣳ पुरुषगतिꣳ ज्येष्ठसाम रथन्तरम् । भारूण्डानि च सामानि वामदेव्यꣳ तथैव च । उत्तराꣳ दिशमास्थाय छन्दोगस्तज्जपेत् सदा

devavrataṁ puruṣagatiṁ jyeṣṭhasāma rathantaram | bhārūṇḍāni ca sāmāni vāmadevyaṁ tathaiva ca | uttarāṁ diśamāsthāya chandogastajjapet sadā

English translation

At the northern gate, one should chant the devavrata, purusagati, jyesthasdma, rathantra, bhdrunda sama and vdmadevya prayers.

HBV 19.412

Source

रुद्रान् पुरुषसूक्तञ्च श्लोकाध्याय ससूक्रियाम् । ब्राह्मण मैत्रमैन्द्रञ्च अध्वर्युः पूर्वतो जपेत्

rudrān puruṣasūktañca ślokādhyāya sasūkriyām | brāhmaṇa maitramaindrañca adhvaryuḥ pūrvato japet

English translation

T h e Rudra-sukta, Purusa-sukta, slokadhydya, sasukriya brahmana, maitra, and aindra prayers should be recited at the eastern gate.

HBV 19.413

Source

अथर्वाङ्गिरसञ्चैव शिवसूक्तꣳ तथैव च । नीलरुद्रञ्च वै मन्त्रमथर्वा दक्षिणे जपेत्

atharvāṅgirasañcaiva śivasūktaṁ tathaiva ca | nīlarudrañca vai mantramatharvā dakṣiṇe japet

English translation

At the southern gate one should chant the atharvangirasa, siva sukta, nllarudra and dtharvdn sukta prayers.

HBV 19.414

Source

विष्णुकल्पꣳ परिषदꣳ पञ्चरात्रानुगामिनम् । स्तोत्रमन्त्रविश्वाथ पठेयुर्दक्षिणे सदा

viṣṇukalpaṁ pariṣadaṁ pañcarātrānugāminam | stotramantraviśvātha paṭheyurdakṣiṇe sadā

English translation

Those who are expert in chanting mantras should recite the visnukalpa, parisada, and vaisnava prayers from the pancaratra at the southern gate.

HBV 19.415

Source

मध्ये पुरुषसूक्तञ्च प्रजपेद्गर्भजापकः । जपेयुः शान्तिकाध्यायꣳ द्वार्षु ते जापकाः पुनः

madhye puruṣasūktañca prajapedgarbhajāpakaḥ | japeyuḥ śāntikādhyāyaṁ dvārṣu te jāpakāḥ punaḥ

English translation

The single chanter who sits in the middle of the mandapa should recite the Purusa-sukta while the other chanters should recite the mantra beginning with sdntikddhya at the four gates.

HBV 19.416

Source

ब्रह्मादीꣳस्तत्र चाचार्यो यथास्थानꣳ निवेश्य तान् । होमꣳ कुर्यान्निजे कुण्डे ते च कुर्युर्यथाविधि

brahmādīṁstatra cācāryo yathāsthānaṁ niveśya tān | homaṁ kuryānnije kuṇḍe te ca kuryuryathāvidhi

English translation

The acdrya should engage the brahmana priests in performing a fire sacrifice while he performs another fire sacrifice in the acdrya kunda, according to the prescribed rules and regulations.

312 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.417

Source

शिरःस्थाने तु कृष्णस्य आचार्यो होममाचरेत् । शान्तिकैः पौष्टिकैश्चापि मन्त्रैर्याहृतिभिस्तथा

śiraḥsthāne tu kṛṣṇasya ācāryo homamācaret | śāntikaiḥ pauṣṭikaiścāpi mantrairyāhṛtibhistathā

English translation

bhavisye (In the Bhdvisya Purana it is stated) sirahsthdne tu krsnasya dcdryyo homam dcaret santikaih paustikaiscapi mantrair vydhrti bhistathd The dcdrya should perform a fire sacrifice near the Deity's head. He should offer oblations three times while chanting the santi and pusti mantras, and offer oblations four times while chanting the mahavyahrti mantra.

HBV 19.418–419

Source

पलाशोडुम्बराश्वत्थमपामार्गꣳ शमीꣳ तथा । सहस्रमेकꣳ हुत्वा च विष्णुपादौ स्पृशेत्ततः द्वितीय तु ततो हुत्वा समिद्भिस्तावदेव तु । मध्ये तु सꣳस्पृशेद्देवꣳ मूर्ध्न चैवꣳ क्रमेण तु

palāśoḍumbarāśvatthamapāmārgaṁ śamīṁ tathā | sahasramekaṁ hutvā ca viṣṇupādau spṛśettataḥ dvitīya tu tato hutvā samidbhistāvadeva tu | madhye tu saṁspṛśeddevaṁ mūrdhna caivaṁ krameṇa tu

English translation

He should place one thousand and one pieces of wood into the sacrificial fire, from the paldsa, fig, asvattha, apamarga, and saml trees. Thereafter, he should gently touch the Lord's lotus feet, navel, stomach, chest, and head.

HBV 19.420

Source

होमयेयुस्ततः सर्वे मूर्तिपाः स्वदिगाश्रिताः । अनन्तादि-शिवान्ताश्च अष्टौ ये चक्रवर्तिनः । तेषाꣳ मन्त्रैश्च होतव्या जप्तव्याश्च यथाक्रमम्

homayeyustataḥ sarve mūrtipāḥ svadigāśritāḥ | anantādi-śivāntāśca aṣṭau ye cakravartinaḥ | teṣāṁ mantraiśca hotavyā japtavyāśca yathākramam

English translation

The Deity's guards, while remaining stationed at their positions, should perform a fire sacrifice to the eight universal controllers, headed by Ananta and Siva, while chanting their respective mantras.

HBV 19.421

Source

शिरःस्थाने तु देवस्य स्थापको होममाचरेत् । शान्तिकैः पौष्टिकस्तद्वन्मन्त्रैर्व्याहृतिपूर्वकैः

śiraḥsthāne tu devasya sthāpako homamācaret | śāntikaiḥ pauṣṭikastadvanmantrairvyāhṛtipūrvakaiḥ

English translation

The person on whose behalf the Deity is being installed should conduct a fire sacrifice near the Deity's head. This sacrifice should be performed while reciting the previously mentioned vyahrti santi and pusti mantras.

HBV 19.422

Source

पलाशोडुम्बराश्वत्थमपामार्गꣳ शमीꣳ तथा । हुत्वा सहस्रमेकैकꣳ देवꣳ पादे तु सꣳस्पृशेत्

palāśoḍumbarāśvatthamapāmārgaṁ śamīṁ tathā | hutvā sahasramekaikaṁ devaṁ pāde tu saṁspṛśet

English translation

The fire sacrifice should be performed with one thousand and eight pieces of wood from the paldsa, fig, asvattha, apamdrga, and saml trees. Thereafter, one should touch the Lord's lotus feet.

HBV 19.423

Source

ततो होमसहस्रेण हुत्वा हुत्वा ततस्ततः । नाभिमध्यꣳ तथा वक्षः शिरश्चाप्यालभेत् पुनः

tato homasahasreṇa hutvā hutvā tatastataḥ | nābhimadhyaṁ tathā vakṣaḥ śiraścāpyālabhet punaḥ

English translation

Then, another sacrifice should be performed with one thousand and eight pieces of wood. Afterwards, one should touch the Deity's navel, abdomen, chest, and head.

HBV 19.424

Source

मूर्तिपा लोकपालेभ्यो मूर्तिभ्यः क्रमशस्ततः । तथा मूर्त्यधिदेवेभ्यो होमꣳ कुर्युः समन्ततः

mūrtipā lokapālebhyo mūrtibhyaḥ kramaśastataḥ | tathā mūrtyadhidevebhyo homaṁ kuryuḥ samantataḥ

English translation

314 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA O n e should also perform a fire sacrifice for the sake of the Deity's guards, lokapdlas, and the eight murttis.

HBV 19.425

Source

वसुधा वसुरेताश्च यजमानो दिवाकरः । जलꣳ वायुस्तथा सोम आकाशꣳ चाष्टमꣳ मतम् । देवस्य मूर्तयो ह्यष्टावेताः कुण्डेषु सꣳस्मरेत्

vasudhā vasuretāśca yajamāno divākaraḥ | jalaṁ vāyustathā soma ākāśaṁ cāṣṭamaṁ matam | devasya mūrtayo hyaṣṭāvetāḥ kuṇḍeṣu saṁsmaret

English translation

A fire sacrifice should be conducted for the pleasure of the eight murttis—Vasudha, Vasureta, Yajaman, Divakara, Jala, Vayu, Soma, and Akasa.

HBV 19.426–427

Source

एतासामधिपान् वक्ष्ये यैर्विप्रा मूर्तिपा मताः । पृथिवीꣳ पात्ति सर्वस्तु पशुपश्चाग्निमेव तु । यजमानꣳ तथैवोग्रो रुद्रश्चादित्यमेव च भवो जलꣳ सदा पाति वायुमीशान एव च । महादेवस्तथा चन्द्रꣳ भीमश्चाकाशमेव च

etāsāmadhipān vakṣye yairviprā mūrtipā matāḥ | pṛthivīṁ pātti sarvastu paśupaścāgnimeva tu | yajamānaṁ tathaivogro rudraścādityameva ca bhavo jalaṁ sadā pāti vāyumīśāna eva ca | mahādevastathā candraṁ bhīmaścākāśameva ca

English translation

Vasudha is controlled by Sarva, Agni is controlled by Pasupa, Yajaman is controlled by Ugra, Divakara is controlled by Rudra, Jala is controlled by Siva, Vayu is controlled by Isana, Soma is controlled by Mahadeva, and Akasa is controlled by Bhima.

HBV 19.428

Source

सर्वदेवप्रतिष्ठासु मूर्तिपा ह्येत एव तु । एतेभ्यो वैदिकैर्मन्त्रैर्यथास्वꣳ होममाचरेत्

sarvadevapratiṣṭhāsu mūrtipā hyeta eva tu | etebhyo vaidikairmantrairyathāsvaṁ homamācaret

English translation

These Deity guards are required to be present during the Deity's installation ceremony. Fire sacrifices while chanting their respective Vedic mantras should be performed.

HBV 19.429

Source

कृत्वाग्निꣳ वैष्णवैर्मन्त्रैः कुर्याच्छान्त्युदकꣳ बुधः । तत् सिक्त्वा प्रतिमामूर्ध्न वह्निप्रणयनꣳ कुरु

kṛtvāgniṁ vaiṣṇavairmantraiḥ kuryācchāntyudakaṁ budhaḥ | tat siktvā pratimāmūrdhna vahnipraṇayanaṁ kuru

English translation

One who is learned should prepare sacred water by chanting the appropriate Vaisnava mantras and then sprinkle the water over the Deity's head and invoke fire.

HBV 19.430

Source

दक्षिणेऽग्निभूतमिति कुण्डेऽग्निꣳ प्रणयेद्बुधः । अग्निमयी तु पूर्वे तु कुण्डेऽग्निꣳ प्रणयेद्बुधः

dakṣiṇe'gnibhūtamiti kuṇḍe'gniṁ praṇayedbudhaḥ | agnimayī tu pūrve tu kuṇḍe'gniṁ praṇayedbudhaḥ

English translation

One should invoke fire in the southern sacrificial pit while chanting the mantra beginning with agnibhutam. While invoking fire in the eastern sacrificial pit, one should chant the mantra beginning with agnimayi.

HBV 19.431

Source

उत्तरे प्रणयेदग्निꣳ अग्निमग्निꣳ तु धीमहि । अग्निप्रणयने मन्त्रस्त्वमग्ने त्विति पश्चिमे

uttare praṇayedagniṁ agnimagniṁ tu dhīmahi | agnipraṇayane mantrastvamagne tviti paścime

English translation

While igniting a fire in the northern pit, one should chant the mantra agnim agnim tu dhimahi, and while igniting a fire in the western sacrificial pit, one should chant the mantra beginning with tvam agnetvlti.

HBV 19.432

Source

पलाशसमिधानाꣳ तु वृताक्तानाꣳ महानले । अष्टोत्तरसहस्रꣳ तु कुण्डे कुण्डे तु होमयेत्

palāśasamidhānāṁ tu vṛtāktānāṁ mahānale | aṣṭottarasahasraṁ tu kuṇḍe kuṇḍe tu homayet

English translation

316 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA astottara sahasrarh tu kunde kunde tu homayet Fire sacrifice should be performed in each of these kundas using one thousand and eight pieces of paldia wood dipped in ghee.

HBV 19.433

Source

वेदादिमन्त्रैर्देवेश ततो ब्रीहीꣳस्तु होमयेत् । तिलानाꣳ घृतयुक्तानाꣳ कुण्डे कुण्डे तु मूर्तिपाः

vedādimantrairdeveśa tato brīhīṁstu homayet | tilānāṁ ghṛtayuktānāṁ kuṇḍe kuṇḍe tu mūrtipāḥ

English translation

In each of the sacrificial kundas Lord Hari should be offered oblations of rice paddy while chanting Vedic mantras. Oblations of sesame seeds mixed with ghee should be offered to the Diety's guards.

HBV 19.434

Source

सहस्रैकꣳ व्याहृतिभिर्जुहुयुः साज्यमक्षतम् । मूलमन्त्रेण जुहुयुः स्वाहान्तेन सुरोत्तम । अष्टोत्तरसहस्रꣳ तु कुण्डे कुण्डे यथाविधि

sahasraikaṁ vyāhṛtibhirjuhuyuḥ sājyamakṣatam | mūlamantreṇa juhuyuḥ svāhāntena surottama | aṣṭottarasahasraṁ tu kuṇḍe kuṇḍe yathāvidhi

English translation

O foremost of demigods, one should then perform a fire sacrifice by offering oblations of rice paddy mixed with ghee one thousand and eight times while chanting the mantra beginning with vyahrti and the mula mantra. One thousand and eight oblations should be offered at each of the kundas, according to the prescribed rules and regulations.

HBV 19.435–436

Source

घृतहोममिदꣳ प्रोक्तꣳ शान्तिहोममतः शृणु । मधुरत्रितयेनाथ जुहुयाद्द्वादशक्षरैः । पादौ नाभिꣳ हृच्छिरश्च स्पृशेद्बुद्ध्वा यथाक्रमम् घृतꣳ दधि पयश्चैव माक्षिकꣳ देशिकः स्वयम् । प्रतिलोमꣳ स्पृशेच्चापि हुत्वा तु मधुरत्रयम्

ghṛtahomamidaṁ proktaṁ śāntihomamataḥ śṛṇu | madhuratritayenātha juhuyāddvādaśakṣaraiḥ | pādau nābhiṁ hṛcchiraśca spṛśedbuddhvā yathākramam ghṛtaṁ dadhi payaścaiva mākṣikaṁ deśikaḥ svayam | pratilomaṁ spṛśeccāpi hutvā tu madhuratrayam

English translation

So far, the procedure for performing ghrta-homa has been described. Now, the procedure for performing sdnti-homa will be discussed. This homa, or sacrifice, should be performed by offering three types of sweets, while chanting the twelve-syllable mantra. The dcarya should touch the Deity's feet, navel, chest, and head, one after another, while performing this fire sacrifice. He should also touch ghee, yogurt, milk, and honey to these parts of the Lord's body, in an ascending and descending order.

HBV 19.437–438

Source

शतमष्टोत्तरꣳ हुत्वा विष्णुꣳ शिरसि सꣳस्पृशेत् । तथैव हुत्वा पञ्चाशत् हृदये सꣳस्पृशेद्धरिम् ततोऽष्टाविꣳशति हुत्वा नाभिदेशे हरिꣳ स्पृशेत् । अष्टावष्टौ ततो हुत्वा पादाङ्गुष्ठौ तु सꣳस्पृशेत्

śatamaṣṭottaraṁ hutvā viṣṇuṁ śirasi saṁspṛśet | tathaiva hutvā pañcāśat hṛdaye saṁspṛśeddharim tato'ṣṭāviṁśati hutvā nābhideśe hariṁ spṛśet | aṣṭāvaṣṭau tato hutvā pādāṅguṣṭhau tu saṁspṛśet

English translation

After offering oblations into the sacrificial fire one hundred and eight times, the dcarya should touch the Deity's head. After offering fifty more oblations, He should touch the Deity's chest. After offering twenty- eight more oblations, He should touch the Deity's navel, and offer eight more oblations, He should touch the lotus feet of the Deity.

HBV 19.439

Source

देवꣳ शान्तिघटस्थेन सम्पाताहुतिपाथवा । सꣳस्नाप्य दत्त्वा वस्त्रादीनधिवासꣳ समापयेत्

devaṁ śāntighaṭasthena sampātāhutipāthavā | saṁsnāpya dattvā vastrādīnadhivāsaṁ samāpayet

English translation

After bathing the brdhmanas with the water from the sdnti ghata pitcher and giving them clothing in charity, the adhivdsa ceremony should be completed.

318 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.440–441

Source

शान्तितोयघटꣳ गृह्य सम्पाताहुतिजꣳ तथा । तेन पादौ तु देवस्य शिरः प्रक्षाल्य यत्नतः स्थितञ्च स्नापयेत्तत्र सम्पाताहुतिवारिणा । पुनः प्रच्छादयेच्चैवꣳ धूपꣳ दद्यात् सगुग्गुलुम्

śāntitoyaghaṭaṁ gṛhya sampātāhutijaṁ tathā | tena pādau tu devasya śiraḥ prakṣālya yatnataḥ sthitañca snāpayettatra sampātāhutivāriṇā | punaḥ pracchādayeccaivaṁ dhūpaṁ dadyāt saguggulum

English translation

With water from the sdnti ghata and sarhpdta dhuti, one should wash Lord Hari's lotus feet and sprinkle it over His head. Thereafter, one should again cover the Deity and burn incense made with guggula.

HBV 19.442

Source

निवेद्य च हविष्यान्न तथा मोदकसꣳयुतम् । ब्राह्मणान् पूजयेत् पूर्वꣳ शेषानन्याꣳश्च कामतः

nivedya ca haviṣyānna tathā modakasaṁyutam | brāhmaṇān pūjayet pūrvaṁ śeṣānanyāṁśca kāmataḥ

English translation

One should offer the Deity bhavisya rice and pure milk sweets called modaka, and then distribute the prasada to the hrahmanas and then the public.

HBV 19.443

Source

रात्रौ महोत्सवः कार्यः शःखभेर्यादिनिस्वनैः । गायनैर्नर्तनैश्चैव ब्रह्मघोषैस्तथैव च

rātrau mahotsavaḥ kāryaḥ śaḥkhabheryādinisvanaiḥ | gāyanairnartanaiścaiva brahmaghoṣaistathaiva ca

English translation

At night, a festival should be held with the blowing of conch shells, playing of drums, singing, dancing, and recitation of Vedic hymns.

HBV 19.444

Source

पुरतो वैष्णवान् धर्मान् श्रावयेद्वाचकस्तथा । त्रिरात्रमेकरात्रꣳ वा कुर्यात्तत्राधिवासनम्

purato vaiṣṇavān dharmān śrāvayedvācakastathā | trirātramekarātraṁ vā kuryāttatrādhivāsanam

English translation

O n e should arrange for a learned person to give a discourse from the Vaisnava literature. In this way, the adhivasa ceremony should be observed, for either one or three nights.

HBV 19.445

Source

ततः शान्तिघटꣳ कुर्यात् प्रतिकूण्डेषु सर्वतः । शतान्ते वा सहस्रान्ते स्त्रुक्पूर्णाहुतिरिष्यते

tataḥ śāntighaṭaṁ kuryāt pratikūṇḍeṣu sarvataḥ | śatānte vā sahasrānte strukpūrṇāhutiriṣyate

English translation

The sdntighala pitchers should be installed at each and every kunda. After offering one hundred or one thousand oblations into the sacrificial fire, one should offer the final oblation while standing up.

HBV 19.446

Source

समाप्याहुतिर्मूर्द्ध्वस्थः प्रशान्तात्मा विनिक्षिपेत् । आहुतीनाꣳ तु सम्पातꣳ पूर्णकुम्भेषु विन्यसेत्

samāpyāhutirmūrddhvasthaḥ praśāntātmā vinikṣipet | āhutīnāṁ tu sampātaṁ pūrṇakumbheṣu vinyaset

English translation

After finishing the offering of oblation into the sacrificial fire, one should stand up in a peaceful manner and sprinkle the water from the sdnti ghata in the four directions.

HBV 19.447

Source

मूलमध्योत्तमाङ्गेषु देवꣳ तेनावसेचयेत् । स्थितञ्च स्नापयेत्तेन सम्पाताहुतिवारिणा

mūlamadhyottamāṅgeṣu devaṁ tenāvasecayet | sthitañca snāpayettena sampātāhutivāriṇā

English translation

The acarya should sprinkle some water on the head, chest, and lotus feet of the Deity.

HBV 19.448

Source

प्रतियामेषु धूपꣳ च नैवेद्यꣳ चन्दनोदकम् । पुनः पुनः प्रकुर्वीत होमः कार्यः पुनः पुनः

pratiyāmeṣu dhūpaṁ ca naivedyaṁ candanodakam | punaḥ punaḥ prakurvīta homaḥ kāryaḥ punaḥ punaḥ

English translation

320 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA After every three hours, the Deity should be offered incense, sandalwood paste, water, and food, and a fire sacrifice should be performed.

HBV 19.449

Source

पुनः पुनश्च दातव्या यजमानेन दक्षिणा । सितवस्त्रैश्च ते सर्वे पूजनीयाः समन्ततः

punaḥ punaśca dātavyā yajamānena dakṣiṇā | sitavastraiśca te sarve pūjanīyāḥ samantataḥ

English translation

The person on whose behalf the Deity is being installed should offer daksina again and again to the priests, and give them white clothes with a liberal mind.

HBV 19.450

Source

विचित्रहेमकटकैर्मसूत्राङ्गुरीयकैः । वासोभिः शयनीयैश्च प्रतियामेषु शक्तितः

vicitrahemakaṭakairmasūtrāṅgurīyakaiḥ | vāsobhiḥ śayanīyaiśca pratiyāmeṣu śaktitaḥ

English translation

After every three hours, a sacrifice is to be performed. During the sacrifice, gold, silver, ornaments, sacred threads, rings, cloth, and beddings should be given, according to one's ability.

HBV 19.451

Source

भोजनꣳ चापि दातव्यꣳ यावत् स्यादधिवासनम् । त्रिसन्ध्यꣳ बलयो देया भूतेभ्यः सर्वतो दिशम्

bhojanaṁ cāpi dātavyaṁ yāvat syādadhivāsanam | trisandhyaṁ balayo deyā bhūtebhyaḥ sarvato diśam

English translation

Until the adhivdsana ceremony is completed, one should continue feeding the assembled guests. Charity should be given to all classes of living entities, at least three times each day.

HBV 19.452

Source

ब्राह्मणान् भोजयेत् पूर्वꣳ शेषान् वर्णास्तु कामतः । रात्रौ महोत्सवः कार्यो नृत्यगीतकमङ्गलैः

brāhmaṇān bhojayet pūrvaṁ śeṣān varṇāstu kāmataḥ | rātrau mahotsavaḥ kāryo nṛtyagītakamaṅgalaiḥ

English translation

First, the assembled brdhmanas should be fed, and then the members of the other varnas. The night should be spent singing, dancing, and reciting auspicious mantras.

HBV 19.453

Source

त्रिरात्रमेकरात्रꣳ वा पञ्चरात्रमथापि वा । सप्तरात्रमथो कुर्यात् क्वचित् सद्योऽधिवासनम्

trirātramekarātraṁ vā pañcarātramathāpi vā | saptarātramatho kuryāt kvacit sadyo'dhivāsanam

English translation

The duration of adhivasa can be one, three, five, or seven days. It can also be observed in very quickly.

HBV 19.454

Source

यागमण्डपमासाद्य दक्षिणद्वारगोचरे । उत्तराभिमुखाः स्थाप्याश्चतस्रो धेनवोऽनघ

yāgamaṇḍapamāsādya dakṣiṇadvāragocare | uttarābhimukhāḥ sthāpyāścatasro dhenavo'nagha

English translation

O sinless one, thereafter, one should place four cows along with their calves facing north near the southern gate of the sacrificial arena.

HBV 19.455

Source

गङ्गेति प्रथमा ख्याता द्वितीया यमुनेति च । गोदावरी तृतीया च चतुर्थी तु सरस्वती

gaṅgeti prathamā khyātā dvitīyā yamuneti ca | godāvarī tṛtīyā ca caturthī tu sarasvatī

English translation

These cows should be named Gariga, Yamuna, Godavarl, and Sarasvati.

HBV 19.456

Source

दोहनꣳ विष्णुगायत्र्या कृत्वा पश्चाच्चरुꣳ श्रपेत् । गायत्र्या होमयेच्चैव गायत्र्यैव बलिꣳ हरेत्

dohanaṁ viṣṇugāyatryā kṛtvā paścāccaruṁ śrapet | gāyatryā homayeccaiva gāyatryaiva baliṁ haret

English translation

These cows should be milked while chanting the Visnu Gayatrl mantra. The milk should be used to prepare sweet rice, which should be

322 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA offered to the Lord's associates and demigods, while chanting the Gayatri mantra.

HBV 19.457

Source

भोजयेद्ब्राह्मणꣳ चैव मण्डपादुत्तरे द्विज । पायसेनाज्ययुक्तेन शर्करामिश्रितेन च

bhojayedbrāhmaṇaṁ caiva maṇḍapāduttare dvija | pāyasenājyayuktena śarkarāmiśritena ca

English translation

O brdhmana, this delicious sweet rice made with ghee and sugar should be fed to the assembled brahmanas on the northern side of the mandapa.

HBV 19.458

Source

मासाधिपानाꣳ तुष्ट्यर्थꣳ दद्यात् कनकदक्षिणाम् । गाश्च ताꣳस्तान् समुद्दिश्य एकैकाय निवेदयेत् । देवासुरादीनुद्दिश्य कुर्याद्वलिनिवेदनम्

māsādhipānāṁ tuṣṭyarthaṁ dadyāt kanakadakṣiṇām | gāśca tāṁstān samuddiśya ekaikāya nivedayet | devāsurādīnuddiśya kuryādvalinivedanam

English translation

In order to satisfy the predominating deities of the sacrifice, one should give daksina of one cow each. Gifts should also be offered to the demigods and asuras.

HBV 19.459–460

Source

अधिवास्यैव देवेशꣳ कुर्याज्जागरमादरात् । मङ्गलेर्ब्रह्मघोषैश्च जयशब्दरवैस्तथा पुण्याहशब्दैर्विपुलैर्गीतवादित्रनिस्वनैः । शङ्खघोःएन महता वीणावेणुरवेण च । कोलाहलैश्च भेर्याद्यैः कुर्याज्जागरणꣳ हरेः

adhivāsyaiva deveśaṁ kuryājjāgaramādarāt | maṅgalerbrahmaghoṣaiśca jayaśabdaravaistathā puṇyāhaśabdairvipulairgītavāditranisvanaiḥ | śaṅkhaghoḥena mahatā vīṇāveṇuraveṇa ca | kolāhalaiśca bheryādyaiḥ kuryājjāgaraṇaṁ hareḥ

English translation

After completing the adhivdsa ceremony of Lord Hari, one should remain awake the entire night reciting sacred Vedic mantras, chanting )aya\, Jayal, invoking auspiciousness, singing, dancing, playing musical instruments, blowing conch shells, and playing stringed instruments, flutes, drums, large drums. In this way, one should pass the night in transcendental revelry for the satisfaction of the Lord.

HBV 19.461–462

Source

यस्त्वेवꣳ विधिना भक्त्या कुर्याद्देवाधिवासनम् । स सर्वतीर्थयज्ञानाꣳ दानानाꣳ तपसाꣳ तथा फलꣳ शतगुणꣳ प्राप्य विष्णोर्लोके महीयते । आहूतसप्लवꣳ यावद्देववत्तत्र मोदते

yastvevaṁ vidhinā bhaktyā kuryāddevādhivāsanam | sa sarvatīrthayajñānāṁ dānānāṁ tapasāṁ tathā phalaṁ śataguṇaṁ prāpya viṣṇorloke mahīyate | āhūtasaplavaṁ yāvaddevavattatra modate

English translation

tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) yastvevarh vidhind bhaktyd kuryydd devddhi vdsanam sa sarvvatirtha yajhdndrh ddndndrh tapasdrh tathd phalarh samgunam prapya visnu loke mahiyate dhuta saplavam ydvad devavat tatra modate One who performs the adhivdsana ceremony of Lord Hari, according to the prescribed rules and regulations, receives one hundred times the merit of bathing at all the holy places, performing sacrifices, giving in charity, and executing penance. He will enjoy life as a liberated soul in the abode of Lord Visnu for one kalpa.

HBV 19.463

Source

प्रातः प्रासादगर्तꣳ तु पुष्पाद्भिः प्रोक्ष्य सर्वतः । निश्चित्य मध्यमैशान्याꣳ गर्तꣳ कृत्वार्पयेच्छिलाम्

prātaḥ prāsādagartaṁ tu puṣpādbhiḥ prokṣya sarvataḥ | niścitya madhyamaiśānyāṁ gartaṁ kṛtvārpayecchilām

English translation

For installing the Deity, a pit must be dug. One should first determine the exact location, which should near the middle of the temple. One should then throw some flowers and sprinkle water over that area. The pit should be dug toward the northeast corner of the temple, and within the pit, a stone should be placed.

324 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.464

Source

अधिवास्य ततो विष्णुꣳ श्वभ्रꣳ कुर्यात् समाहितः । प्रासादस्यानुरूपेण प्रतिमायाश्च भारत

adhivāsya tato viṣṇuṁ śvabhraṁ kuryāt samāhitaḥ | prāsādasyānurūpeṇa pratimāyāśca bhārata

English translation

O Bharata, after completing the adhivdsa ceremony, one should dig a pit in proportion to the size of the temple and the Deity.

HBV 19.465

Source

प्रासादꣳ प्रोक्ष्य सर्वत्र मन्त्रपूतेन वारिणा । पातयेत् पक्षसूत्राणि द्वारसूत्रꣳ तथैव च

prāsādaṁ prokṣya sarvatra mantrapūtena vāriṇā | pātayet pakṣasūtrāṇi dvārasūtraṁ tathaiva ca

English translation

Before digging the pit, one should sprinkle water that has been purified by the chanting of mantras over the temple room floor and then measure the size of the pit by using threads.

HBV 19.466

Source

ततो मध्यꣳ समꣳ गृह्य कर्तव्यꣳ स्थिरमादरात् । कुर्यात् श्वम्र-प्रमाणेन कृष्णस्याद्भुतकर्मणः । श्वभ्राधस्तान्न्यसेत् पूर्वꣳ शिलाꣳ ब्रह्मात्मिकाꣳ शुभाम्

tato madhyaṁ samaṁ gṛhya kartavyaṁ sthiramādarāt | kuryāt śvamra-pramāṇena kṛṣṇasyādbhutakarmaṇaḥ | śvabhrādhastānnyaset pūrvaṁ śilāṁ brahmātmikāṁ śubhām

English translation

The place where the pit is to be dug should be near the middle of the temple. To install the stand for the Deity of Lord Krsna, who performs wonderful activities, a stone slab should be prepared that nicely fits into the pit. First, a sacred stone should be placed at the bottom of the pit.

HBV 19.467

Source

कृत्वाधिवासꣳ देवानाꣳ श्वभ्रꣳ कुर्यात् समाहितः । प्रासादार्चानुरूपेण मानाल्लिङ्गस्य वा पुनः

kṛtvādhivāsaṁ devānāṁ śvabhraṁ kuryāt samāhitaḥ | prāsādārcānurūpeṇa mānālliṅgasya vā punaḥ

English translation

When the adhivdsa of the Lord has been concluded, one should, with a controlled mind, dig a pit, the size of which should be ascertained in accordance with the size of the temple or the Deity.

HBV 19.468

Source

पुष्पोदकेण प्रासादꣳ प्रोक्ष्य मन्त्रयुतेन तु । पातयेत् पक्षसूत्राणि द्वारसूत्रꣳ तथैव च

puṣpodakeṇa prāsādaṁ prokṣya mantrayutena tu | pātayet pakṣasūtrāṇi dvārasūtraṁ tathaiva ca

English translation

After sprinkling purified water over the temple room floor, one should spread threads to measure the exact size of the pit.

HBV 19.469

Source

आश्रयेत् किञ्चिदैशानी मध्यꣳ कृत्वा दिशꣳ बुधः । ऐशानीमाश्रितꣳ देवꣳ पूजयन्ति दिवौकसः

āśrayet kiñcidaiśānī madhyaṁ kṛtvā diśaṁ budhaḥ | aiśānīmāśritaṁ devaṁ pūjayanti divaukasaḥ

English translation

O n e who is learned should determine the location of the pit near the middle of the temple, slightly toward the northeast corner. Such a location is preferred because the demigods generally worship Lord Hari toward the northeast direction.

HBV 19.470

Source

आयुरारोग्यफलदमथवोत्तरमाश्रितम् । शुभꣳ स्यादशुभꣳ प्रोक्तमन्यथा स्थापनꣳ बुधैः । अधः कूर्मशिला प्रोक्ता सदा ब्रह्मशिलाधिका

āyurārogyaphaladamathavottaramāśritam | śubhaṁ syādaśubhaṁ proktamanyathā sthāpanaṁ budhaiḥ | adhaḥ kūrmaśilā proktā sadā brahmaśilādhikā

English translation

It is also considered to be auspicious to install the Deity in the northern direction. This awards one good health and a long duration of life. Learned authorities have declared that other directions are inauspicious. The stone that is laid at the bottom of the pit is called a Kurma-sila, which is more auspicious than a Brahma-sila, or other sacred sila.

326 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.471

Source

अधिवास्य विधानेन देवदेवꣳ हरिꣳ प्रभुम् । पिण्डिकास्थापनार्थाय गर्तागारꣳ विशेद्गुरुः

adhivāsya vidhānena devadevaṁ hariṁ prabhum | piṇḍikāsthāpanārthāya gartāgāraṁ viśedguruḥ

English translation

After completing the adhivdsa ceremony of Lord Hari, the master of the demigods, according to the prescribed rules and regulations, the spiritual master should enter the temple room to install the Deity's stand.

HBV 19.472

Source

यादृशꣳ गर्तꣳगेहꣳ तु कृतꣳ सुरगणार्चितम् । सꣳविभज्य प्रकूर्वीत सप्तभागꣳ विचक्षणः । पुनश्च सप्तधा कृत्वा स्थानभागꣳ प्रकल्पयेत्

yādṛśaṁ gartaṁgehaṁ tu kṛtaṁ suragaṇārcitam | saṁvibhajya prakūrvīta saptabhāgaṁ vicakṣaṇaḥ | punaśca saptadhā kṛtvā sthānabhāgaṁ prakalpayet

English translation

The spiritual master should first divide the temple room into seven parts, and then each part should be divided into seven parts. In this way, the exact measurements of the temple room should be ascertained.

HBV 19.473

Source

ब्रह्मभागꣳ भवेन्मध्यꣳ देवꣳ स्यात्तदनन्तरम् । तृतीयꣳ मानुषꣳ भागꣳ पैशाचꣳ तु चतुर्थकम्

brahmabhāgaṁ bhavenmadhyaṁ devaṁ syāttadanantaram | tṛtīyaṁ mānuṣaṁ bhāgaṁ paiśācaṁ tu caturthakam

English translation

The middle part of the temple room is intended for the Supreme Lord, the next part is intended for the demigods, the third part is meant for human beings, and the fourth part is allotted to ghosts.

HBV 19.474

Source

द्विभुजꣳ ध्यानयोगस्थꣳ निविष्टꣳ स्थितमेव च । चतुर्भुजꣳ वा ब्राह्मे तु भागे सꣳस्थापयेद्धरिम्

dvibhujaṁ dhyānayogasthaṁ niviṣṭaṁ sthitameva ca | caturbhujaṁ vā brāhme tu bhāge saṁsthāpayeddharim

English translation

In the middle portion of the temple room, which is known as brahmabhaga, the four-armed or two-armed form of Lord Hari, seated in meditation, should be installed.

HBV 19.475

Source

ब्राह्मभागꣳ परित्यज्य किञ्चिदाश्रित्य वा द्विजः । सदैव स्थापयेद्देवꣳ देवमानुषभागयोः

brāhmabhāgaṁ parityajya kiñcidāśritya vā dvijaḥ | sadaiva sthāpayeddevaṁ devamānuṣabhāgayoḥ

English translation

One who is twice-born should install another Deity of Lord Hari, but not in the brahmabhaga portion of the temple room, but instead, in the devabhdga or manusyabhaga sections.

HBV 19.476

Source

देवमानुषभागाभ्याꣳ शयनꣳ परिकल्पयेत् । दारवीꣳ मृन्मयीꣳ मूर्तिꣳ देवस्थाने निवेशयेत्

devamānuṣabhāgābhyāṁ śayanaṁ parikalpayet | dāravīṁ mṛnmayīṁ mūrtiṁ devasthāne niveśayet

English translation

Lord Hari's resting place should be arranged in the daivabhdga or mdnusabhaga section. In the daivabhdga portion of the temple, Deities made of wood or clay should be installed.

HBV 19.477

Source

मानुषꣳ किञ्चिदाश्रित्य आसीनꣳ स्थापयेद्धरिम् । नरसिꣳहꣳ वराहञ्च देवभागे नियोजयेत्

mānuṣaṁ kiñcidāśritya āsīnaṁ sthāpayeddharim | narasiṁhaṁ varāhañca devabhāge niyojayet

English translation

In the mdnusabhaga portion of the temple, the Deity of Lord Hari in a sitting posture should be installed. The Deities of Lord Nrsimhadeva and Varahadeva should be installed in the daivabhdga portion of the temple.

HBV 19.478

Source

विघ्नेशमम्बिकाꣳ देवीꣳ मातृर्भूतगणꣳ तथा । आदित्यादीन् हरेरन्यानेवमादीꣳस्तथा परान् । पैशाचे स्थापयेन् स्थाने नात्र कार्या विचारणा

vighneśamambikāṁ devīṁ mātṛrbhūtagaṇaṁ tathā | ādityādīn hareranyānevamādīṁstathā parān | paiśāce sthāpayen sthāne nātra kāryā vicāraṇā

English translation

328 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA paisdce sthdpayet sthdne ndtra kdryyd vicdrand The ghost section should be utilized for installing deities of Lords Hari's associates, such as Ganapati; the mothers, such as Ambika; the twelve Adityas, and others. There is no need for further consideration in this regard.

HBV 19.479

Source

स्वस्थानवर्जिताः सर्वे भयदुःखामयप्रदाः । तस्मात् सर्वेण यत्नेन स्वस्थाने विनिवेशयेत्

svasthānavarjitāḥ sarve bhayaduḥkhāmayapradāḥ | tasmāt sarveṇa yatnena svasthāne viniveśayet

English translation

When the predominating deities of the planets and minor demigods fall from their positions, they cause fear, distress, and disease to all classes of living entities. Therefore, one should carefully reinstate them in their original positions.

HBV 19.480

Source

श्रीमूर्त्या सह पिण्डीꣳ च स्थापयित्वाभिपूज्य । रथेन मण्डपꣳ नीत्वा सꣳस्थाप्य पुनरर्चयेत्

śrīmūrtyā saha piṇḍīṁ ca sthāpayitvābhipūjya | rathena maṇḍapaṁ nītvā saṁsthāpya punararcayet

English translation

Just as one installs the Deity, one should also install the Deity's stand and worship it properly. The pindikd (stand) should be placed on a chariot, brought to the mandapa, and worshiped.

HBV 19.481

Source

ततः प्रक्षालिताꣳ कृत्वा पञ्चगव्येन पिण्डिकाम् । कषायतोयेन पूनर्मन्त्रयूक्तेन सर्वतः । देवभार्याꣳश्रयꣳ मन्त्रꣳ पिण्डिकासु नियोजयोत्

tataḥ prakṣālitāṁ kṛtvā pañcagavyena piṇḍikām | kaṣāyatoyena pūnarmantrayūktena sarvataḥ | devabhāryāṁśrayaṁ mantraṁ piṇḍikāsu niyojayot

English translation

Thereafter, one should purify the pindika by bathing it with the five products of the cow. A second bathing should be conducted with extracts of tree bark while chanting the appropriate mantra.

HBV 19.482

Source

श्रियः सूक्तेनार्चयीत प्रत्यूचꣳ पिण्डिकामपि

śriyaḥ sūktenārcayīta pratyūcaṁ piṇḍikāmapi

English translation

The pindika should be worshiped by chanting the mantras from the SrI-sukta.

HBV 19.483

Source

प्राग्वत् श्रीमूर्तिमुत्थाप्य याने चारोप्य मण्डपात् । प्रादक्षिण्येन सानन्दꣳ नयेत् प्रासादमण्डपम्

prāgvat śrīmūrtimutthāpya yāne cāropya maṇḍapāt | prādakṣiṇyena sānandaṁ nayet prāsādamaṇḍapam

English translation

Like before, the Deity should be lifted, placed on a chariot, and brought to the principal mandapa with great pomp, while circumambulating Him.

HBV 19.484

Source

तत उत्थाप्य देवेशꣳ उत्तिष्ठ ब्रह्मणस्पते । आनीय गर्भभवनꣳ पीठान्ते स्थापयेद्बुधः

tata utthāpya deveśaṁ uttiṣṭha brahmaṇaspate | ānīya garbhabhavanaṁ pīṭhānte sthāpayedbudhaḥ

English translation

Thereafter, the Deity of Lord Hari should be carried while chanting the mantra beginning with uttistha brahmanaspate and brought to the main temple room. In this way, one who is intelligent should install the Deity according to the proper procedures.

HBV 19.485–486

Source

ततश्चोत्थापयेद्देवꣳ मन्त्रेणानेन भूमिप । उत्तिष्ठ ब्रह्मणस्पते ब्रह्मघोषैश्च पुष्कलैः । पुण्याहजयघोषश्च शङ्खभेर्यादिनिस्वनैः रथꣳ चालङ्कृतꣳ कृत्वा तस्मिꣳश्चारोपयेच्छनैः । रथे तिष्ठेति मन्त्रेण रथस्थꣳ कारयेद्धरिम्

tataścotthāpayeddevaṁ mantreṇānena bhūmipa | uttiṣṭha brahmaṇaspate brahmaghoṣaiśca puṣkalaiḥ | puṇyāhajayaghoṣaśca śaṅkhabheryādinisvanaiḥ rathaṁ cālaṅkṛtaṁ kṛtvā tasmiṁścāropayecchanaiḥ | rathe tiṣṭheti mantreṇa rathasthaṁ kārayeddharim

English translation

330 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA utdstha brahmanaspate brahma ghosaisca puskalaih punyaha jayaghosasca sankha bheryyddi nisvanaih ratharh cdlankrtam krtvd tasmims cdropayecchanaih rathe tistheti mantrena rathastharh kdreyedd harim O King, thereafter, one should move the Deity of Lord Hari while chanting the mantra beginning with uttistha brahmanaspate. The Lord should be placed on a fully decorated chariot and brought to the mandapa while chanting Vedic hymns, invoking auspiciousness by reciting various mantras, chanting Jaya! Jaya!, blowing conch shells, and playing musical instruments, such as drums.

HBV 19.487–489

Source

ग्र्द्मम् व्द् नगरम् व्द्पि सनैह् कुर्य्य्द्त् प्रदक्सिनम् पुस्पैर् गन्धैस् तथ्द्न्न्द्द्यैह् सकतम् पुरयेच्छुभैह् सन्ख भेरि निन्द्दैस्च पत्द्क्द्भिर् ध्जजैस् तथ्द् च्द्मरैस्च वित्द्नैस्च कलसैह् पद्मसोभितैह् द्ल्प दर्पन सम्युक्तैर् ग्ल्त मन्गलन्द्दितैह् बलिर्ह् प्रक्सिप्य म्द्नन्तु सनैर् गच्छेत प्रदक्सिनम्

grdmam vd nagaram vdpi sanaih kuryydt pradaksinam puspair gandhais tathdnnddyaih sakatam purayecchubhaih sankha bheri ninddaisca patdkdbhir dhjajais tathd cdmaraisca vitdnaisca kalasaih padmasobhitaih dlpa darpana samyuktair glta mangalandditaih balirh praksipya mdnantu sanair gaccheta pradaksinam

English translation

To bring the Deity to the main temple room, the devotees should joyfully take Him in procession. They should circumambulate the entire village or city, along with a fully decorated chariot or bullock cart filled with flowers, sandalwood paste, varieties of food, and so on. The atmosphere should be surcharged with the sounds of conch shells, drums, and other musical instruments. The devotees should carry flags, camaras,

NINETEENTHVILASA 331 a canopy, pitchers filled with water, ghee lamps, and mirrors. During the procession, they should distribute gifts and prasdda to the public.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 19.490

Source

अर्घ्यपाद्यादिकꣳ दत्त्वा तत्र विश्रम्य च क्षणम् । तस्याꣳ ब्रह्मशिलायाꣳ तु न्यसेद्रत्नादि मन्त्रतः

arghyapādyādikaṁ dattvā tatra viśramya ca kṣaṇam | tasyāṁ brahmaśilāyāṁ tu nyasedratnādi mantrataḥ

English translation

After bringing the Deity to the main mandapa and offering Him padya, arghya, and so on, the devotees should rest there for awhile. Thereafter, jewels and other items, which had been purified by the chanting of mantras should be placed on top of the sacred stone at the bottom of the pit.

HBV 19.491

Source

आनीय मण्डपे पश्चादर्घ्यꣳ पाद्यꣳ च दापयेत् । तस्मिन् मुहूर्ते विश्रम्य रत्नन्यासꣳ तु कारयेत्

ānīya maṇḍape paścādarghyaṁ pādyaṁ ca dāpayet | tasmin muhūrte viśramya ratnanyāsaṁ tu kārayet

English translation

At the completion of the procession, the Deity should be brought into the main mandapa and offered padya and arghya. After resting a short while, the jewels and other items should be placed inside the pit on the top of the sacred stone.

HBV 19.492–493

Source

सर्ववीजानि धातूꣳश्च रत्नान्योषधयस्तथा । काञ्चनꣳ पद्मरागञ्च पारदेन समन्वितम् पद्मः कूर्मश्च पृथिवी गरुडश्चानुपूर्वशः । ब्रह्मस्थाने तु दातव्या मन्त्रपूता यथाविधि

sarvavījāni dhātūṁśca ratnānyoṣadhayastathā | kāñcanaṁ padmarāgañca pāradena samanvitam padmaḥ kūrmaśca pṛthivī garuḍaścānupūrvaśaḥ | brahmasthāne tu dātavyā mantrapūtā yathāvidhi

English translation

332 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA Varieties of seeds, metal, jewels, and medicinal herbs, as well as gold, coral, mercury, a lotus flower, a Deity of Kurmadeva, a deity of mother earth, and a Deity of Garuda should be placed in the hrahmabhaga section of the temple after purifying them with mantras according to the rules and regulations that are prescribed in sdstra.

HBV 19.494

Source

बीजꣳ गाढꣳ न कुर्वीत समूलाꣳस्तान् प्रपातयेत् । बीजे गाढे महादोषो व्याधिदोषभयꣳ भवेत् । बीजकानामलाभे तु स्वर्णꣳ सर्वत्र विन्यसेत्

bījaṁ gāḍhaṁ na kurvīta samūlāṁstān prapātayet | bīje gāḍhe mahādoṣo vyādhidoṣabhayaṁ bhavet | bījakānāmalābhe tu svarṇaṁ sarvatra vinyaset

English translation

The seeds should not be hard because such seeds would cause fear and disease to the person installing the Deity. All unwanted weeds growing from the temple floor should be uprooted and thrown away. In the absence of good seeds, one should simply use metal, such as gold.

HBV 19.495

Source

अर्घ्यपाद्यादिकꣳ तत्र मधुपर्कꣳ प्रयोजयेत् । ततो मुहूर्तꣳ विश्रम्य रत्नन्यासꣳ समाचरेत्

arghyapādyādikaṁ tatra madhuparkaṁ prayojayet | tato muhūrtaṁ viśramya ratnanyāsaṁ samācaret

English translation

After bringing the Deity into the main mandapa, one should offer Him madhuparka. The devotees should then rest for some time and thereafter begin the ritual known as ratnanyasa.

HBV 19.496

Source

वज्रꣳ मौक्तिकवैदूर्यꣳ शङ्खꣳ स्फटिकमेव च । पुष्परागेन्द्रनीलञ्च नीलꣳ पूर्वादितः क्रमात्

vajraṁ mauktikavaidūryaṁ śaṅkhaṁ sphaṭikameva ca | puṣparāgendranīlañca nīlaṁ pūrvāditaḥ kramāt

English translation

Eight precious gems—a diamond, pearl, cat's eye, conch, crystal, topaz, emerald, and blue sapphire—should be installed in the eight directions beginning from the east.

HBV 19.497–500

Source

तालकञ्च शिला-वज्रमञ्जनꣳ श्याममेव च । काक्षीꣳ काशीसमाक्षिकꣳ गैरिकञ्चादितः क्रमात् गोधूमञ्च यवꣳ तद्वत्तिलमुद्गꣳ तथैव च । नीवारमथ श्यामाकꣳ सर्षपꣳ ब्रीहिमेव च न्यसेत् क्रमेण पूर्वादौ चन्दनꣳ रक्तचन्दनम् । अगुरुꣳ चाञ्जनꣳ चैव उशीरञ्च ततः परम् । वैष्णवीꣳ सहदेवीञ्च लक्षणाञ्च ततः परम् स्वलोकपालनाम्ना तु न्यसेदोङ्कारपूर्वकम्

tālakañca śilā-vajramañjanaṁ śyāmameva ca | kākṣīṁ kāśīsamākṣikaṁ gairikañcāditaḥ kramāt godhūmañca yavaṁ tadvattilamudgaṁ tathaiva ca | nīvāramatha śyāmākaṁ sarṣapaṁ brīhimeva ca nyaset krameṇa pūrvādau candanaṁ raktacandanam | aguruṁ cāñjanaṁ caiva uśīrañca tataḥ param | vaiṣṇavīṁ sahadevīñca lakṣaṇāñca tataḥ param svalokapālanāmnā tu nyasedoṅkārapūrvakam

English translation

Orpiment, red arsenic, mica, black ointment, clay from Saurastra, lead, suvarna maksika, saffron, wheat, barley, sesame seeds, moong gram, wild paddy, syama rice, mustard seeds, rice paddy, sandalwood powder, red sandalwood powder, aguru, anjana, uslra, visnu kranta, sahadevi, and laksana should also be placed in the eight directions for the satisfaction of their predominating deities. While doing this, one should chant orh and then chant the predominating deities' names, ending the mantra with namah.

HBV 19.501

Source

सर्वबीजानि धातुꣳश्च रत्नान्योषधयस्तथा । ब्रह्मस्थाने तु दातव्याः सꣳहताः स्युः परस्परम्

sarvabījāni dhātuṁśca ratnānyoṣadhayastathā | brahmasthāne tu dātavyāḥ saṁhatāḥ syuḥ parasparam

English translation

It is the duty of the acdrya to offer varieties of seeds, metal, jewels, and herbs in the area known as brahmabhaga.

334 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.502

Source

काञ्चनꣳ पद्मरागञ्च पारदꣳ पद्ममेव च । कूर्मꣳ धराꣳ वृषꣳ तद्वन्यस्येत् पूर्वादितः क्रमात्

kāñcanaṁ padmarāgañca pāradaṁ padmameva ca | kūrmaṁ dharāṁ vṛṣaṁ tadvanyasyet pūrvāditaḥ kramāt

English translation

Gold, rubies, mercury, lotus flowers, kurmadeva, earth, and magnate should also be placed in the eight directions, beginning from the east.

HBV 19.503

Source

मूलकꣳ विद्रुमꣳ ताम्रꣳ काꣳस्यꣳ चैवारकूटकम् । रजतꣳ विमलꣳ पुष्पꣳ लोहꣳ चानुक्रमेण तु

mūlakaṁ vidrumaṁ tāmraṁ kāṁsyaṁ caivārakūṭakam | rajataṁ vimalaṁ puṣpaṁ lohaṁ cānukrameṇa tu

English translation

One should also place mulaka, coral, copper, bell metal, brass, silver, vimala, and iron in the eight directions, beginning with the east.

HBV 19.504

Source

काञ्चनꣳ हरितालञ्च सर्वाभावे विनिक्षिपेत् । दद्याद्वीजौषधिस्थाने सहदेवीꣳ यवानपि

kāñcanaṁ haritālañca sarvābhāve vinikṣipet | dadyādvījauṣadhisthāne sahadevīṁ yavānapi

English translation

In the absence of these things, one may simply offer gold and orpiment, and in the absence of seeds and medicinal herbs, one can offer sahadevi.

HBV 19.505–506

Source

नपुꣳसकशिलायान्तु रत्नन्यासꣳ समाचरेत् । वस्त्राभरणगन्धाद्यैः पूर्ववद्भूषितो गुरुः हुत्वाहुतिशतꣳ विप्र नारसिꣳहेन वा पुनः । तेनैवामन्त्र्य रत्नादीन् पिण्डिकाꣳ श्वभ्रके न्यसेत् । गुग्गुलꣳ द्रावयित्वाथ गर्भे तु विनिवेशयेत्

napuṁsakaśilāyāntu ratnanyāsaṁ samācaret | vastrābharaṇagandhādyaiḥ pūrvavadbhūṣito guruḥ hutvāhutiśataṁ vipra nārasiṁhena vā punaḥ | tenaivāmantrya ratnādīn piṇḍikāṁ śvabhrake nyaset | guggulaṁ drāvayitvātha garbhe tu viniveśayet

English translation

The ritual known as ratnanydsa should be performed on the brahma- slla, or sacred stone. O brdhmana, the spiritual master should be well dressed and decorated with ornaments and sandalwood paste as before. He should offer one hundred oblations while chanting the Nrsirhha mantra, or he should invite the Lord while chanting this mantra and place the jewels and Deity's stand within the pit.

HBV 19.507

Source

रत्नादीनाꣳ तु न्यस्तानाꣳ निश्चलीकरणाय तु । ततो निवेशयेत्ताꣳस्तु दिशासु विदिशासु च

ratnādīnāṁ tu nyastānāṁ niścalīkaraṇāya tu | tato niveśayettāṁstu diśāsu vidiśāsu ca

English translation

He should mix some guggula with water and throw it into the pit to ensure that the jewels remain fixed in their positions.

HBV 19.508

Source

प्रथमावरणे ब्रीहीन् रत्नान्यपि द्वितीयके । तृतीये विन्यसेद्धातून् लोहञ्चापि चतुर्थके

prathamāvaraṇe brīhīn ratnānyapi dvitīyake | tṛtīye vinyaseddhātūn lohañcāpi caturthake

English translation

All these ingredients should be spread in the four directions and four corners. The first layer should consist of the seeds and rice paddy. The second layer should consist of jewels, the third layer should consist of metal, and the fourth layer should consist of iron.

HBV 19.509

Source

प्रत्यावरणगर्भे तु पञ्चमावरणे द्विज । चन्दनादीꣳश्च विप्रेन्द्रश्चाष्टदिक्षु निवेशयेत् । एकैकꣳ दिक्षु विन्यस्य मध्ये चैवापरꣳ न्यसेत्

pratyāvaraṇagarbhe tu pañcamāvaraṇe dvija | candanādīṁśca viprendraścāṣṭadikṣu niveśayet | ekaikaṁ dikṣu vinyasya madhye caivāparaṁ nyaset

English translation

336 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA O brahmana, one should apply sandalwood paste and other substances to each layer. This procedure should be observed up to the fifth layer and also in the eight directions. Various articles should be placed in different directions and in the middle of the temple as well.

HBV 19.510–511

Source

ऐन्द्र्याञ्च चन्दनꣳ न्यस्यमाग्नेयाꣳ रक्तचन्दनम् । कृत्णागुरुꣳ दक्षिणस्याꣳ निरृत्यामपरागुरुम् उशीरꣳ पश्चिमे भागे विष्णुक्रान्तामथापरे । सहदेवीमूदीच्याꣳ तु लक्षणामीशगोचरे । ब्राह्मीꣳ सुवर्चलाꣳ मध्ये वृद्धिꣳ ब्राह्मे निवेशयैत्

aindryāñca candanaṁ nyasyamāgneyāṁ raktacandanam | kṛtṇāguruṁ dakṣiṇasyāṁ nirṛtyāmaparāgurum uśīraṁ paścime bhāge viṣṇukrāntāmathāpare | sahadevīmūdīcyāṁ tu lakṣaṇāmīśagocare | brāhmīṁ suvarcalāṁ madhye vṛddhiṁ brāhme niveśayait

English translation

Sandalwood should be offered in the east, red sandalwood in the southeast, black aguru in the south, aguru in the southwest, vetiver or khas in the west, visnukranta in the northwest, sahadevl in the north, laksana in the northeast, brahmi and suvarccala in the middle of the temple, and vrddhi should be placed between the northeast and east.

HBV 19.512

Source

धान्यमैन्द्र्याꣳ निवेश्याथ आग्नेयाꣳ तु कुलत्थकम् । यवान् दक्षिणभागे तु गोधूमꣳ नैरृते न्यसेत्

dhānyamaindryāṁ niveśyātha āgneyāṁ tu kulatthakam | yavān dakṣiṇabhāge tu godhūmaṁ nairṛte nyaset

English translation

One should spread rice paddy in the east, legume in the southeast, barley in the south, and wheat in the southwest.

HBV 19.513

Source

तिलाꣳस्तु पश्चिमे दद्यान्नीवारꣳ वायुगोचरे । मुद्गमुत्तरतो दद्यान्निष्पावमीशगोचरे । मध्ये सिद्धार्थकꣳ दद्याद्रत्नन्यासꣳ समाचरेत्

tilāṁstu paścime dadyānnīvāraṁ vāyugocare | mudgamuttarato dadyānniṣpāvamīśagocare | madhye siddhārthakaṁ dadyādratnanyāsaṁ samācaret

English translation

Sesame seeds should be spread in the west, wild paddy in the northwest, raoong dal in the north, beans in the northeast, and white mustard seeds in the middle of the temple. Thereafter, one should place the jewels in the prescribed places.

HBV 19.514

Source

वज्रꣳ तु पूर्वतो दद्यादाग्नेयाꣳ मौक्तिकꣳ तथा । वैदूर्यꣳ दक्षिणे दद्याच्छङ्खꣳ निरृतिगोचरे

vajraṁ tu pūrvato dadyādāgneyāṁ mauktikaṁ tathā | vaidūryaṁ dakṣiṇe dadyācchaṅkhaṁ nirṛtigocare

English translation

Diamonds should be placed in the east, pearls in the southeast, cat's eye in the south, and conch shell in the southwest.

HBV 19.515

Source

स्फटिकꣳ वारुणे दद्यात् पद्मरागꣳ तु वायवे । उत्तरे चन्द्रकान्तꣳ तु ऐशान्यामिन्द्रनीलकम् । पद्मरागꣳ न्यसेन्मध्ये यथावद्द्विजसत्तम

sphaṭikaṁ vāruṇe dadyāt padmarāgaṁ tu vāyave | uttare candrakāntaṁ tu aiśānyāmindranīlakam | padmarāgaṁ nyasenmadhye yathāvaddvijasattama

English translation

O foremost of the twice-born, crystal should be placed in the west, rubies in the northwest, moonstone in the north, and blue sapphire in the northeast. Rubies should also be placed in the middle of the temple, according to the prescribed rules and regulations.

HBV 19.516–517

Source

हरितालꣳ न्यसेत् पूर्वे आग्नेयाꣳ तु मनःशिलाम् । अञ्जनꣳ दक्षिणे दद्यान्माक्षिकꣳ ब्रह्मगोचरे सौराष्ट्रीꣳ वारुणे द्रद्याद्वायव्या गैरिकꣳ तथा । सीसꣳ चैवोत्तरे दद्यादेशान्याꣳ गन्धकꣳ तथा । पारदꣳ तु न्यसेन्मध्ये यथावत्त्रिदशेश्वर

haritālaṁ nyaset pūrve āgneyāṁ tu manaḥśilām | añjanaṁ dakṣiṇe dadyānmākṣikaṁ brahmagocare saurāṣṭrīṁ vāruṇe dradyādvāyavyā gairikaṁ tathā | sīsaṁ caivottare dadyādeśānyāṁ gandhakaṁ tathā | pāradaṁ tu nyasenmadhye yathāvattridaśeśvara

English translation

338 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA pdradarh tu nyasen madhye yathdvat tridasesvara O king of the demigods, orpiment should be placed in the east, red arsenic in the southeast, black ointment in the south, mica in the southwest, clay from Saurastra in the west, saffron in the northwest, lead in the north, sulphur in the northeast, and mercury in the middle of the temple.

HBV 19.518–519

Source

हिरण्यꣳ पूर्वतो दद्यादाग्नेयाꣳ तारमुत्तमम् । आयसꣳ दक्षिणे न्यस्य नैरृत्याꣳ त्रपुषꣳ तथा पश्चिमे विन्यसेद्घोषꣳ नारꣳ वायव्यगोचरे । सिह्लकꣳ चोत्तरे न्यस्य शुल्वमीशानगोचरे

hiraṇyaṁ pūrvato dadyādāgneyāṁ tāramuttamam | āyasaṁ dakṣiṇe nyasya nairṛtyāṁ trapuṣaṁ tathā paścime vinyasedghoṣaṁ nāraṁ vāyavyagocare | sihlakaṁ cottare nyasya śulvamīśānagocare

English translation

Gold should be placed in the east, pearls in the southeast, iron in the south, lead in the southwest, bell metal in the southwest, water in the northwest, sihlaka in the north, and copper in the northeast.

HBV 19.520

Source

पद्मꣳ कूर्मꣳ तथानन्तꣳ पृथ्वीꣳ मध्ये निवेशयेत् । सुमेरुञ्च सुरश्रेष्ठ सर्वमेतद्धिरण्मयम्

padmaṁ kūrmaṁ tathānantaṁ pṛthvīṁ madhye niveśayet | sumeruñca suraśreṣṭha sarvametaddhiraṇmayam

English translation

O foremost of demigods, prepare a lotus, a Deity of Lord Kurma, a Deity of Ananta, a diety of mother Earth, and a form of Mount Sumeru with gold and install them in the middle of the temple.

HBV 19.521

Source

एषामेकतमꣳ मध्ये न्यसेत् सर्वाण्यथापि वा । नमो हिरण्यमन्त्रेण ब्रह्मस्थाने निवेशयेत्

eṣāmekatamaṁ madhye nyaset sarvāṇyathāpi vā | namo hiraṇyamantreṇa brahmasthāne niveśayet

English translation

Either perform nydsa on all these things, or place them in the brahmabhaga section of the temple while chanting the mantra beginning with namo hiranya.

HBV 19.522

Source

ओषधीनामलाभे तु विष्णुक्रान्ताꣳ विशाम्पते । बीजानामप्यलाभे तु यवꣳ सर्वत्र दापयेत्

oṣadhīnāmalābhe tu viṣṇukrāntāṁ viśāmpate | bījānāmapyalābhe tu yavaṁ sarvatra dāpayet

English translation

If medicinal herbs are not available, one can offer visnukrdntd. O King, in the absence of seeds, one may offer barley.

HBV 19.523

Source

अलाभे सर्वरत्नानाꣳ मुक्ता सर्वत्र शस्यते । अलाभे सर्वधातुनाꣳ हरितालꣳ विनिक्षिपेत् । अलाभे सर्वलोहानाꣳ काञ्चनानि प्रदापयेत्

alābhe sarvaratnānāṁ muktā sarvatra śasyate | alābhe sarvadhātunāṁ haritālaṁ vinikṣipet | alābhe sarvalohānāṁ kāñcanāni pradāpayet

English translation

In the absence of gems, one should offer pearls. In the absence of metal, one should offer orpiment, and in the absence of iron, one can offer gold.

HBV 19.524

Source

इन्द्रस्तु महसा दीप्तः सर्वदेवाधिपो महान् । दम्भोलिहस्तः सत्त्वाट्यस्तस्मै नित्यꣳ नमो नमः

indrastu mahasā dīptaḥ sarvadevādhipo mahān | dambholihastaḥ sattvāṭyastasmai nityaṁ namo namaḥ

English translation

bhavisye (In the Bhavisya Purdna it is stated) indrastu mahasd diptah sarvvadevd dhipo mahdn dambholi hastah sattvdtdhyds tasmai nityam namo namah I offer my repeated obeisances at the feet of Indra, who is greatly effulgent, very powerful, the king of the demigods, equipped with celestial weapons, and who carries a thunderbolt, and possesses great strength. This is the mantra to be chanted for the predominating deity of the east.

340 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.525

Source

आग्नेयः पुरुषो दीप्तः सर्वदेवमन्योऽव्ययः । धूमकेतुरनाधृष्यस्तस्मै नित्यꣳ नमो नमः

āgneyaḥ puruṣo dīptaḥ sarvadevamanyo'vyayaḥ | dhūmaketuranādhṛṣyastasmai nityaṁ namo namaḥ

English translation

I offer my repeated obeisances to Agnideva, whose form is brightly shining, who is the leader of the demigods, who is inexhaustible, who is the master of comets, and who is very difficult to control. This is the mantra to be chanted for the predominating deity of the southeast.

HBV 19.526

Source

यमश्चोत्पलवर्णाभः पुरुषो दण्डधृङ्महान् । धर्मसाक्षी विशुद्धात्मा तस्मै नित्यꣳ नमो नमः

yamaścotpalavarṇābhaḥ puruṣo daṇḍadhṛṅmahān | dharmasākṣī viśuddhātmā tasmai nityaṁ namo namaḥ

English translation

I offer my repeated obeisances to that great soul, Yamaraja, whose complexion is the color of a lotus flower, who carries a stick in his hand, and who is the witness of all one's pious and impious activities. This is the mantra to be chanted for the predominating deity of the south.

HBV 19.527

Source

नैरृतः पुरुषः कृष्णः सर्वरक्षोऽधिपो महान् । खड्गहस्तो महासत्त्वस्तस्मै नित्यꣳ नमो नमः

nairṛtaḥ puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ sarvarakṣo'dhipo mahān | khaḍgahasto mahāsattvastasmai nityaṁ namo namaḥ

English translation

I offer my repeated obeisances to the greatly powerful Nairta, whose complexion is black, who is the leader of the demons, and who carries trident in his hand. This is the mantra to be chanted for the predominating deity of the southwest.

HBV 19.528

Source

वरुणः सबल धीमान् पुरुषो निम्नगाधिपः । पाशहस्तो महाबाहुस्तस्मै नित्यꣳ नमो नमः

varuṇaḥ sabala dhīmān puruṣo nimnagādhipaḥ | pāśahasto mahābāhustasmai nityaṁ namo namaḥ

English translation

I offer my repeated obeisances unto Varuna, who is the lord of water, who has great strength and intelligence, who has mighty arms, and who carries a rope in his hand. This is the mantra to be chanted for the predominating deity of the west.

HBV 19.529

Source

वायुर्वै श्यामवर्णोऽयꣳ सर्वगन्धवहः शुचिः । पुरुषो ध्वजहस्तश्च तस्मै नित्यꣳ नमो नमः

vāyurvai śyāmavarṇo'yaṁ sarvagandhavahaḥ śuciḥ | puruṣo dhvajahastaśca tasmai nityaṁ namo namaḥ

English translation

I offer my repeated obeisances to Vayu, whose complexion is black, who carries all kinds of aroma, who is pure in heart, and who carries a flag in his hand. This is the mantra to be chanted for the predominating deity of the northwest.

HBV 19.530

Source

आत्रेयः पुरुषः सौम्यः सर्वौषधिसमन्वितः । नक्षत्राधिपतिः सोमस्तस्मै नित्यꣳ नमो नमः

ātreyaḥ puruṣaḥ saumyaḥ sarvauṣadhisamanvitaḥ | nakṣatrādhipatiḥ somastasmai nityaṁ namo namaḥ

English translation

I offer my repeated obeisances to the moon-god, who is a descendent of the sage, Atri, whose form is attractive, who provides all medicinal herbs, and who is the lord of the stars. This is the mantra to be chanted for the predominating deity of the north.

HBV 19.531

Source

ईशानः पुरुषः शुक्रः सर्वविद्याधिपस्तथा । शूलहस्तो विरूपाक्षस्तस्मै नित्यꣳ नमो नमः

īśānaḥ puruṣaḥ śukraḥ sarvavidyādhipastathā | śūlahasto virūpākṣastasmai nityaṁ namo namaḥ

English translation

I offer my repeated obeisances to Mahadeva, who is the master of the demigods, whose complexion is white, who is endowed with all knowledge, who casts a sidelong glance, and who carries a trident in his hand.

342 SRI HARI-BH AKTI-VILASA This is the mantra to be chanted for the predominating deity of the northeast.

HBV 19.532

Source

पद्मयोनिश्च तन्मूर्तिर्वेदव्यासः पितामहः । यज्ञाध्यक्षश्च सततꣳ तस्मै नित्यꣳ नमो नमः

padmayoniśca tanmūrtirvedavyāsaḥ pitāmahaḥ | yajñādhyakṣaśca satataṁ tasmai nityaṁ namo namaḥ

English translation

I offer my repeated obeisances to Brahma, who was born on a lotus flower, who is the form of Vedavyasa, who is the grandfather of all living entities, and who is the master of all sacrifices. This is the mantra to be chanted for the predominating deity of the upper direction, which lies between Siva and Indra.

HBV 19.533

Source

योऽसवनन्त रुपेन ब्रह्मन्दम् सचर्द्चरम् पुस्पवद्ध्द्रयेन् मुर्द्ध्हिन् तस्मै नित्यम् नमो नमह्

yo'savananta rupena brahmandam sacardcaram puspavaddhdrayen murddhhin tasmai nityam namo namah

English translation

I offer my repeated obeisances to Anantadeva, who in His form as Sesa holds the entire universe with all moving and non-moving living entities on His hood, just like a flower. This is the mantra to be chanted for the predominating deity of the lower direction, which is by the right side of Varunadeva.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 19.534

Source

मत्स्ये च प्रयह् सर्व्वम् एवमेव ओम्क्द्रपुर्व्विक्द् ह्येते न्य्द्से बलि निवेदने मन्त्रह् स्युह् सर्व्वदेवनम् व्र्द्धिपुत्र फलप्रद्ध्

matsye ca prayah sarvvam evameva omkdrapurvvikd hyete nydse bali nivedane mantrah syuh sarvvadevanam vrddhiputra phalapraddh

English translation

The following mantras are to be chanted while offering jewels and other items to the demigods, and should be preceded by om. By chanting these mantras, the one on whose behalf the spiritual master is installing the Deity will become prosperous and blessed with good children.

NINETEENTH VILAS A 343

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 19.535

Source

दिगीशानाꣳ तु मन्त्रेण रत्नादीन् विनिवेशयेत्

digīśānāṁ tu mantreṇa ratnādīn viniveśayet

English translation

The jewels should be offered to the predominating deities of the different directions while chanting the appropriate mantras and placing them on the sacred stone inside the pit.

HBV 19.536

Source

तद्यथा— ओꣳ शक्रः सुरपतिः श्रीमान् सहस्रनयनोज्ज्वलः । यष्टा यः क्रतुमुख्यानाꣳ नमस्तस्मै महात्मने । ओꣳ त्रातारमिति मन्त्रेण सान्निध्यꣳ तत्र कारयेत्

tadyathā— oṁ śakraḥ surapatiḥ śrīmān sahasranayanojjvalaḥ | yaṣṭā yaḥ kratumukhyānāṁ namastasmai mahātmane | oṁ trātāramiti mantreṇa sānnidhyaṁ tatra kārayet

English translation

Let me offer my obeisances to the great soul, Indra, who is the king of the demigods and is full of opulence, has one thousand eyes, and performed one hundred horse sacrifices. To invoke his blessings, chant the mantra beginning with om tratdram in the east.

HBV 19.537

Source

ओꣳ अजः सर्वगतः शक्तिर्यस्य छायेव राजते । हव्यकव्यवहो यो वै नमस्तस्मै महात्मने । ओꣳ अग्न आयाहि मन्त्रेण सान्निध्यꣳ तस्य कारयेत्

oṁ ajaḥ sarvagataḥ śaktiryasya chāyeva rājate | havyakavyavaho yo vai namastasmai mahātmane | oṁ agna āyāhi mantreṇa sānnidhyaṁ tasya kārayet

English translation

Let me offer my obeisances to the great soul, Agnideva, who is unborn and all-pervading, whose prowess works like a shadow, and who accepts sacrificial offerings. To invoke his blessings, one should chant the mantra beginning with om agna dydhi in the southeast.

344 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.538

Source

ओꣳ कृष्णाञ्जननिभो रौद्रा दण्डपाणिः स्रगुज्ज्वलः । सर्वप्रेताधिपो देवो नमस्तस्मै महात्मने । सान्निध्यकरणे तस्य मन्त्रस्त्वसि यमः स्मृतः

oṁ kṛṣṇāñjananibho raudrā daṇḍapāṇiḥ sragujjvalaḥ | sarvapretādhipo devo namastasmai mahātmane | sānnidhyakaraṇe tasya mantrastvasi yamaḥ smṛtaḥ

English translation

Let me offer my obeisances to the great soul, Yamaraja, who has a frightening demeanor and black complexion, who carries a stick in his hand, who is decorated with a beautiful garland, and who is the lord of the ghosts. To invoke his blessings, one should chant the mantra beginning with om asi yamah in the south.

HBV 19.539

Source

ओꣳ घोरदꣳष्ट्राकरालस्तु खड्गपाणिः सुभैरवः । राक्षसाधिपतिर्देवो नमस्तस्मै महात्मने । सान्निध्यार्थꣳ तस्य मन्त्र एष ते निरृते स्मृतः

oṁ ghoradaṁṣṭrākarālastu khaḍgapāṇiḥ subhairavaḥ | rākṣasādhipatirdevo namastasmai mahātmane | sānnidhyārthaṁ tasya mantra eṣa te nirṛte smṛtaḥ

English translation

Let me offer my obeisances to Nairtadeva, who has formidable teeth and a frightening mouth, carries a trident in his hand, is also known as Bhairava, and is the leader of the Raksasas. To invoke his blessings, one should chant the mantra beginning with om esa te nairte in the southwest.

HBV 19.540

Source

ओꣳ सप्तसागरदेहस्तु पाशपाणिर्भहाद्युतिः । यादसाꣳ पतिरेको यो नमस्तस्मै महात्मने । तस्यालभनमन्त्रस्तु पद्मनद्यः सरस्वती

oṁ saptasāgaradehastu pāśapāṇirbhahādyutiḥ | yādasāṁ patireko yo namastasmai mahātmane | tasyālabhanamantrastu padmanadyaḥ sarasvatī

English translation

Let me offer my obeisances to the great soul, Varunadeva, who is the embodiment of the seven oceans and carries a rope in his hand, whose form is bright, and who is the lord of the aquatics. To invoke his blessings, one should chant the mantra beginning with om padmanadyah sarasvatl in the west.

HBV 19.541

Source

ओꣳ सप्तसुरानुगा यस्य योनिर्गीता मनीषिभिः । अशरीरेति विख्यातो नमस्तस्मै महात्मने । मन्त्रस्तस्यापि सान्निध्ये वात आवातु भेषजम्

oṁ saptasurānugā yasya yonirgītā manīṣibhiḥ | aśarīreti vikhyāto namastasmai mahātmane | mantrastasyāpi sānnidhye vāta āvātu bheṣajam

English translation

Let me offer my obesiances to the great soul, Vayudeva, who is glorified by thoughtful persons, the origin of the seven notes of the musical scale, and considered to be formless. To invoke his blessings, one should chant the mantra beginning with om vdta dvdtu bhesajam in the northwest.

HBV 19.542

Source

ओꣳ धनाधिपो ह्रस्वमूर्तिर्गदाहस्तो नृवाहनः । उत्तराशाधिपः श्रीमान् नमस्तस्मै महात्मने । सोमꣳ राजेति मन्त्रोऽयꣳ तस्य सान्निध्यकारकः

oṁ dhanādhipo hrasvamūrtirgadāhasto nṛvāhanaḥ | uttarāśādhipaḥ śrīmān namastasmai mahātmane | somaṁ rājeti mantro'yaṁ tasya sānnidhyakārakaḥ

English translation

Let me offer my obeisances to the great soul, Kuvera, who is the lord of wealth, has a short stature, carries a club in his hand, is carried by human beings, and is the predominating deity of the northern direction. To invoke his blessings, one should chant the mantra beginning with om somam rdjeti in the north.

HBV 19.543

Source

ओꣳ विद्याधिपो वृषारूढ शूलपाणिर्महाबलः । त्रैलोक्यवन्दितः श्रीमान् नमस्तस्मै महात्मने । ईशावास्येति मन्त्रेण तत्सान्निध्यꣳ प्रकल्पयेत्

oṁ vidyādhipo vṛṣārūḍha śūlapāṇirmahābalaḥ | trailokyavanditaḥ śrīmān namastasmai mahātmane | īśāvāsyeti mantreṇa tatsānnidhyaṁ prakalpayet

English translation

346 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA isavasyeti mantreria tat sdnnidhyam prakalpayet Let me offer my obeisances to the great soul, Isanadeva, who is the lord of knowledge, rides on the back of a bull, carries a trident, is greatly powerful, and is praised throughout the three worlds. To invoke his blessings, one should chant the mantra beginning with om isavasyeti in the northeast.

HBV 19.544

Source

ओꣳ य इमाꣳ सकलाꣳ पृथ्वीꣳ सप्तसागरभूषिताम् । विभर्ति माला-प्रतिमाꣳ नमस्तस्मै महात्मने । नमोऽस्तु सर्पमन्त्रेण सान्निध्यꣳ तस्य कल्पयेत्

oṁ ya imāṁ sakalāṁ pṛthvīṁ saptasāgarabhūṣitām | vibharti mālā-pratimāṁ namastasmai mahātmane | namo'stu sarpamantreṇa sānnidhyaṁ tasya kalpayet

English translation

Let me offer my obeisances to the great soul, Brahma, who has four heads, is the creator and the grandfather of all living entities, and carries a water pot. To invoke his blessings, one should chant the mantra beginning with om brahma deva in the upper direction, between Siva and Indra.

HBV 19.545

Source

ओꣳ ब्रह्मा चतुर्मुखः स्वामी सर्वलोकपितामहः । कमण्डलुधरः श्रीमान्नमस्तस्मै महात्मने । ब्रह्मा देवेति मन्त्रेण सान्निध्यꣳ तस्य कल्पयेत्

oṁ brahmā caturmukhaḥ svāmī sarvalokapitāmahaḥ | kamaṇḍaludharaḥ śrīmānnamastasmai mahātmane | brahmā deveti mantreṇa sānnidhyaṁ tasya kalpayet

English translation

Let me offer my obeisances to the great soul, Anantadeva, who is the decoration of the seven oceans, and who holds the entire universe on His hood as if it were no more than a flower. To invoke his blessings, one should chant the mantra beginning with om namo'stu sarpa in the lower direction, to the right of Varuna.

HBV 19.546

Source

क्षीरवृक्षत्वचꣳ पुष्पमष्टमङ्गलसꣳयुतम् । श्रीकामस्तु न्यसेत् सम्यग्देशवृद्धिकरꣳ शुभम्

kṣīravṛkṣatvacaṁ puṣpamaṣṭamaṅgalasaṁyutam | śrīkāmastu nyaset samyagdeśavṛddhikaraṁ śubham

English translation

bhavisye (In the Bhavisya Purdna it is stated) ksira vrksa Wacom puspam asm mangala samyutam sri kdmastu nyaset samyag desa vrddhi kararh subham One who desires to increase his wealth, and the prosperity of his country, should offer kslra tree bark, flowers, and eight auspicious ingredients.

HBV 19.547

Source

पारदꣳ घृतगोधूमान् दूर्वाꣳ रोचनया सह । गोशृङ्गमृत्तिकाञ्चैव कूर्चेन सह निक्षिपेत् । स्थितस्य तस्य देवस्य श्रियो वृद्धिः सदा भवेत्

pāradaṁ ghṛtagodhūmān dūrvāṁ rocanayā saha | gośṛṅgamṛttikāñcaiva kūrcena saha nikṣipet | sthitasya tasya devasya śriyo vṛddhiḥ sadā bhavet

English translation

By offering mercury, ghee, wheat, durva grass, cow's urine, clay dug up by the horn of a cow, and kurccha, the opulence of the installed Deity will be enhanced.

HBV 19.548

Source

कृशरꣳ काञ्चनꣳ चैव पद्मेन सह विन्यसेत् । स्थितस्य तस्य देवस्य चातुर्वर्ण्यहितꣳ भवेत् । चतुष्पादाश्च वर्धन्ते दौभाग्यञ्च प्रणश्यति

kṛśaraṁ kāñcanaṁ caiva padmena saha vinyaset | sthitasya tasya devasya cāturvarṇyahitaṁ bhavet | catuṣpādāśca vardhante daubhāgyañca praṇaśyati

English translation

By throwing sesame seeds and a golden lotus flower into the pit under the installed Deity, all the members of the four varnas will be benefited. In addition, the number of domestic animals will increase and the misfortune of the people will be dispelled.

348 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.549

Source

लाक्षा मधु घृतञ्चैव शमी चाश्वत्थमेव च । वेद्या सह च दातव्या यज्ञोत्सवकरास्तथा

lākṣā madhu ghṛtañcaiva śamī cāśvatthameva ca | vedyā saha ca dātavyā yajñotsavakarāstathā

English translation

To nicely perform the festival of the sacrifice, one should throw into the pit lac, ghee, and wood of the asvatta and saml trees.

HBV 19.550

Source

मृत्तिका पर्वतस्याथ ह्रदादादाय मृत्तथा । यथाक्रमेण दातव्या राष्ट्रवृद्धिकरी नृप

mṛttikā parvatasyātha hradādādāya mṛttathā | yathākrameṇa dātavyā rāṣṭravṛddhikarī nṛpa

English translation

One who desires prosperity for his kingdom should offer soil brought from a mountain and from the bed of a lake.

HBV 19.551

Source

काञ्चनꣳ सर्वबीजानि मेदिन्या सह विन्यसेत् । स्थितस्य तस्य कृष्णस्य राजा प्रजा च वर्धते

kāñcanaṁ sarvabījāni medinyā saha vinyaset | sthitasya tasya kṛṣṇasya rājā prajā ca vardhate

English translation

By placing gold as an offering on the altar of the installed Deity of Lord Krsna, as well as varieties of seeds and different kinds of soil, the king and his subjects will become prosperous.

HBV 19.552

Source

ब्रह्मस्थाने च विन्यस्य सर्वकामार्थदꣳ शुभम् । न भयꣳ न च दुर्भिक्षꣳ तत्तद्द्रव्ये व्यवस्थिते

brahmasthāne ca vinyasya sarvakāmārthadaṁ śubham | na bhayaṁ na ca durbhikṣaṁ tattaddravye vyavasthite

English translation

By offering these things in their appropriate places, all of one's desires will be fulfilled, the problem of economic development will be solved, fear will be vanquished, and famine will be avoided.

HBV 19.553

Source

श्रीहयशीर्षदेवेन रत्नान्यासादनन्तरम्— वृत्ते शान्त्यम्बुसेके तु प्रासादे विजयो मतः

śrīhayaśīrṣadevena ratnānyāsādanantaram— vṛtte śāntyambuseke tu prāsāde vijayo mataḥ

English translation

After the sdnti jala, or purified water, is sprinkled, the Deity should be brought inside the temple room.

HBV 19.554

Source

रत्नान्यासविधिꣳ कृत्वा प्रतिष्ठामारभेद्गुरुः

ratnānyāsavidhiṁ kṛtvā pratiṣṭhāmārabhedguruḥ

English translation

After the completion of the ratna nyasa ceremony, the spiritual master should begin the formal pratistha, or installation ceremony.

HBV 19.555

Source

सशलाकैर्दर्भपिञ्जैः सहदेवीसमन्वितैः । महाक्षतैस्तु सत्कृत्य पञ्चगव्येन शोधयेत् । प्रोक्षयेद्गन्धतोयेन नदीतीर्थोदकेन च

saśalākairdarbhapiñjaiḥ sahadevīsamanvitaiḥ | mahākṣataistu satkṛtya pañcagavyena śodhayet | prokṣayedgandhatoyena nadītīrthodakena ca

English translation

Salaka, kusa grass, sahadevl, and rice paddy should first be employed to purify the altar. Next, the altar should be purified by the five products of the cow. Thereafter, Ganges water mixed with sandalwood paste should be sprinkled on the altar.

HBV 19.556

Source

होमार्थे स्थण्डिलꣳ कुर्यात् सिकताभिः समन्ततः । सार्द्धꣳ हस्तप्रमाणन्तु चतुरस्रꣳ सुशोभनम्

homārthe sthaṇḍilaṁ kuryāt sikatābhiḥ samantataḥ | sārddhaṁ hastapramāṇantu caturasraṁ suśobhanam

English translation

To perform a fire sacrifice, a square arena should be prepared using clay and sand, after carefully measuring the area.

350 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.557

Source

अष्टदिक्षु यथान्यायꣳ कलसानपि पूजयेत् । मन्त्रेणाष्टाक्षरेणैव पूजादिक्रमयोगतः

aṣṭadikṣu yathānyāyaṁ kalasānapi pūjayet | mantreṇāṣṭākṣareṇaiva pūjādikramayogataḥ

English translation

Eight pitchers filled with water should be installed and worshiped in the eight directions. According to the procedure for worship, the eight- syllable mantra should be chanted.

HBV 19.558–559

Source

आनीय सꣳस्कृतꣳ वह्निꣳ त्वमग्ने प्रयतेत्युचा । पलाशसमिधानाꣳ तु घृताक्तानाꣳ सुरेश्वर शतꣳ वाथ सहस्राꣳ वा गायत्र्या विष्णुसꣳज्ञया । जुहुयाच्च शतꣳ दद्यादाज्यमष्टाक्षरेण तु

ānīya saṁskṛtaṁ vahniṁ tvamagne prayatetyucā | palāśasamidhānāṁ tu ghṛtāktānāṁ sureśvara śataṁ vātha sahasrāṁ vā gāyatryā viṣṇusaṁjñayā | juhuyācca śataṁ dadyādājyamaṣṭākṣareṇa tu

English translation

O master of the demigods, after igniting the sacrificial fire and purifying it by the mantra from the Rg Veda beginning with tvamagne prayate, the acarya should perform a fire sacrifice while placing wood from the paldsa tree dipped in ghee upon the fire while chanting the Visnu Gayatri mantra one hundred thousand times. He should offer one hundred oblations of ghee into the sacrificial fire while chanting the eight-syllable mantra.

HBV 19.560

Source

पूर्णाहुतिꣳ शान्तितोयꣳ कुर्यात्तत्र विचक्षणः । कलसेषूदकꣳ गृह्य ताम्रपात्रे निवेशयेत्

pūrṇāhutiṁ śāntitoyaṁ kuryāttatra vicakṣaṇaḥ | kalaseṣūdakaṁ gṛhya tāmrapātre niveśayet

English translation

One who is wise should offer the final oblation at the end of the sacrifice and then sprinkle purified water for auspiciousness. At this time, the acarya should take some water from the pitchers and keep it in a copper vessel.

HBV 19.561

Source

मन्त्रयेच्छतवाराꣳस्तु मूलमन्त्रेण देशिकः । सेचयेद्देचतामूर्ध्नि श्रीश्च तेत्यनयाऽनघ

mantrayecchatavārāṁstu mūlamantreṇa deśikaḥ | secayeddecatāmūrdhni śrīśca tetyanayā'nagha

English translation

O sinless one, the dcdrya should purify that water by chanting the mula mantra one hundred times. It should then be poured over the Deity's head while chanting the mantra beginning with srlscate.

HBV 19.562

Source

ब्रह्मयानेन चोद्धृत्य उत्तिष्ठ ब्रह्मणस्पते । त्वꣳ विष्णोरितिमन्त्रेण प्रासादाभिमुखꣳ नयेत्

brahmayānena coddhṛtya uttiṣṭha brahmaṇaspate | tvaṁ viṣṇoritimantreṇa prāsādābhimukhaṁ nayet

English translation

The Deity should be taken in a vehicle drawn by brdhmanas and brought to the main altar while chanting mantras, such as those beginning with uttistha brahmanaspate and tvam visno.

HBV 19.563

Source

शिविकायाꣳ हरिꣳ स्थाप्य रथे वाथ सुयन्त्रितम् । भ्रामयीत पुरꣳ सर्वमथवायतनꣳ स्वकम्

śivikāyāṁ hariṁ sthāpya rathe vātha suyantritam | bhrāmayīta puraṁ sarvamathavāyatanaṁ svakam

English translation

After placing Lord Hari on a palanquin, or nicely decorated chariot, one should take Him in procession around the city or village, or at least within one's compound.

HBV 19.564–565

Source

प्रदक्षिशेन देवेशꣳ सर्वशोभासमन्वितम् । ततो मङ्गलघोषैश्च गीतैर्मधुरनिस्वनैः स्तुवद्भिर्मागधैः सूतैर्वाद्यैर्नानाविधैः शुभैः । गायद्भ्र्ब्राह्मणैः साम शङ्खाकारेण सर्वशः

pradakṣiśena deveśaṁ sarvaśobhāsamanvitam | tato maṅgalaghoṣaiśca gītairmadhuranisvanaiḥ stuvadbhirmāgadhaiḥ sūtairvādyairnānāvidhaiḥ śubhaiḥ | gāyadbhrbrāhmaṇaiḥ sāma śaṅkhākāreṇa sarvaśaḥ

English translation

352 SRI H A R I - B H A K T I - V1LASA gdyadbhir brdhmanaih sdma sankhdkdrena sarvvasah The assembled devotees should circumambulate the Deity of Lord Hari, who should be decorated very nicely. The devotees should recite auspicious mantras and sing the glories of the Lord in melodious voices. Prayers should be recited by those who are qualified. The Deity's procession should be accompanied by the playing of musical instruments, chanting of hymns from the Sdma Veda, and blowing of conch shells by the brdhmanas.

HBV 19.566–568

Source

पताकाभिर्विचित्राभिर्ध्वजैर्नानाविधैः शुभैः । देवदेवꣳ महादेवꣳ हरिꣳ सर्वजगद्गुरुम् सꣳसारार्णवसन्तारपोतभूतꣳ सुरेश्वरम् । कर्तृणाꣳ स्थपतीनाञ्च शिल्पिनाꣳ पुरवासिनाम् स्थापकानाञ्च भृत्यानाꣳ पावकꣳ पुण्यवर्द्धकम् । भ्राम्य प्रासादाभिमुखꣳ कृत्वा देवꣳ निवेशयेत्

patākābhirvicitrābhirdhvajairnānāvidhaiḥ śubhaiḥ | devadevaṁ mahādevaṁ hariṁ sarvajagadgurum saṁsārārṇavasantārapotabhūtaṁ sureśvaram | kartṛṇāṁ sthapatīnāñca śilpināṁ puravāsinām sthāpakānāñca bhṛtyānāṁ pāvakaṁ puṇyavarddhakam | bhrāmya prāsādābhimukhaṁ kṛtvā devaṁ niveśayet

English translation

After taking out in procession on a chariot decorated with colorful flags Sri Hari, who is the Lord of the demigods, the almighty controller, the spiritual master of the entire world, the only means of deliverance from material existence, the worshipable master of godly people, the original creator, the original seed of all existence, and the benefactor and purifier of the sculptors, citizens, assistants, priests, and the person on whose behalf the Deity is being installed, He should be brought into the main temple.

HBV 19.569

Source

एरकायाꣳ तु सꣳस्थाप्य स्नपयेन्मङ्गलान्वितम्

erakāyāṁ tu saṁsthāpya snapayenmaṅgalānvitam

English translation

After taking the Deity from the chariot and placing Him on an altar covered with reeds, He should be bathed while chanting auspicious mantras.

HBV 19.570–571

Source

चतस्रोऽविधवास्तत्र दिव्यमन्त्राभिमन्त्रिताः । सव्यापसव्यसूत्रेण वेष्ट्य स्पृश्य कुशेन तु आचार्येणाभ्यनुज्ञाता घटैर्मलयभूषितः । स्नपयन्ति हरिꣳ भक्त्या अष्टमङ्गलसꣳयुतम्

catasro'vidhavāstatra divyamantrābhimantritāḥ | savyāpasavyasūtreṇa veṣṭya spṛśya kuśena tu ācāryeṇābhyanujñātā ghaṭairmalayabhūṣitaḥ | snapayanti hariṁ bhaktyā aṣṭamaṅgalasaṁyutam

English translation

Four chaste married women who are initiated into the chanting of Visnu mantras should stand to the right and left of the Deity while covering Him with threads. They should touch the Deity with kusa grass and then, under the guidance of the acarya, they should bathe Lord Hari with devotion by pouring over His body fresh water mixed with sandalwood paste and eight other auspicious substances.

HBV 19.572

Source

ततो गन्धादिनाभ्यर्च्य मूलमन्त्रेण देशिकः । शुक्लवस्त्रेण सꣳछाद्य अष्टाङ्गार्घ्याꣳ निवेदयेत्

tato gandhādinābhyarcya mūlamantreṇa deśikaḥ | śuklavastreṇa saṁchādya aṣṭāṅgārghyāṁ nivedayet

English translation

Thereafter, the acarya should worship the Deity by offering Him sandalwood paste while chanting the mula mantra. The Deity should then be dressed in white garments and offered the eight types of arghya.

HBV 19.573

Source

एवꣳ क्रमो बहुविधः कृत्यञ्च विविधꣳ भवेत् । प्रतिमायाꣳ बुधैश्चात्र कार्यꣳ स्वगुरुसम्मतम्

evaṁ kramo bahuvidhaḥ kṛtyañca vividhaṁ bhavet | pratimāyāṁ budhaiścātra kāryaṁ svagurusammatam

English translation

In this way, various procedures and customs are found in connection with the installation of the Deity. In this regard, one should perform whatever is approved by his spiritual master.

354 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.574

Source

पायसेनोपलिप्यादौ गर्तमाच्छाद्य वाससा । अग्न्यादिभ्यस्तु जुहुयात् सिद्ध्यर्थꣳ तस्य दक्षिणे

pāyasenopalipyādau gartamācchādya vāsasā | agnyādibhyastu juhuyāt siddhyarthaṁ tasya dakṣiṇe

English translation

In the beginning, the pit should be smeared with sweet rice and covered with clean cloth. Then, to achieve the perfection of this endeavor, one should perform a fire sacrifice for the pleasure of the predominating deities of the directions.

HBV 19.575

Source

न्यासꣳ कृत्वा तु रत्नानाꣳ पायसेनानुलेपितम् । पटेनाच्छादयेच्छ्वभ्राꣳ शुबलेनोपरि धारयन्

nyāsaṁ kṛtvā tu ratnānāṁ pāyasenānulepitam | paṭenācchādayecchvabhrāṁ śubalenopari dhārayan

English translation

After completing the ritual of ratnd-nydsa, the pit should be smeared with sweet rice and covered with a white cloth. A white canopy should be hung overhead.

HBV 19.576

Source

रत्नन्यासे कृते पश्चात् पायसेनोपलेपयेत् । पटेन महता पश्चाच्छ्क्लेनोपरि छादयेत्

ratnanyāse kṛte paścāt pāyasenopalepayet | paṭena mahatā paścācchklenopari chādayet

English translation

After completing the ritual, ratnd-nydsa, the pit should be smeared with sweet rice and covered with a white cloth. A white canopy should be hung overhead.

HBV 19.577

Source

श्वभ्रस्य दक्षिणे पार्श्वे सर्षपान् जुहुयाद्बुधः । अग्नये ब्रह्मणे चैव रुद्राय चैव विष्णवे । स्कन्दाय गणराजाय गणमातृभ्य एव च

śvabhrasya dakṣiṇe pārśve sarṣapān juhuyādbudhaḥ | agnaye brahmaṇe caiva rudrāya caiva viṣṇave | skandāya gaṇarājāya gaṇamātṛbhya eva ca

English translation

O n e who is learned should perform a fire sacrifice by offering mustard seeds as oblations into the right side of the pit for the satisfaction of Agni, Brahma, Rudra, Lord Visnu, Karttikeya, GanapatI, and the mothers.

HBV 19.578

Source

दद्यात् श्रीमूर्तिमुत्थाप्य शक्रादिभ्यो बलिꣳ बुधः । तत्तन्नाम्ना चतुर्थ्यन्तनमोऽन्तप्रणवादिना

dadyāt śrīmūrtimutthāpya śakrādibhyo baliṁ budhaḥ | tattannāmnā caturthyantanamo'ntapraṇavādinā

English translation

After formally installing the Deity, one who is intelligent should offer gifts to the demigods, headed by Indra. While doing this, one should utter the sacred syllable orh, and then the name of the demigod in the fourth dative case, and end the mantra with namah.

HBV 19.579

Source

इन्द्रादीन् लोकपालाꣳश्च आदित्याꣳश्च वसुꣳस्तथा । विश्वेदेवाꣳस्तथा सर्वान् स्वनाम्ना चोपलक्षितान् । ओꣳकाराद्यान्नमोऽन्ताꣳश्च कृत्वोत्थाप्य बलिꣳ हरेत्

indrādīn lokapālāṁśca ādityāṁśca vasuṁstathā | viśvedevāṁstathā sarvān svanāmnā copalakṣitān | oṁkārādyānnamo'ntāṁśca kṛtvotthāpya baliṁ haret

English translation

Fresh sweet rice should be offered to the ten dikpalas, headed by Indra, to the twelve Adityas, to the eight Vasus, and to the eleven Visvadevas while chanting mantras beginning with orh, followed by the name of the demigod in the fourth dative case, and ending with namah.

HBV 19.580

Source

देवꣳ गोबालरज्वाऽभिवेष्ट्य स्वस्त्यभिवाचयेत् । आचार्यो विधिवत्तञ्च प्रासादान्तः प्रवेशयेत्

devaṁ gobālarajvā'bhiveṣṭya svastyabhivācayet | ācāryo vidhivattañca prāsādāntaḥ praveśayet

English translation

356 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA devarh gobala rajjabhi vestya svastya bhivdcaayet dcdryyo vidhivattanca prdsdddntah pravesayet The dcdrya should encircle the Deity with thread made from a cow's tail and carefully lead Him to the main altar while chanting auspicious Vedic mantras and following the prescribed rules and regulations.

HBV 19.581

Source

उत्थितꣳ तत्र देवेशꣳ बालरज्वा हि दण्डवत् । ततः सुयन्त्रितꣳ कृत्वा ब्राह्मणान् स्वस्ति वाच्य च । जीवदानꣳ ततः कृत्वा देवदेवꣳ समुत्क्षिपेत्

utthitaṁ tatra deveśaṁ bālarajvā hi daṇḍavat | tataḥ suyantritaṁ kṛtvā brāhmaṇān svasti vācya ca | jīvadānaṁ tataḥ kṛtvā devadevaṁ samutkṣipet

English translation

tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) utthitarh tatra devesarh bdlarajvd hi dandavat tatah suyantritarh krtvd brdhmandn svasti vdcya ca jlvaddnarh tatah krtvd devadevarh samutksipet After wrapping the Deity like a coil with soft thread made from a cow's tail, the one on whose behalf the Deity is being installed should have the brdhmanas chant auspicious Vedic hymns. The Deity should be moved after completing the prdna pratistha ceremony.

HBV 19.582–583

Source

स्थापकः स्थापयेद्देवꣳ मूर्तिपैर्बलवत्तरैः । पुण्याह-जयशब्दैश्च ब्रह्मघोषैश्च पुष्कलैः आचार्यस्त्वग्रतो गच्छेदर्घ्यहस्तः समाहितः । पृष्ठतो यजमानस्तु भक्त्या देवन्तु सꣳस्पृशन् । पुत्रभ्रातृकलत्रैश्च बन्धुभिः परिवेष्टितः

sthāpakaḥ sthāpayeddevaṁ mūrtipairbalavattaraiḥ | puṇyāha-jayaśabdaiśca brahmaghoṣaiśca puṣkalaiḥ ācāryastvagrato gacchedarghyahastaḥ samāhitaḥ | pṛṣṭhato yajamānastu bhaktyā devantu saṁspṛśan | putrabhrātṛkalatraiśca bandhubhiḥ pariveṣṭitaḥ

English translation

The dcdrya should lift the Deity with the help of the strongly-built guards. With arghya in his hand, he should lead the Deity's procession with a controlled mind, accompanied by the chanting of auspicious mantras and exultations of Jaya! Jayal The person on whose behalf the Deity is being installed, along with his children, brothers, wife, and friends should follow the Deity while touching Him with great devotion.

HBV 19.584

Source

सर्वेऽन्योऽन्यमसꣳलग्ना ध्यायमाना जनार्दनम् । द्वारदेशे समानीय अर्घ्यꣳ तस्मै निवेदयेत्

sarve'nyo'nyamasaṁlagnā dhyāyamānā janārdanam | dvāradeśe samānīya arghyaṁ tasmai nivedayet

English translation

Others should follow the Deity of Lord Janardana without touching Him. When the Deity arrives at the temple gate, He should be offered arghya.

HBV 19.585

Source

ततः प्रवेशयेद्देवꣳ न द्रुतꣳ न विलम्बितम् । तिर्यगूर्द्ध्वमधश्चैवमस्पृशन्तꣳ प्रवेशयेत्

tataḥ praveśayeddevaṁ na drutaṁ na vilambitam | tiryagūrddhvamadhaścaivamaspṛśantaṁ praveśayet

English translation

The Deity should be brought into the temple room, neither very swiftly nor very slowly. He should be carried through the gateway tilted in such a way that He will not touch the sides or top of the gate.

HBV 19.586

Source

पाशेन यन्त्रितꣳ कृत्वा ततो देवेति चालयेत् । अद्वारबन्धे प्रासादे द्वारेणैव प्रवेशयेत्

pāśena yantritaṁ kṛtvā tato deveti cālayet | advārabandhe prāsāde dvāreṇaiva praveśayet

English translation

After encircling the Deity with soft thread, He should be brought to the main altar while chanting the mantra beginning with deva. The Deity should enter from the main gate and not through any other entrance.

358 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.587

Source

द्वारबन्धे कृते देवमाकाशेन प्रवेशयेत् । द्वारबन्धे कृते चापि अस्पृशन्तꣳ प्रवेशयेत् । देवस्य त्वेति मन्त्रेण तिर्यगूर्द्ध्वमधस्तथा

dvārabandhe kṛte devamākāśena praveśayet | dvārabandhe kṛte cāpi aspṛśantaṁ praveśayet | devasya tveti mantreṇa tiryagūrddhvamadhastathā

English translation

While bringing the Deity to the main altar, one should be very careful to insure that He does not touch the sides or top of the gate, or any other obstruction. While carrying the Deity to the altar, one should chant the mantra beginning with devasya tvd.

HBV 19.588

Source

पाद्यꣳ दत्त्वा पिण्डिकाञ्च विन्यस्य विधिना च ताम् । प्रक्षाल्याभ्यर्च्य तद्गर्तꣳ पायसेनोपलेपयेत्

pādyaṁ dattvā piṇḍikāñca vinyasya vidhinā ca tām | prakṣālyābhyarcya tadgartaṁ pāyasenopalepayet

English translation

Thereafter, one should offer pddya to the pindikd, or Deity's stand, and carefully install it within the pit. Before doing this, one should cleanse it and worship it. The pit should be smeared with sweet rice.

HBV 19.589

Source

विष्णुपीठꣳ न्यसेत् पश्चादर्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा समाहितः । कपिलाक्षीरसꣳस्निग्धꣳ परमान्नꣳ तु सꣳस्कृतम् । कपिलाज्येन सꣳमिश्रꣳ तैः श्वभ्रमुपलेपयेत्

viṣṇupīṭhaṁ nyaset paścādarghyaṁ dattvā samāhitaḥ | kapilākṣīrasaṁsnigdhaṁ paramānnaṁ tu saṁskṛtam | kapilājyena saṁmiśraṁ taiḥ śvabhramupalepayet

English translation

After offering arghya, one should install the stand of Lord Visnu with a controlled mind. One should prepare sweet rice with the milk of a brown cow, mix it with cow's ghee, and smear it over the sides and bottom of the pit.

HBV 19.590

Source

रत्नन्यासमिमꣳ कृत्वा नपुꣳसकशिलातले । न्यसेत् पादशिलाꣳ तत्र स्त्रीलिङ्गैरुपलक्षिताम्

ratnanyāsamimaṁ kṛtvā napuṁsakaśilātale | nyaset pādaśilāṁ tatra strīliṅgairupalakṣitām

English translation

After placing various jewels, and other articles, underneath the sacred Brahma-slld, one should install the Deity's stand, or pindika, which represents the Lord's energy, on the top of it.

HBV 19.591

Source

तत्र सम्पूजयेद्विद्वान् पिण्डिकाꣳ शक्तिरूपिणीम् । सह रङ्गेण वस्त्रेणाच्छाद्य गन्धादिनार्चयेत्

tatra sampūjayedvidvān piṇḍikāṁ śaktirūpiṇīm | saha raṅgeṇa vastreṇācchādya gandhādinārcayet

English translation

One who is learned should first worship the pindika, which is a form of the Lord's energy, and then make offerings of sandalwood paste and other items after covering it with colorful cloth.

HBV 19.592

Source

पुष्पैर्मूलैः फलैर्हृद्यैः सितया चार्द्रकेण च । अभ्यर्च्य विन्यसेद्विद्वान् लक्ष्मीबीजꣳ समाहितः

puṣpairmūlaiḥ phalairhṛdyaiḥ sitayā cārdrakeṇa ca | abhyarcya vinyasedvidvān lakṣmībījaṁ samāhitaḥ

English translation

After worshiping the Deity's stand with flowers, fruit, roots, sugar candy, and ginger, one who is experienced should perform the nyasa on the stand while chanting the mantra beginning with srlrh.

HBV 19.593

Source

कृत्वैव पिण्डिकाकर्म तदुर्द्ध्वꣳ प्रतिमाꣳ न्यसेत् । प्रासादानाꣳ तु सर्वेषाꣳ प्रतिमाबीज उच्यते

kṛtvaiva piṇḍikākarma tadurddhvaṁ pratimāṁ nyaset | prāsādānāṁ tu sarveṣāṁ pratimābīja ucyate

English translation

After performing the nyasa on the Deity's stand, the Deity should be installed on it. This function is known as pratimdbija.

360 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.594

Source

प्रतिमानाꣳ तु सर्वासाꣳ पादपीठः शिलामयः । तस्मात् सर्वप्रयत्नेन पीठोर्द्ध्वꣳ प्रतिमाꣳ न्यसेत्

pratimānāṁ tu sarvāsāṁ pādapīṭhaḥ śilāmayaḥ | tasmāt sarvaprayatnena pīṭhorddhvaṁ pratimāṁ nyaset

English translation

Normally the stand for all kinds of Deities is made of stone. O n e should take special care while placing the Deity on the top of the stand.

HBV 19.595

Source

गन्धपुष्पादिनाभ्यर्च्य विविधैर्मङ्गलस्वनैः । गीतादिभिश्च ताꣳ मूर्ति स्थापयेत् पिण्डिकोपरि

gandhapuṣpādinābhyarcya vividhairmaṅgalasvanaiḥ | gītādibhiśca tāṁ mūrti sthāpayet piṇḍikopari

English translation

After worshiping the Deity with offerings of flowers, sandalwood paste, and other ingredients, one should install Him on the pindika while chanting auspicious mantras and prayers.

HBV 19.596

Source

तत उत्थाप्य देवेशमिष्टाꣳशे तु शुभाजने । ध्रुवा द्यौरिति मन्त्रेण श्वभ्रोपरि निवेशयेत्

tata utthāpya deveśamiṣṭāṁśe tu śubhājane | dhruvā dyauriti mantreṇa śvabhropari niveśayet

English translation

After picking up the Deity of Lord Hari, one should carefully place Him atop the beautiful pindika, which should be situated in the brahmabhaga portion of the temple, while chanting the mantra beginning with dhruva dyau.

HBV 19.597

Source

स्थापयेत्तमसꣳलग्नमद्रुतञ्चाविलम्बितम् । पुण्याह-जयशब्दैश्च ब्रह्मघोषैश्च पुष्कलैः । शङ्खभेरीनिनादैश्च गीतवादित्रनिस्वनैः

sthāpayettamasaṁlagnamadrutañcāvilambitam | puṇyāha-jayaśabdaiśca brahmaghoṣaiśca puṣkalaiḥ | śaṅkhabherīninādaiśca gītavāditranisvanaiḥ

English translation

While formal Deity installation ceremony should not be performed too quickly or too slowly. While transporting the Deity, one must insure that He does not strike any obstacle. Throughout the installation ceremony, there should be the chanting of auspicious Vedic mantras, repeated shouts of ]aya! Jaya!, the blowing of conch shells, the playing of drums, singing, dancing, and the playing of other musical instruments.

HBV 19.598

Source

पिण्डिकोर्द्ध्वꣳ ततो देवꣳ यन्त्रितो धारयेत् क्षणम् । ततः शङ्खघटीतोयैर्देवज्ञान् लग्नमादिशेत्

piṇḍikorddhvaṁ tato devaṁ yantrito dhārayet kṣaṇam | tataḥ śaṅkhaghaṭītoyairdevajñān lagnamādiśet

English translation

Thereafter, the Deity should be encircled by soft threads and given a short rest. Meanwhile, astrologers and other learned people should ascertain the auspicious moment for the formal installation.

HBV 19.599

Source

ज्ञात्वा सम्यक्स्थिरꣳ लग्नमलग्नꣳ वा निवेशयेत् । पिण्डिकायाꣳ सुरश्रेष्ठ मन्त्रेणानेन देशिकः । ओꣳ त्रैलोक्यविक्रान्ताय त्रिविक्रमाय नमो नमः

jñātvā samyaksthiraṁ lagnamalagnaṁ vā niveśayet | piṇḍikāyāṁ suraśreṣṭha mantreṇānena deśikaḥ | oṁ trailokyavikrāntāya trivikramāya namo namaḥ

English translation

O foremost of demigods, after ascertaining the proper auspicious moment, the acarya should install the Deity on the pindika while chanting this mantra; om trailokya vikrdntdya trivikramdya namo namah.

HBV 19.600

Source

सꣳस्थाप्य पिण्डिकायान्तु स्थिरꣳ कुर्याद्विचक्षणः । ध्रुवा द्यौरिति मन्त्रेण विश्वतश्चक्षुरित्यपि

saṁsthāpya piṇḍikāyāntu sthiraṁ kuryādvicakṣaṇaḥ | dhruvā dyauriti mantreṇa viśvataścakṣurityapi

English translation

362 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA One who is experienced should chant the mantras beginning with dhruvd dyau and visvatas caksu while placing the Deity on the stand.

HBV 19.601

Source

ततः स्वार्णादिना देवꣳ सꣳस्थाप्यार्घ्यꣳ प्रदाय च । धूपादि दत्त्वावहितो महामन्त्रꣳ जपेद्गुरुः

tataḥ svārṇādinā devaṁ saṁsthāpyārghyaṁ pradāya ca | dhūpādi dattvāvahito mahāmantraṁ japedguruḥ

English translation

Thereafter, the Deity should be bathed with water kept in a golden pitcher and then offered arghya. This should be followed by offerings of other articles, such as incense. The spiritual master then should sit down and chant the mahd-mantra with full attention.

HBV 19.602

Source

स्थितमात्रꣳ सुवर्णेन स्नापयेदथ सर्पिषा । तस्यान्ते स्नापयेत्तेन सम्पाताहुतिवारिणा

sthitamātraṁ suvarṇena snāpayedatha sarpiṣā | tasyānte snāpayettena sampātāhutivāriṇā

English translation

Immediately after the installation ceremony, the Deity should be bathed with ghee and water containing gold. The Deity should also be bathed with the water known as sampdtdhuti.

HBV 19.603–604

Source

अर्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा नमस्कृत्य अर्चयित्वा यथाविधि । सकृतꣳ गुग्गुलꣳ दद्यान्निःशब्दꣳ कारयेत्ततः ऐशाने तु दिशाभागे स्थितस्तूष्णीꣳ सुसꣳयतः । उच्चारयेन्महामन्त्रꣳ द्वादशाक्षरमद्रुतम् । तेन वै जप्यमानेन विधेरच्छिद्रता भवेत्

arghyaṁ dattvā namaskṛtya arcayitvā yathāvidhi | sakṛtaṁ guggulaṁ dadyānniḥśabdaṁ kārayettataḥ aiśāne tu diśābhāge sthitastūṣṇīṁ susaṁyataḥ | uccārayenmahāmantraṁ dvādaśākṣaramadrutam | tena vai japyamānena vidheracchidratā bhavet

English translation

After offering arghya to the Deity, the dcdrya should offer his obeisances. He should then worship the Deity by offering incense made with guggula mixed with ghee. Thereafter, he should sit down with a controlled mind to the northeast of the Deity and slowly chant the twelve- syllable mahd-mantra. By chanting this mantra, all faults and offenses that were unintentionally committed during the installation ceremony will be forgiven.

HBV 19.605

Source

मन्त्रहीनो विधिर्यश्च अङ्गहीनश्च यो भवेत् । हीनो वै दक्षिणाभिश्च न प्रशस्तः कदाचन । एष गुह्यविधिः प्रोक्तः सꣳहितोक्तो मया तव

mantrahīno vidhiryaśca aṅgahīnaśca yo bhavet | hīno vai dakṣiṇābhiśca na praśastaḥ kadācana | eṣa guhyavidhiḥ proktaḥ saṁhitokto mayā tava

English translation

Any ritualistic ceremony wherein the proper mantras are not chanted, or the prescribed procedures are not followed, that is performed in a defective manner, or wherein daksina is not given to the priest, is never approved by learned authorities. I have thus described to you the confidential procedures that are prescribed in the samhitds.

HBV 19.606

Source

ओꣳ यज्जाग्रत इत्याद्यैर्मन्त्रैः षड्भिः क्रमात् स्पृशेत् । देवस्य दक्षिणꣳ पार्स्वꣳ वामꣳ पृष्ठꣳ शिरः पदौ

oṁ yajjāgrata ityādyairmantraiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ kramāt spṛśet | devasya dakṣiṇaṁ pārsvaṁ vāmaṁ pṛṣṭhaṁ śiraḥ padau

English translation

the various limbs of the Deity's body) om yajjdgrat ityddyair mantraih sadabhih kramdt sprset devasya daksinam pdrsvarh vdrnarh prstham sirah padau While chanting six mantras such as the one beginning with om yajjdgrata, one should touch six parts of the Deity's body—His right side, left side, back, head, and two lotus feet.

HBV 19.607

Source

अधुना वैदिकꣳ वक्ष्ये विधिꣳ सामान्ययोगतः । एताभिरृग्भिः षड्भिश्च विष्णुꣳ सर्वत्र सꣳस्पृशेत्

adhunā vaidikaṁ vakṣye vidhiṁ sāmānyayogataḥ | etābhirṛgbhiḥ ṣaḍbhiśca viṣṇuṁ sarvatra saṁspṛśet

English translation

364 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA etdbhir rgbhih sadbhisca visnum sarvvatra sarhsprset Now I will describe the Vedic process in this connection. While chanting these six mantras from the Rg Veda, one should touch the body of Lord Visnu.

HBV 19.608

Source

दक्षिणꣳ पश्चिमꣳ चैव उत्तरꣳ पूर्वमेव च । मूर्ध्नि मुले च यत्नेन सꣳस्पृशेत् प्रयतो बुधः

dakṣiṇaṁ paścimaṁ caiva uttaraṁ pūrvameva ca | mūrdhni mule ca yatnena saṁspṛśet prayato budhaḥ

English translation

With a purified heart, one who is intelligent should touch the Deity's southern, western, northern, and eastern sides, as well as His head and two lotus feet.

HBV 19.609–614

Source

ओꣳ यज्जाग्रतो दूरमुदैति दैवम् ओꣳ येन कर्मण्यपसो मनीषिणे यज्ञ ओꣳ यत् प्रज्ञानामृतचेतो धृतिश्च ओꣳ येनेदम्भूतꣳ भुवनꣳ भविष्यत् ओꣳ यस्मिन्नृचः सामयजुꣳषि यस्मिन् ओꣳ सुखारथिरश्चातिवयन्मनुष्यान्

oṁ yajjāgrato dūramudaiti daivam oṁ yena karmaṇyapaso manīṣiṇe yajña oṁ yat prajñānāmṛtaceto dhṛtiśca oṁ yenedambhūtaṁ bhuvanaṁ bhaviṣyat oṁ yasminnṛcaḥ sāmayajuṁṣi yasmin oṁ sukhārathiraścātivayanmanuṣyān

English translation

These six mantras should be chanted while touching various parts of the Deity's body.

HBV 19.615

Source

देवध्यानैकचेतास्तु मन्त्रानेतानुदीरयेत्

devadhyānaikacetāstu mantrānetānudīrayet

English translation

The acdrya should meditate on the Deity with undivided attention and recite the following mantras.

HBV 19.616

Source

ओꣳ यज्जाग्रतो दूरमुदैति इति ततो विराडजायत इति सहस्रशीर्षा पुरुष इति अभि त्वाशूर नो नुम इति । ओꣳ पुरुष एवेदꣳ सर्वमिति ओꣳ येनेदꣳ भूतꣳ भुवनमिति ओꣳ न त्वा वा अन्य इति

oṁ yajjāgrato dūramudaiti iti tato virāḍajāyata iti sahasraśīrṣā puruṣa iti abhi tvāśūra no numa iti | oṁ puruṣa evedaṁ sarvamiti oṁ yenedaṁ bhūtaṁ bhuvanamiti oṁ na tvā vā anya iti

English translation

These six mantras should be recited with rapt attention.

HBV 19.617

Source

सर्वस्वेनान् प्रतिष्ठासु जप्त्वा मन्त्रान् पुनः पुनः । चतुष्कृत्वः स्पृशेदद्भिर्मूले मध्ये शिरस्यपि

sarvasvenān pratiṣṭhāsu japtvā mantrān punaḥ punaḥ | catuṣkṛtvaḥ spṛśedadbhirmūle madhye śirasyapi

English translation

These mantras are to be chanted during the installation ceremony of all kinds of Deities. While chanting these mantras again and again, the acarya should sprinkle water four times on the Deity's lotus feet, abdomen, and head.

HBV 19.618

Source

देवमूर्ध्नि करꣳ न्यस्य देवꣳ ध्यायन् जपेद्गुरुः । सूक्तान्यथात्मतत्त्वञ्च भावयित्वा पठेन्मनून्

devamūrdhni karaṁ nyasya devaṁ dhyāyan japedguruḥ | sūktānyathātmatattvañca bhāvayitvā paṭhenmanūn

English translation

The spiritual master should recite selected Vedic prayers while keeping his hand on the Deity's head and meditating on his worshipable Lord. He should have realized the essence of self-realization by knowing himself to be an eternal servant of the Supreme Lord.

HBV 19.619–620

Source

ततः स्थिरीकृतस्यास्य हस्तꣳ दत्त्वा तु मस्तके । ध्यात्वा परमसद्भावꣳ देवदेवन्तु निष्कलम् देवव्रतꣳ तथा साम रुद्रसूक्तꣳ तथा पठेत् । आत्मानमीश्वरꣳ ध्यात्वा नानाभरणभूषितम् । यस्य देवस्य यद्रुपꣳ तद्ध्याने सꣳस्मरेत् सदा

tataḥ sthirīkṛtasyāsya hastaṁ dattvā tu mastake | dhyātvā paramasadbhāvaṁ devadevantu niṣkalam devavrataṁ tathā sāma rudrasūktaṁ tathā paṭhet | ātmānamīśvaraṁ dhyātvā nānābharaṇabhūṣitam | yasya devasya yadrupaṁ taddhyāne saṁsmaret sadā

English translation

After permanently installing the Deity, one should place his hand on the Deity's head and meditate on the Supreme Lord, whose form is completely spiritual, who is the master of the demigods, and who is the complete whole. He should recite the Devavrata prayers, prayers from the Sdma Veda, and the Rudra prayers. One should always meditate on his worshipable Lord, either in His form as the Supersoul or as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, decorated with beautiful ornaments.

HBV 19.621

Source

अतसीपुष्पसङ्काशꣳ शङ्खचक्रगदाधरꣳ । सꣳस्थापयामि देवेशꣳ देवो भूत्वा जनार्दनम्

atasīpuṣpasaṅkāśaṁ śaṅkhacakragadādharaṁ | saṁsthāpayāmi deveśaṁ devo bhūtvā janārdanam

English translation

tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) atasi puspa sankdsarh sankha cahra gadddharam samsthdpayami devesam devo bhutvd jandrddanam According to the prescribed rules and regulations, I am installing the Deity of Lord Janardhana, whose complexion is the color of an atasl flower, and who holds a conch shell, cakra, and club in His hands.

HBV 19.622–623

Source

वेदमन्त्राꣳस्तथा मन्त्रान् रुद्रस्य स्थापने जपेत् । विष्णोस्तु वैष्णवाꣳस्तद्वद्ब्राह्माꣳश्च ब्राह्मणो बुधः सौराः सूर्यस्य जप्तव्यास्तथान्येषु तदाश्रयाः । वेदमन्त्रप्रतिष्ठा तु यस्मादानन्ददायिनी

vedamantrāṁstathā mantrān rudrasya sthāpane japet | viṣṇostu vaiṣṇavāṁstadvadbrāhmāṁśca brāhmaṇo budhaḥ saurāḥ sūryasya japtavyāstathānyeṣu tadāśrayāḥ | vedamantrapratiṣṭhā tu yasmādānandadāyinī

English translation

To install the deity of Rudra, one should chant Vedic mantras prescribed in connection with Rudra. To install the Deity of Lord Visnu, one should chant Vedic mantras prescribed in connection with Lord Visnu. To install the deity of Brahma, one should chant the Vedic mantras prescribed in connection with Brahma. To install the deity of Surya, one should chant the Vedic mantras prescribed in connection with Surya. To install other deities, one should chant the Vedic mantras prescribed for them. This is the duty of one who is wise because the installation of a deity with the chanting of Vedic mantras awards great satisfaction.

HBV 19.624

Source

स्थापयेद्यस्तु देवेशꣳ प्रधानन्तꣳ प्रकल्पयेत् । तस्य पार्श्वे स्थितानन्यान् स्मरेत्तत्परिवारवत्

sthāpayedyastu deveśaṁ pradhānantaṁ prakalpayet | tasya pārśve sthitānanyān smarettatparivāravat

English translation

One who desires to install the Deity of Lord Hari should meditate on Him with full attention, and also meditate on His associates, who are subordinate to Him, and who surround Him.

HBV 19.625

Source

पञ्चगव्येन तꣳ स्नाप्य क्षाल्य गन्धोदकेन तु । पूजयेत् सकलीकृत्य साङ्गꣳ सावरणꣳ हरिम्

pañcagavyena taṁ snāpya kṣālya gandhodakena tu | pūjayet sakalīkṛtya sāṅgaṁ sāvaraṇaṁ harim

English translation

After bathing the Deity with the five kinds of products received from the cow, sprinkling over Him water mixed with fragrant sandalwood paste, and performing nydsa on His entire body, one should worship Lord Hari, along with His plenary portions and associates.

HBV 19.626

Source

ध्यायेत्त परमात्मानꣳ निष्कलꣳ निर्मलꣳ विभुम्

dhyāyetta paramātmānaṁ niṣkalaṁ nirmalaṁ vibhum

English translation

368 S R I H A R I - B H AKTI-VILAS A Thereafter, one should sit down and meditate on the supremely pure, all-pervading Supersoul.

HBV 19.627

Source

गगनꣳ तस्य मूर्तिस्तु पृथिवी तस्य पिण्डिका । कल्पयेद्विग्रहꣳ तस्य तैजसैः परमाणुभिः

gaganaṁ tasya mūrtistu pṛthivī tasya piṇḍikā | kalpayedvigrahaṁ tasya taijasaiḥ paramāṇubhiḥ

English translation

Movement is His form, the earth is His stand, and His entire body is constituted of powerful and effulgent atoms. In this way, one should meditate upon the Supersoul.

HBV 19.628

Source

तेजोमयꣳ ततो ध्यायेच्छङ्खचक्रगदाधरम् । मन्त्रमूर्तिꣳ ततः कुर्यान्मूलमन्त्रेण वै हरिम्

tejomayaṁ tato dhyāyecchaṅkhacakragadādharam | mantramūrtiṁ tataḥ kuryānmūlamantreṇa vai harim

English translation

One should also meditate on the Supreme Lord, who carries a conch shell, cakra, and club in His hands, and is greatly effulgent. While chanting the mula mantra, one should meditate on Lord Hari as the mantra personified.

HBV 19.629–631

Source

स्थिते सति स्थितिन्यासमासीने सृष्टिसꣳज्ञितम् । शयिते सꣳहृतिन्यासꣳ यानस्थे सर्वमेव च एवꣳ न्यासविधिꣳ कृत्वा ध्यायेद्विष्णुꣳ सुरेश्वरम् । हृत्तामरस-मध्यस्थꣳ सर्वकर्मैर्कसाक्षिणम् । क्षेत्रज्ञꣳ चित्स्वभावन्तमणीयाꣳसमणोरपि अदोषपरमर्ष्यादीन् प्रतिमायाꣳ निवेशयेत् । सजीवकरणꣳ कृत्वा प्रणवेन निरोधयेत्

sthite sati sthitinyāsamāsīne sṛṣṭisaṁjñitam | śayite saṁhṛtinyāsaṁ yānasthe sarvameva ca evaṁ nyāsavidhiṁ kṛtvā dhyāyedviṣṇuṁ sureśvaram | hṛttāmarasa-madhyasthaṁ sarvakarmairkasākṣiṇam | kṣetrajñaṁ citsvabhāvantamaṇīyāṁsamaṇorapi adoṣaparamarṣyādīn pratimāyāṁ niveśayet | sajīvakaraṇaṁ kṛtvā praṇavena nirodhayet

English translation

When the Lord is standing, it is considered that He is maintaining the universe. When the Lord is seated, it is considered that He is engaged in creation. When the Lord lies down, it is considered that He is engaged in annihilation, and when the Lord is moving, it is considered that He might be engaged in any kind of pastime. One should meditate on Lord Visnu, the master of the demigods, while performing nydsa. The worshipable Lord, who is situated in the lotus-like hearts of all living entities, who is the witness of everyone's activities, who is the knower of all living entities, whose form is fully spiritual, who is faultless, and who is smaller than the atom, should be invoked within the Deity. After performing the ritual of prana pratistha, one should consider that all of the great sages are situated within the body of the Deity. One should maintain the Deity's presence by chanting orh.

HBV 19.632

Source

सान्निध्यकरणार्थाय हृदयꣳ स्पृश्य देशिकः । पौरुषन्तु जपेत् सूक्तꣳ ध्यायेद्देवꣳ सुरेश्वरम्

sānnidhyakaraṇārthāya hṛdayaṁ spṛśya deśikaḥ | pauruṣantu japet sūktaṁ dhyāyeddevaṁ sureśvaram

English translation

In order to feel the presence of the Supreme Lord within the Deity, the dcdrya should touch His chest, recite the Purusa-sukta, and meditate on Lord Hari, the master of the demigods.

HBV 19.633

Source

जपेत्तथापरꣳ मन्त्रमिमꣳ गुह्यꣳ सनातनम्

japettathāparaṁ mantramimaṁ guhyaṁ sanātanam

English translation

The dcdrya should also chant this most confidential eternal mantra.

HBV 19.634

Source

ओꣳ नमस्तुभ्यꣳ सुरेशाय सन्तोषविभवात्मने । ज्ञानविज्ञानरूपाय ब्रह्मातेजोऽनुशालिने

oṁ namastubhyaṁ sureśāya santoṣavibhavātmane | jñānavijñānarūpāya brahmātejo'nuśāline

English translation

370 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA I offer my obeisances unto the Supreme Lord, who is the leader of the demigods, self-satisfied, the form of transcendental knowledge and its practical application, and whose form is full of effulgence.

HBV 19.635

Source

गुणानुक्रान्तवेशाय पुरुषाय महात्मने । अक्षयाय पुराणाय विष्णो सन्निहितो भव

guṇānukrāntaveśāya puruṣāya mahātmane | akṣayāya purāṇāya viṣṇo sannihito bhava

English translation

O Lord Visnu, my obeisances unto You. You are the supreme enjoyer, situated beyond the three modes of material nature, a great soul, inexhaustible, and the oldest of all. Please manifest within this Deity.

HBV 19.636

Source

यच्च ते परमꣳ तत्त्वꣳ यच्च ज्ञानमयꣳ वपुः । तत् सर्वमेकतो लीनमस्मिन् देहे विबुध्यताम्

yacca te paramaṁ tattvaṁ yacca jñānamayaṁ vapuḥ | tat sarvamekato līnamasmin dehe vibudhyatām

English translation

O n e should think how the Supreme Absolute Truth, the embodiment of transcendental knowledge, is present as the Deity.

HBV 19.637

Source

अनेन सन्निधोकृत्य देवꣳ देवारिसूदनम् । ब्रह्मादिपरिवाराꣳस्तु स्वनाम्ना स्थापयेत्ततः

anena sannidhokṛtya devaṁ devārisūdanam | brahmādiparivārāṁstu svanāmnā sthāpayettataḥ

English translation

After invoking the presence of the Supreme Lord, the slayer of the enemies of the demigods, as the Deity, one should separately install His associates, such as Brahma, while chanting their respective names.

HBV 19.638

Source

आयुधान्यस्य मन्त्रैस्तु नमोऽन्तैः स्थापयेद्बुधः । ततः सन्दर्शयेत् पश्चात् स्वकाꣳ मुद्राꣳ पृथक् पृथक् । सान्निध्यन्तु पृथक् कुर्यात् प्रणवेन प्लुतेन तु

āyudhānyasya mantraistu namo'ntaiḥ sthāpayedbudhaḥ | tataḥ sandarśayet paścāt svakāṁ mudrāṁ pṛthak pṛthak | sānnidhyantu pṛthak kuryāt praṇavena plutena tu

English translation

Lord Hari's weapons, such as the conch and the cakra, should be installed by a learned person while chanting the mantra that ends with namah after the name of the weapon is chanted in the fourth dative case. One should also display various mudras before the Lord, and to invoke the Lord's presence as the Deity, one should chant om loudly.

HBV 19.639

Source

कृष्णे न्यस्य गुरुश्चित्तꣳ मन्त्रैरावाहनादिकम् । कृत्वा तु स्नापयेद्गीतादिना पञ्चामृतादिभिः

kṛṣṇe nyasya guruścittaṁ mantrairāvāhanādikam | kṛtvā tu snāpayedgītādinā pañcāmṛtādibhiḥ

English translation

To begin the grand worship, the spiritual master should first fix his mind on Lord Krsna and invite Him by chanting the prescribed mantra. He should then bathe the Deity with milk, yogurt, ghee, honey, and sugar water, accompanied by singing and the playing of musical instruments.

HBV 19.640

Source

पश्चादावाहनꣳ कुर्याद्देवदेवस्ण शार्ङ्गिणः । ध्यात्वा परमसद्भावꣳ चतुर्बृहꣳ चतुर्भुजम्

paścādāvāhanaṁ kuryāddevadevasṇa śārṅgiṇaḥ | dhyātvā paramasadbhāvaṁ caturbṛhaṁ caturbhujam

English translation

One should first meditate on the four-armed form of the Supreme Lord, who manifests quadruple expansions, and then invite Lord Hari, who carried a bow in His hand, and who is the master of the demigods.

HBV 19.641

Source

तत्र सन्धाय चित्तꣳ तु निश्चलꣳ कुरुनन्दन । आवाहनꣳ ततः कुर्यान्मुनिभिर्मन्त्रसꣳयुतैः

tatra sandhāya cittaṁ tu niścalaṁ kurunandana | āvāhanaṁ tataḥ kuryānmunibhirmantrasaṁyutaiḥ

English translation

O scion of the Kuru dynasty, after concentrating one's mind on the Supreme Lord without deviation, one should invite Him to appear in the association of the great sages while chanting the appropriate mantras.

372 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.642

Source

ओꣳ आगच्छागच्छ भगवन्ननुग्राहय जनार्दन । शाश्वतः पुरुषः पूजाꣳ प्रतिगृह्णातु नमो नमः

oṁ āgacchāgaccha bhagavannanugrāhaya janārdana | śāśvataḥ puruṣaḥ pūjāṁ pratigṛhṇātu namo namaḥ

English translation

O Janardana! O Supreme Lord, kindly manifest as this Deity, just to display compassion upon us. O eternal Personality of godhead, kindly accept our worship. Our obeisances unto You!

HBV 19.643

Source

ओꣳ स्वागतꣳ भगवते सगणाय सपरिवाराय । प्रतिगृह्णातु भगवान् मन्त्रपूतमिदमर्घ्यꣳ पाद्यमाचमनीयꣳ चैतदासनꣳ ब्रह्मणा विहितꣳ स्वयम्

oṁ svāgataṁ bhagavate sagaṇāya saparivārāya | pratigṛhṇātu bhagavān mantrapūtamidamarghyaṁ pādyamācamanīyaṁ caitadāsanaṁ brahmaṇā vihitaṁ svayam

English translation

O Supreme Lord, we welcome You, along with Your associates and devotees. Please accept this arghya, padya, dcamaniya, and asana purified by mantras. This procedure has been established by Brahma himelf.

HBV 19.644

Source

ततः पुण्याहघोषेण ब्रह्मघोषैश्च पुष्कलैः । स्नापयीत ततो देवꣳ दधिक्षीरघृतेन च । मधुशर्करया तद्वत् पुण्यगन्धोदकेन तु

tataḥ puṇyāhaghoṣeṇa brahmaghoṣaiśca puṣkalaiḥ | snāpayīta tato devaṁ dadhikṣīraghṛtena ca | madhuśarkarayā tadvat puṇyagandhodakena tu

English translation

Thereafter, Lord Hari should be bathed with yogurt, milk, ghee, honey, and sugar water, along with water scented with pure sandalwood paste, accompanied by the chanting of auspicious hymns, Vedic mantras, singing, and the playing of musical instruments.

HBV 19.645

Source

कृत्वाथोद्वर्तनꣳ दत्त्वा वस्त्रादि विधिवद्बुधः । नत्वा प्रदक्षिणीकृत्य स्तुत्वा चाभ्यर्थयेत् प्रभुम्

kṛtvāthodvartanaṁ dattvā vastrādi vidhivadbudhaḥ | natvā pradakṣiṇīkṛtya stutvā cābhyarthayet prabhum

English translation

After massaging the body of the Deity with oil, one who is wise should offer Him cloth, and other articles. One should then offer his obeisances, circumambulate the Deity, and offer prayers before inviting Lord Hari.

HBV 19.646

Source

ततः पूजाꣳ प्रकुर्वीत सꣳहितोक्तान्तु मन्त्रवित् । चन्दनागुरुकर्पूरकुङ्कुमाद्यैश्च लेपयेद्

tataḥ pūjāṁ prakurvīta saṁhitoktāntu mantravit | candanāgurukarpūrakuṅkumādyaiśca lepayed

English translation

The Lord should be worshiped according to the rules and regulations prescribed by the sarhhita literature. O n e who is conversant with the chanting of mantras should then offer the Deity fragrant sandalwood paste mixed with aguru, camphor, kuhkuma, and so forth.

HBV 19.647

Source

नारायणेति मन्त्रेण वस्त्रैर्धूपैश्च योजयेत् । एवꣳ सुपूजितꣳ कृत्वा देवदेवꣳ जनार्दनम् । प्रणम्य दण्डवद्भूमौ शनैर्गच्छेत् प्रदक्षिणम्

nārāyaṇeti mantreṇa vastrairdhūpaiśca yojayet | evaṁ supūjitaṁ kṛtvā devadevaṁ janārdanam | praṇamya daṇḍavadbhūmau śanairgacchet pradakṣiṇam

English translation

While offer cloth, incense, and other articles to the Lord, one should chant the eight-syllable Narayana mantra. After offering a grand worship to Lord Janardana, the master of the demigods, one should offer Him obeisances by falling flat onto the ground, and then circumambulate Him.

HBV 19.648

Source

पुनरागत्य पुरतो विज्ञप्तव्यो जनार्दनः । सुकृतꣳ दुष्कृतꣳ वापि ज्ञानतोऽज्ञानतोऽपि वा । तत् सर्वमात्मना सार्द्धꣳ मया तुभ्यꣳ निवेदितम्

punarāgatya purato vijñaptavyo janārdanaḥ | sukṛtaṁ duṣkṛtaṁ vāpi jñānato'jñānato'pi vā | tat sarvamātmanā sārddhaṁ mayā tubhyaṁ niveditam

English translation

Thereafter, the dcdrya should stand in front of the Deity and appeal to Him with folded hands: O Lord Janardana, whatever pious and impious activities I have performed, knowingly and unknowingly, I simply surrender unto You, and even my own self.

HBV 19.649

Source

शान्तिꣳ भवन् कुर्वथ लोकनाथो राज्ञश्च राष्ट्रस्य च ब्राह्मणानाम् । सबालवृद्धस्य गवाञ्च शान्तिꣳ कन्यासु सर्वासु पतिव्रतासु

śāntiṁ bhavan kurvatha lokanātho rājñaśca rāṣṭrasya ca brāhmaṇānām | sabālavṛddhasya gavāñca śāntiṁ kanyāsu sarvāsu pativratāsu

English translation

You are the Lord of all living entities. Please bless us so that the king, brdhmanas, children, elderly people, cows, unmarried girls, and chaste ladies will have a peaceful life.

HBV 19.650

Source

नश्यन्तु रोगा अथ ईतयश्च भवन्तु सर्वे सुखिताश्च भूताः । शाकेषु ब्रीहिष्वथ कर्षकाणाꣳ सुभिक्षकालꣳ कुरु पद्मनाभ

naśyantu rogā atha ītayaśca bhavantu sarve sukhitāśca bhūtāḥ | śākeṣu brīhiṣvatha karṣakāṇāṁ subhikṣakālaṁ kuru padmanābha

English translation

O Lord Padmanabha, by Your mercy, may all diseases be cured, may all natural calamities stay far away, may all living entities become happy, and may farmers become prosperous with abundant grain and vegetables. Let there be peace and harmony everywhere.

HBV 19.651–652

Source

कृत्वाष्टाङ्ग-नमस्कारꣳ प्रणम्याञ्जलिमुद्रया । सान्निध्यकरणाच्चाथ ऋत्विग्भिः सहितो गुरुः स्तूयादुपनिषन्मन्त्रैरृग्यजुःसामसम्भवैः । आवश्यकꣳ पठेत् सर्वꣳ पञ्चोपनिषदस्तथा । स्तुत्वा स्तोत्रैश्च पौराणैर्जपेदष्टाक्षरꣳ ततः

kṛtvāṣṭāṅga-namaskāraṁ praṇamyāñjalimudrayā | sānnidhyakaraṇāccātha ṛtvigbhiḥ sahito guruḥ stūyādupaniṣanmantrairṛgyajuḥsāmasambhavaiḥ | āvaśyakaṁ paṭhet sarvaṁ pañcopaniṣadastathā | stutvā stotraiśca paurāṇairjapedaṣṭākṣaraṁ tataḥ

English translation

After offering obeisances to the Lord by falling flat onto the ground like a stick, the spiritual master, along with the appointed priests, should fold their hands and offer prayers to the Lord by chanting mantras from the Vpanisads, as well as from the Rg, Yajur, and Sama Vedas, to invoke the Lord's presence as the Deity.

HBV 19.653

Source

जप्त्वाष्टाक्षरमन्त्रꣳ तु निर्गत्य द्वारसस्थितौ । चण्डप्रचण्डौ द्वारस्थौ निर्गत्याभ्यर्चयेद्गुरुः

japtvāṣṭākṣaramantraṁ tu nirgatya dvārasasthitau | caṇḍapracaṇḍau dvārasthau nirgatyābhyarcayedguruḥ

English translation

After chanting the eight-syllable mantra before the Deity of the Supreme Lord, one should come outside the temple room and worship the two gatekeepers, Canda and Pracanda.

HBV 19.654–655

Source

अग्रमण्डपमासाद्य गरुड स्थाप्य पूजयेत् । दिगीशानथ दिग्देवान् स्थाप्य सम्पूज्य देशिकः विष्वक्सेनन्तु सꣳस्थाप्य मूलमन्त्रेण पूजयेत । तथा शङ्खञ्च चक्रञ्च पूजयेन्मन्त्रवित्तमः । विष्णुपार्षददेवाꣳश्च सर्वेभ्यो बलि हिरेत्

agramaṇḍapamāsādya garuḍa sthāpya pūjayet | digīśānatha digdevān sthāpya sampūjya deśikaḥ viṣvaksenantu saṁsthāpya mūlamantreṇa pūjayeta | tathā śaṅkhañca cakrañca pūjayenmantravittamaḥ | viṣṇupārṣadadevāṁśca sarvebhyo bali hiret

English translation

The acdrya should install a Deity of Garuda in front of the temple and worship him. He should also install the predominating deities of the

376 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA directions and worship them by chanting the mula mantra. Similarly, one who is conversant with the chanting of mantras should worship the Lord's conch shell and cakra. He should also offer many gifts to the Lord's associates, such as the demigods.

HBV 19.656

Source

एवꣳ कृत्वा गुरुः सम्यक् शुक्लाम्बरधरः शुचिः । शतमष्टोत्तरꣳ जप्त्वा देवꣳ तमभिवादयेत्

evaṁ kṛtvā guruḥ samyak śuklāmbaradharaḥ śuciḥ | śatamaṣṭottaraṁ japtvā devaṁ tamabhivādayet

English translation

After worshiping the Lord in this way, the spiritual master should dress in white cloth and greet Lord Hari by chanting his worshipable mantra one hundred and eight times in a purified state of mind.

HBV 19.657

Source

प्रणाममुद्रया पश्चादष्टाङ्गꣳ प्रणिपत्य च । नृत्यꣳ गीतञ्च वाद्यञ्च नाट्यञ्चापि प्रकारयेत्

praṇāmamudrayā paścādaṣṭāṅgaṁ praṇipatya ca | nṛtyaṁ gītañca vādyañca nāṭyañcāpi prakārayet

English translation

This should be followed by offering obeisances by falling flat onto the ground like a stick, displaying various mudrds, singing, dancing, performing dramas, and playing musical instruments.

HBV 19.658

Source

इति । यद्वा स्थापनतः पश्चाद्वर्णादिस्नपन प्रभोः । ध्यानꣳ जपाङ्गालभनꣳ पूजाथावरणार्चनम्

iti | yadvā sthāpanataḥ paścādvarṇādisnapana prabhoḥ | dhyānaṁ japāṅgālabhanaṁ pūjāthāvaraṇārcanam

English translation

After the installation of the Deity of Lord Hari, one should meditate upon Him, chant his worshipable mantras, touch the Deity's limbs, worship Him, and worship His associates.

HBV 19.659

Source

यद्वाऽङ्गालभनात् पश्चात् सकलीकरणादिकम् । कुर्याच्छीहयशीर्षोक्तꣳ परिवारार्चनꣳ ततः

yadvā'ṅgālabhanāt paścāt sakalīkaraṇādikam | kuryācchīhayaśīrṣoktaṁ parivārārcanaṁ tataḥ

English translation

After touching each and every limb of the Deity while chanting the appropriate mantras, one should worship the Lord's associates according to the rules and regulations prescribed in the Hayaslrsa-pancardtra.

HBV 19.660–665

Source

तस्मिन्नेव मुहूर्ते तु हर्षो वाभयमेव च । चक्षुर्भ्रमो विभ्रमो वा त्रासो वा जायते यदि व्यामोहः परमोहो वा स्तनितꣳ परमꣳ तथा । अश्रतानाꣳ श्रुतिर्वा स्याद्गात्राणाꣳ वाथ वेपथुः वैराग्यꣳ नेत्रयोर्वा स्याद्दर्पः कन्दर्प एव वा । परमो विस्मयो वाथ दिव्यो वा श्रूयते ध्वनिः दिव्यवादित्रघोषो वा गन्धर्वनगरस्य वा । दर्शनꣳ जायते काले तस्मिन् सुरगणार्चिते नरा नायर्योऽथ दृश्यन्ते गायन्त्योऽप्यथ हर्षिताः । नन्दितूर्यरवो वापि श्रूयते छन्दसाꣳ ध्वनिः दिव्यगन्धा रसा वापि एकस्यापि भवन्ति हि । लिङ्गैरेतैर्विजानीयात्तत्र सन्निहितꣳ हरिम्

tasminneva muhūrte tu harṣo vābhayameva ca | cakṣurbhramo vibhramo vā trāso vā jāyate yadi vyāmohaḥ paramoho vā stanitaṁ paramaṁ tathā | aśratānāṁ śrutirvā syādgātrāṇāṁ vātha vepathuḥ vairāgyaṁ netrayorvā syāddarpaḥ kandarpa eva vā | paramo vismayo vātha divyo vā śrūyate dhvaniḥ divyavāditraghoṣo vā gandharvanagarasya vā | darśanaṁ jāyate kāle tasmin suragaṇārcite narā nāyaryo'tha dṛśyante gāyantyo'pyatha harṣitāḥ | nanditūryaravo vāpi śrūyate chandasāṁ dhvaniḥ divyagandhā rasā vāpi ekasyāpi bhavanti hi | liṅgairetairvijānīyāttatra sannihitaṁ harim

English translation

that the Lord has appeared as the Deity) hayaslrse (In the Hayasirsa-parlcardtra it is stated) tasminneva muhurtte tu harsovd bhayameva ca caksur bhramo vibhramo vd trdso vd jdyate yadi vydmohah paramoho vd stanitam paramam tathd asrutdndrh srutirvd sydd gdtrdndrh vdtha vepathuh vairdgyam netreyorvd sydrddapah kandarpa eva vd paramo vismayo vdtha divyo vd sruyate dhvanih divya vdditra ghoso vd gndharvva nagarasya vd darsanam jdyate kale tasmin suragandrccite nard ndryyo'tha drsyante gayanty0'py'atha harsitdh nandi turyya ravo vdpi sruyate chandasdm dhvanih divyagandhd rasa vdpi ekasydpi bhavanti hi lingair etair vijdndydt tatra sannihitarh harim

378 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA The presence of Lord Hari as the Deity can be understood if these symptoms are experienced during the course of the installation ceremony: a sudden happiness; fearlessness; rolling of the eyes; becoming perplexed; becoming fearful; becoming stunned; unconsciousness; loud roaring of the clouds; hearing an unknown and never before heard sound; shivering of the body; regaining lost eyesight; pride; becoming overwhelmed; hearing a divine sound; witnessing a wonderful performance of singing, dancing, and music by the Gandharvas; seeing a man or woman who is expert in the art of music; the sound of Mahadeva's carrier, Nandi, the bull; the sound of a flute, drums, or Vedic mantras; perception of a divine fragrance; and experiencing many different aromas from one object. By the manifestation of these symptoms it is to be concluded that Lord Hari has manifested as the Deity.

HBV 19.666

Source

प्रभावैरविशेषेण ज्वलन्तीव च दृश्यते । स्फूरन्तीव च दृश्येत प्रतिमा च विशेषतः

prabhāvairaviśeṣeṇa jvalantīva ca dṛśyate | sphūrantīva ca dṛśyeta pratimā ca viśeṣataḥ

English translation

If the Deity suddenly appears to be more effulgent than before, it is to be understood that the Lord has appeared.

HBV 19.667

Source

स्फुरन्निव जनः कश्चित् स्मयमान इव क्वचित् । वीक्ष्यमाणो जनस्तत्र प्रहृष्ट इव लक्ष्यते । एतैस्तु लक्षणैर्ज्ञेयस्तत्र सन्निहितो हरिः

sphuranniva janaḥ kaścit smayamāna iva kvacit | vīkṣyamāṇo janastatra prahṛṣṭa iva lakṣyate | etaistu lakṣaṇairjñeyastatra sannihito hariḥ

English translation

If someone appears to be unusually happy, if someone is found to be struck with wonder, or if someone who is looking at the Deity suddenly becomes ecstatic, then it is certain that Lord Hari has manifest Himself as the Deity.

HBV 19.668–669

Source

विशेषादथवा पश्येच्चक्रचापोपमꣳ क्वचित् । छविꣳ वज्रप्रभाꣳ पश्येत् पद्मरागप्रभाꣳ तथा सौदामिनीप्रभाꣳ पश्येत् प्रतिमायाꣳ क्वचिद्यदि । एतैर्ल्ङ्गैस्तु बोद्धव्यस्तत्र सन्निहितो हरिः

viśeṣādathavā paśyeccakracāpopamaṁ kvacit | chaviṁ vajraprabhāṁ paśyet padmarāgaprabhāṁ tathā saudāminīprabhāṁ paśyet pratimāyāṁ kvacidyadi | etairlṅgaistu boddhavyastatra sannihito hariḥ

English translation

If suddenly a rainbow appears in the sky, if suddenly there is lightning, if there is a glittering in the sky, like the sparkling of gems, or if the Deity suddenly illuminates the room then it is to be understood that the Lord has appeared.

HBV 19.670–672

Source

बधिरा इव केचित्तु मूका इव तथापरे । विभ्रान्ता इव केचिच्च जडा इव तथापरे धावन्त इव केचित्तु पतन्त इव चापरे । नृत्यन्त इव चाप्यन्ये मत्ता इव तथा यदि चित्रस्था इव केचित्तु विवशा इव केचन । भवन्ति तत्र चोन्मत्ताः प्रमत्ता इव चापरे । लिङ्गैरेतैस्तु बोद्धव्यस्तत्र सन्निहितो हरिः

badhirā iva kecittu mūkā iva tathāpare | vibhrāntā iva kecicca jaḍā iva tathāpare dhāvanta iva kecittu patanta iva cāpare | nṛtyanta iva cāpyanye mattā iva tathā yadi citrasthā iva kecittu vivaśā iva kecana | bhavanti tatra conmattāḥ pramattā iva cāpare | liṅgairetaistu boddhavyastatra sannihito hariḥ

English translation

If someone suddenly becomes deaf or dumb; if someone suddenly appears totally bewildered, without apparent cause; if someone becomes stunned, appearing like a statue; if someone suddenly starts running, or falls to the ground, or begins dancing in ecstasy, or appears intoxicated, or becomes totally helpless, like a madman, or begins to behave in a manner that is wild and uncontrollable—by these symptoms it is to be understood that Lord Hari has made His personal appearance as the Deity.

380 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.673

Source

सन्मानयेदथाचार्यꣳ शक्त्या वस्त्रादिना ततः । मूर्तिपꣳश्चापरान् विप्रान् वैष्णवाꣳश्चापरानपि

sanmānayedathācāryaṁ śaktyā vastrādinā tataḥ | mūrtipaṁścāparān viprān vaiṣṇavāṁścāparānapi

English translation

Thereafter, one should worship the dcdrya according to one's capacity by giving him new clothes and other gifts. One should also satisfy the Deity's guards, the assembled brdhmanas, and the Vaisnavas.

HBV 19.674

Source

स्थापिते तु ततो देवे यजमानः समूर्तिपम् । आचार्यꣳ पूजयेद्भक्त्या वस्त्रालङ्कारभूषणैः । दीनान्धकृपणाꣳस्तद्वद्ये चान्ये समुपस्थिताः

sthāpite tu tato deve yajamānaḥ samūrtipam | ācāryaṁ pūjayedbhaktyā vastrālaṅkārabhūṣaṇaiḥ | dīnāndhakṛpaṇāṁstadvadye cānye samupasthitāḥ

English translation

At the completion of the Deity installation ceremony, the host should worship the dcdrya, along with the Deity's guards, with gifts of new clothes, ornaments, and other presentations. He should also satisfy all those who have assembled for the celebration, including the poor, blind, misers, and outcasts.

HBV 19.675

Source

ततः सम्पूजयेद्भक्त्या स्थापकꣳ विधिवन्नृप । भूमिदानादिभिर्दानैर्गोदानैश्च महीपते । यथा स तुष्यते राजꣳस्तथा कार्यꣳ प्रयत्नतः

tataḥ sampūjayedbhaktyā sthāpakaṁ vidhivannṛpa | bhūmidānādibhirdānairgodānaiśca mahīpate | yathā sa tuṣyate rājaṁstathā kāryaṁ prayatnataḥ

English translation

O King! O maintainer of the earth, according to the prescribed rules and regulations, the one who has installed the Deity should worship the

dcdrya. He should try his best to satisfy the dcdrya by giving him land, cows, and other articles.

HBV 19.676

Source

यथाशक्त्यानुसारेण पूज्याश्चापि द्विजातयः । दीनान्धकृपणानाञ्च पूजा कार्या प्रयत्नतः । गणाꣳश्च नर्तकाꣳश्चैव यथाशक्ति प्रपूजयेत्

yathāśaktyānusāreṇa pūjyāścāpi dvijātayaḥ | dīnāndhakṛpaṇānāñca pūjā kāryā prayatnataḥ | gaṇāṁśca nartakāṁścaiva yathāśakti prapūjayet

English translation

According to one's capacity, one should especially please those who are twice-born. He should also satisfy those who are poor, blind, and miserly, as well as the singers and dancers, by the presentation of gifts.

HBV 19.677

Source

मण्डले कमले वापि स्थापयित्वा गुरुꣳ यजेत् । प्रियप्राश्नैः क्षमाप्यैनꣳ विष्णुवत् पूजयेद्बुधः । पादयोः प्रणिपत्याथ दक्षिणाञ्च निवेदयेत्

maṇḍale kamale vāpi sthāpayitvā guruṁ yajet | priyaprāśnaiḥ kṣamāpyainaṁ viṣṇuvat pūjayedbudhaḥ | pādayoḥ praṇipatyātha dakṣiṇāñca nivedayet

English translation

After installing the Deity upon the lotus-like altar that is decorated with auspicious markings, one who is wise should worship the spiritual master by speaking to him sweetly, begging pardon from him, and worshiping him as one would worship Lord Visnu. O n e should offer obeisances at the lotus feet of the spiritual master and present him with sufficient daksina.

HBV 19.678

Source

आचार्य-दक्षिणाꣳ दद्यान्नगरꣳ ग्राममेव च । सुवर्णꣳ रजतꣳ वस्त्रꣳ गाञ्चैव समलङ्कृताम् । दक्षिणाꣳ विधिवद्दत्त्वा दद्यादाभरणादिकम्

ācārya-dakṣiṇāṁ dadyānnagaraṁ grāmameva ca | suvarṇaṁ rajataṁ vastraṁ gāñcaiva samalaṅkṛtām | dakṣiṇāṁ vidhivaddattvā dadyādābharaṇādikam

English translation

382 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA daksindm vidhivad dattvd dadydd dbharanddikam The dcdrya can also be given a town, village, gold, silver, cloth, fully decorated cows, and varieties of ornaments.

HBV 19.679

Source

आचार्यदक्षिणार्द्धन्तु प्रदद्याद्ब्रह्मदक्षिणाम् । मूर्तिपान् पूजयेत् पश्चाद्गोवस्त्राभरणैर्द्विज

ācāryadakṣiṇārddhantu pradadyādbrahmadakṣiṇām | mūrtipān pūjayet paścādgovastrābharaṇairdvija

English translation

O brdhmana, half of whatever daksina is given to the spiritual master should be given to the brahmanas. Thereafter, the Deity's guards should be satisfied by gifts of cows, clothes, and ornaments.

HBV 19.680

Source

सर्वाꣳस्तु पूजयेत्तत्र वैष्णवानागतान् द्विजान् । भोजयेद्ब्राह्मणान् भक्त्या अत्यादरमतन्द्रितः

sarvāṁstu pūjayettatra vaiṣṇavānāgatān dvijān | bhojayedbrāhmaṇān bhaktyā atyādaramatandritaḥ

English translation

According the one's ability, one should worship the assembled Vaisnavas and brahmanas. With faith and devotion, and without lethargy, the brahmanas should be sumptuously fed.

HBV 19.681

Source

यज्ञः सुपुष्कलः सर्वः कर्तव्यो धर्मलिप्सया । मन्त्रहीनो गुरुꣳ हन्याद्राष्टमन्येन वर्जितः । धर्मञ्च यजमानञ्च हन्याद्दक्षिणया विना

yajñaḥ supuṣkalaḥ sarvaḥ kartavyo dharmalipsayā | mantrahīno guruṁ hanyādrāṣṭamanyena varjitaḥ | dharmañca yajamānañca hanyāddakṣiṇayā vinā

English translation

The installation ceremony and sacrifices should be conducted with the aim of achieving piety. If there is no chanting of mantras, or if they are chanted improperly, the result will be harmful. If the prescribed ingredients are not offered, then there will be harm for the entire

kingdom, and if sufficient daksina is not given to the acarya and the priest, inauspiciousness will befall the host.

HBV 19.682–683

Source

अथवा स्थापनात् पश्चाद्ध्यानाद्यावाहनादि च । पञ्चामृतादिना स्वार्णादिनान्यस्नपनꣳ ततः वस्त्रादिदानैर्विधिवत् पूजा-मन्त्रजपादिकम् । नतिः प्रदक्षिणा याच्ञा गुर्वाद्यर्चेत्ययꣳ क्रमः

athavā sthāpanāt paścāddhyānādyāvāhanādi ca | pañcāmṛtādinā svārṇādinānyasnapanaṁ tataḥ vastrādidānairvidhivat pūjā-mantrajapādikam | natiḥ pradakṣiṇā yācñā gurvādyarcetyayaṁ kramaḥ

English translation

After installing the Deity, one should meditate on the Lord, invoke the Lord's presence, bathe the Deity with pancamrta, as well as water containing gold, offer new garments to the Lord, worship the Deity in a grand manner, chant appropriate mantras, offer obeisances, circumambulating the Deity, offer prayers, and finally satisfy the spiritual master.

HBV 19.684

Source

मूर्तिꣳ च चालयेज्जातु यत्नात् सुस्थिरताꣳ नयेत् । तस्याꣳ प्रचलितायाञ्च कुर्यात् स्वस्त्यनादिकम्

mūrtiṁ ca cālayejjātu yatnāt susthiratāṁ nayet | tasyāṁ pracalitāyāñca kuryāt svastyanādikam

English translation

After installation, one should never move the Deity. He should always remain at the place where He has been installed. If the Deity is for some reason moved, even slightly, one should perform the ritual known as svastyayana.

HBV 19.685

Source

स्थिरꣳ न चालयेद्देवमन्यथा पापभाग्भवेत् । पूजयेत् सिकताभिश्च निश्छिद्रꣳ सर्वतो भवेत्

sthiraṁ na cālayeddevamanyathā pāpabhāgbhavet | pūjayet sikatābhiśca niśchidraṁ sarvato bhavet

English translation

A permanently installed Deity should never be moved. If one does so, he will certainly incur sin. One should fill all gaps and holes in the altar so that the Deity will never move, even slightly.

HBV 19.686

Source

लोकपालस्य दिग्भागे यस्य सञ्चलते विभुः । तस्य लोकपतेः शान्तिर्देयाश्चेमाश्च दक्षिणाः

lokapālasya digbhāge yasya sañcalate vibhuḥ | tasya lokapateḥ śāntirdeyāścemāśca dakṣiṇāḥ

English translation

If the Deity happens to move, one should pacify the predominating deity of the direction in which He has moved, and give these things in charity.

HBV 19.687–689

Source

इन्द्राय वारणꣳ दद्यात् काञ्चनꣳ वाल्पवित्तवान् । अग्नेः सुवर्णमेषञ्च यमस्य महिषꣳ तथा अजꣳ सकाञ्चनꣳ दद्यान्निरृतिꣳ राक्षसꣳ प्रति । वरणꣳ प्रति मुक्तानि सशुक्तीनि प्रदापयेत् रीतिकाꣳ वायवे दद्याद्वस्त्रयुग्मेन सꣳयुताम् । सोमाय धेनुर्दातव्या राजतस्तु वृषः शिवे

indrāya vāraṇaṁ dadyāt kāñcanaṁ vālpavittavān | agneḥ suvarṇameṣañca yamasya mahiṣaṁ tathā ajaṁ sakāñcanaṁ dadyānnirṛtiṁ rākṣasaṁ prati | varaṇaṁ prati muktāni saśuktīni pradāpayet rītikāṁ vāyave dadyādvastrayugmena saṁyutām | somāya dhenurdātavyā rājatastu vṛṣaḥ śive

English translation

Indra should be given an elephant in the east. If one is unable to afford an elephant, he should be given gold. Agni should be given golden sheep, Yamaraja a buffalo, Nrrvrti a golden goat, Varuna pearls and silver, Vayu a dhoti and kurta, as well as some brass, Soma a cow, and Siva a silver ox in the northeast.

HBV 19.690

Source

यस्याꣳ यस्यान्तु चलते शान्तिः स्यात्तत्र तत्र तु । अन्यथा तु भवेद्घोरꣳ भयꣳ कुलविनाशनम् । अचलꣳ कारयेत्तस्मात् सिकताभिः सुरेश्वरम्

yasyāṁ yasyāntu calate śāntiḥ syāttatra tatra tu | anyathā tu bhavedghoraṁ bhayaṁ kulavināśanam | acalaṁ kārayettasmāt sikatābhiḥ sureśvaram

English translation

O master of the demigods, in the direction toward which the Deity happened to accidentally move, there should be a ceremony performed to appease the predominating deity of that direction. Otherwise, fearful conditions will be created, or one may lose a family member. For this reason, one should insure that the Deity is immovable by fixing Him with concrete.

HBV 19.691

Source

स्थिरꣳ न चालयेद्देवꣳ कदाचिदपि पिण्डतः । हन्याद्विचालितोऽज्ञानात्तस्मात्तꣳ न विचालयेत्

sthiraṁ na cālayeddevaṁ kadācidapi piṇḍataḥ | hanyādvicālito'jñānāttasmāttaṁ na vicālayet

English translation

A permanently installed Deity should never be moved from His stand. If, out of ignorance, or by mistake, a Deity is moved, then the person responsible will experience obstacles on his path of progress. Therefore, one should not. move a permanently installed Deity.

HBV 19.692

Source

याꣳ याꣳ दिशꣳ चलेद्देवस्ताꣳ ताꣳ शान्तिन्तु कारयेत् । अन्यथा तु भवेद्घोरꣳ भयꣳ कुलविनाशनम्

yāṁ yāṁ diśaṁ caleddevastāṁ tāṁ śāntintu kārayet | anyathā tu bhavedghoraṁ bhayaṁ kulavināśanam

English translation

In whichever direction the Deity is moved, a ceremony should be performed to pacify the predominating deity of that direction. If one does not do so, there will be some cause of a great fear, and the descendents in his family may meet with destruction.

HBV 19.693

Source

यथा न चलते देवस्तथा वध्नीत पिण्डिकाम् । शीघ्रमेव तु कर्तव्यꣳ न विलम्बेत् कदाचन । प्रतिमाꣳ सुस्थिराꣳ कुर्यान्नोर्द्ध्वदृष्टिꣳ कदाचन

yathā na calate devastathā vadhnīta piṇḍikām | śīghrameva tu kartavyaṁ na vilambet kadācana | pratimāṁ susthirāṁ kuryānnorddhvadṛṣṭiṁ kadācana

English translation

386 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA sighram eva tu karttavyarh na vilamvet kaddcana pratimdrh susthirdrh kuryyan urdhva drstirh kaddcana The Deity's stand should be fixed in such a way that the Deity will not move even slightly. If the Deity accidentally begins to shift in position, one should quickly remedy this situation. The Deity should remain fixed in one place, and He should never look upwards.

HBV 19.694

Source

रात्रौ गीतादिकꣳ कुर्वन् दिवसे च महार्चनम् । महोत्सवेनाहरेकꣳ शक्त्या वा कतिचिन्नयेत्

rātrau gītādikaṁ kurvan divase ca mahārcanam | mahotsavenāharekaṁ śaktyā vā katicinnayet

English translation

During the night after the installation of the Deity, there should be singing, dancing, and the playing of musical instruments. During the day, a grand worship should be performed with great pomp and joy. In this way, throughout the day and night, the festival can continue for several days if one has the means.

HBV 19.695

Source

त्रिरात्रꣳ सप्तरात्रꣳ वा दशरात्रमथापि वा । पुण्याह-जयघोषैश्च कुर्याद्देवमहोत्सवम्

trirātraṁ saptarātraṁ vā daśarātramathāpi vā | puṇyāha-jayaghoṣaiśca kuryāddevamahotsavam

English translation

The celebration of the Deity's installation may continue, according to one's ability, for three nights, seven nights, or ten nights, with the chanting of Vedic mantras, offering of sacred prayers, and singing of the Lord's glories.

HBV 19.696

Source

रात्रौ महोत्सवꣳ कुर्याच्छङ्खभेर्यादिनिस्वनैः । एकरात्रꣳ त्रिरात्रꣳ वा सप्तरात्रमथापि वा । तस्माद्विष्णुः सदायाति इत्येषा फलसम्प्रदा

rātrau mahotsavaṁ kuryācchaṅkhabheryādinisvanaiḥ | ekarātraṁ trirātraṁ vā saptarātramathāpi vā | tasmādviṣṇuḥ sadāyāti ityeṣā phalasampradā

English translation

During the night there should be a grand festival filled with the sounds of conch shells, drums, and so on. The celebration may continue for one night, three nights, or seven nights. During such a festival, Lord Visnu always remains present and so it awards great merit to the performer.

HBV 19.697

Source

रात्रौ दिने च गीताद्यैः पुण्याह-जयमङ्गलैः । त्रि पञ्च सप्त दश वा दिनानि स्थानमहोत्सवः

rātrau dine ca gītādyaiḥ puṇyāha-jayamaṅgalaiḥ | tri pañca sapta daśa vā dināni sthānamahotsavaḥ

English translation

Throughout the day and night there should be continuous singing of the Lord's glories, musical performances, recitation of auspicious mantras, and the chanting of Jayal Jayal This celebration can go on for three days, five days, seven days, or ten days.

HBV 19.698–699

Source

ततस्तु मधुना देवꣳ प्रथमेऽहनि स्नपयेत् । हरिद्रयाथ सिद्धार्थैर्द्वितीयेऽहनि तत्त्वतः चन्दनेन यवैस्तद्वत् तृतीयेऽहनि लेपयेत् । मनःशिलाप्रियङ्गुभ्याꣳ चतुर्थेऽहनि लेपयेत्

tatastu madhunā devaṁ prathame'hani snapayet | haridrayātha siddhārthairdvitīye'hani tattvataḥ candanena yavaistadvat tṛtīye'hani lepayet | manaḥśilāpriyaṅgubhyāṁ caturthe'hani lepayet

English translation

mdtsye (In the Matsya Purdna it is stated) tatastu madhund devarh prathame' hard snapay e t haridraydtha siddhdrthair dvitlye'hani tattvatah candanena yavais tadvat trtiye'hani lepayet manahsild priyahgu bhydrh caturthe'hani lepayet During the first day, the Deity should be smeared with honey; during the second day, the Deity should be smeared with turmeric and white

388 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA mustard seeds; during the third day, the Deity should be smeared with sandalwood paste and barley; and during the fourth day, the Deity should be smeared with red arsenic and rice paddy.

HBV 19.700

Source

सौभाग्यꣳ शुभदꣳ यस्मात् लेपनꣳ व्याधिनाशनम् । मनःप्रीतिकरꣳ नृणामेतद्वेदविदो विदुः

saubhāgyaṁ śubhadaṁ yasmāt lepanaṁ vyādhināśanam | manaḥprītikaraṁ nṛṇāmetadvedavido viduḥ

English translation

Applying these substances to the Deity awards one good fortune and auspiciousness, and it cures all types of diseases, and is very pleasing to the minds of all classes of persons. This is the opinion of those who are well-versed in the Vedas.

HBV 19.701–702

Source

कृष्णजिनꣳ तिलाꣳस्तद्वत् पञ्चमेऽह्नि निवेदयेत् । षष्ठे तु सघृतꣳ दद्याच्चन्दनꣳ पद्मकेशरम् रोचनाꣳ नागपुष्पञ्च सप्तमेऽहनि दापयेत् । यत्र सद्योऽधिवासश्च तत्र सर्वꣳ निवेदयेत्

kṛṣṇajinaṁ tilāṁstadvat pañcame'hni nivedayet | ṣaṣṭhe tu saghṛtaṁ dadyāccandanaṁ padmakeśaram rocanāṁ nāgapuṣpañca saptame'hani dāpayet | yatra sadyo'dhivāsaśca tatra sarvaṁ nivedayet

English translation

During the fifth day, one should smear black ointment and sesame seed paste over the Deity; on the sixth day, one should apply ghee, sandalwood paste, and the filaments of lotus flowers; and on the seventh day, one should smear cow's urine and the filaments of naga flowers. If the adhivasa ceremony is completed in a single day, then all these should be offered that very day.

HBV 19.703

Source

मधूवातेति मधुना अभ्यङ्गꣳ प्रथमेऽहनि । पुण्यदꣳ सर्वरोगाणाꣳ सर्वनाशाय तत् प्रभोः

madhūvāteti madhunā abhyaṅgaṁ prathame'hani | puṇyadaṁ sarvarogāṇāṁ sarvanāśāya tat prabhoḥ

English translation

While smearing the Deity's body with honey on the first day, one should chant the mantra beginning with madhuvatd. This massage awards one great benefit to the worshiper and cures all kinds of illness.

HBV 19.704

Source

हरिद्रासर्षपैश्चैव द्वितीयेऽहनि लेपयेत् । पित्तरोगभयञ्चैव न भवेत्तु कदाचन

haridrāsarṣapaiścaiva dvitīye'hani lepayet | pittarogabhayañcaiva na bhavettu kadācana

English translation

By applying turmeric and white mustard seed paste to the Deity on the second day cures the worshiper's bile disorder, and removes all fear.

HBV 19.705

Source

तण्डुलेन यवैश्चैव तृतीयेऽहनि लेपयेत् । शिरोऽर्तिमक्षिरोगञ्च कर्णशूलञ्च नाशयेत्

taṇḍulena yavaiścaiva tṛtīye'hani lepayet | śiro'rtimakṣirogañca karṇaśūlañca nāśayet

English translation

By smearing rice powder and barley powder over the Deity's body on the third day, the worshiper's nervous disease is cured, as are his eye and ear ailments.

HBV 19.706

Source

मनःशिलाꣳ प्रियङ्गुञ्च चतुर्थेऽहनि लेपयेत् । सौभाग्यꣳ येन सततꣳ यजमानस्य वर्धते

manaḥśilāṁ priyaṅguñca caturthe'hani lepayet | saubhāgyaṁ yena satataṁ yajamānasya vardhate

English translation

By smearing red arsenic and a special type of rice powder over the Deity's body on the fourth day, the one who had installed the Deity will be blessed with good fortune.

HBV 19.707

Source

कृष्णाजिनꣳ तिलाꣳश्चैव पञ्चमेऽहनि दापयेत् । पितरस्तस्य तृप्यन्ति यावज्जीवꣳ सुखप्रदाः

kṛṣṇājinaṁ tilāṁścaiva pañcame'hani dāpayet | pitarastasya tṛpyanti yāvajjīvaṁ sukhapradāḥ

English translation

390 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA One should pply sesame paste and black ointment to the Deity on the fifth day. This will enable the worshiper to live happily forever after, and give his forefathers great satisfaction.

HBV 19.708

Source

सुरभिꣳ चन्दनञ्चैव सघृतꣳ पद्मकेशरम् । षष्ठेऽहनि च दातव्यꣳ शत्रुदोषविनाशनम्

surabhiṁ candanañcaiva saghṛtaṁ padmakeśaram | ṣaṣṭhe'hani ca dātavyaṁ śatrudoṣavināśanam

English translation

By massaging the Deity's body with fragrant sandalwood paste mixed with ghee and the filaments of lotus flowers on the sixth day, the worshiper's enemies will certainly meet with defeat.

HBV 19.709

Source

रोचनाꣳ नागपुष्पञ्च सप्तमेऽहनि दापयेत् । क्षेमꣳ गोबहुलꣳ चापि धनधान्यꣳ विवर्धते

rocanāṁ nāgapuṣpañca saptame'hani dāpayet | kṣemaṁ gobahulaṁ cāpi dhanadhānyaṁ vivardhate

English translation

Cow's urine and filaments of the ndga flower should be smeared over the Deity's body on the seventh day. This will enhance the worshiper's good fortune, and award him many cows and prosperity.

HBV 19.710

Source

एवꣳ सप्ताहमभ्यङ्गꣳ कापिलेन घृतेन तु । दद्याद्विभवतः शक्त्या यदीच्छेच्छ्रियमात्मनः

evaṁ saptāhamabhyaṅgaṁ kāpilena ghṛtena tu | dadyādvibhavataḥ śaktyā yadīcchecchriyamātmanaḥ

English translation

If you desire your own welfare, then you should apply ghee made from the milk of a brown cow to the Deity's body, according to your capacity, every day of the week.

HBV 19.711

Source

दीपा घृतेन दातव्याश्चत्वारश्च प्रदक्षिणाः । सप्ताहꣳ मन्त्रयुक्ताश्च विभवेन ततः परम्

dīpā ghṛtena dātavyāścatvāraśca pradakṣiṇāḥ | saptāhaṁ mantrayuktāśca vibhavena tataḥ param

English translation

If one has the capacity, then he should offer four ghee lamps to the Deity throughout the week. One should also circumambulate the Deity four times a day, for an entire week, while chanting the appropriate mantra.

HBV 19.712

Source

चतुर्थे च दिने प्राप्ते चतुर्थीकर्म कारयन् । अर्घ्यꣳ समर्प्य देवेशꣳ प्राग्वत् स्नपनमाचरेत्

caturthe ca dine prāpte caturthīkarma kārayan | arghyaṁ samarpya deveśaṁ prāgvat snapanamācaret

English translation

One should bathe the Deity on the fourth day, after offering Him arghya, following the procedure for bathing that was previously described, while chanting the sndna mantra.

HBV 19.713

Source

पुनश्च दत्त्वाष्टाङ्गार्घ्यꣳ गोमयस्वस्तिकादिभिः । देवꣳ नीराज्य गन्धादिभर्दद्यादाचमनꣳ बुधः

punaśca dattvāṣṭāṅgārghyaṁ gomayasvastikādibhiḥ | devaṁ nīrājya gandhādibhardadyādācamanaṁ budhaḥ

English translation

One should offer arghya consisting of eight ingredients, such as cow dung and svastika. One should then perform arati, after which one should offer acamana with scented water.

HBV 19.714

Source

ततो वस्त्रयुषꣳ दत्त्वा दिव्यꣳ दत्त्वानुलेपनम् । पुष्पादि धूपदीपादि तत्तन्मन्त्रेण चार्पयेत्

tato vastrayuṣaṁ dattvā divyaṁ dattvānulepanam | puṣpādi dhūpadīpādi tattanmantreṇa cārpayet

English translation

The Deity should next be offered a dhoti and cddara, fragrant sandalwood paste, flowers, incense, and a ghee lamp while chanting the same mantra.

HBV 19.715

Source

इत्थꣳ सम्पूज्य विधिवद्दण्डवत्तꣳ प्रणम्य च । विज्ञापयन् मुहुर्भक्त्या तत्तत् पद्यꣳ प्रकीर्तयेत्

itthaṁ sampūjya vidhivaddaṇḍavattaṁ praṇamya ca | vijñāpayan muhurbhaktyā tattat padyaṁ prakīrtayet

English translation

392 SRI H A R I - B H A K T I - V I L ASA vijndpayan muhurbhaktyd tattat padyarh prakirttayet After worshiping Lord Hari in this way and offering Him obeisances with devotion, one should repeatedly glorify Him by reciting selected prayers.

HBV 19.716

Source

चतुर्थऽह्नि महास्नानꣳ चतुर्थीकर्म कारयेत् । दक्षिणा च पुनस्तद्वद्देया तत्रापि शक्तितः

caturtha'hni mahāsnānaṁ caturthīkarma kārayet | dakṣiṇā ca punastadvaddeyā tatrāpi śaktitaḥ

English translation

O n the fourth day, an abhiseka should be performed, and the activities previously described in connection with the fourth day should also be carried out. If one has the capacity, he should give daksind as previously.

HBV 19.717–719

Source

स्वस्तिकꣳ पद्मकꣳ शङ्कमुत्पलꣳ कमलꣳ तथा । श्रीवत्सꣳ दर्पणꣳ तद्वन्नन्द्यावर्तमथाष्टकम् । एतानि गोमयैः कुर्यन्मृदा वा शुभया ततः पञ्चवर्णौदनꣳ तद्वत् पञ्चवर्णरजस्तथा । दूर्वा कृष्णतिलꣳ तद्वन्नीराजनविधिर्मतः एवꣳ नीराजनꣳ कृत्वा दद्यादाचमनꣳ बुधः । मन्दाकिन्यास्तु यद्वारि सर्वपापहरꣳ शुभम्

svastikaṁ padmakaṁ śaṅkamutpalaṁ kamalaṁ tathā | śrīvatsaṁ darpaṇaṁ tadvannandyāvartamathāṣṭakam | etāni gomayaiḥ kuryanmṛdā vā śubhayā tataḥ pañcavarṇaudanaṁ tadvat pañcavarṇarajastathā | dūrvā kṛṣṇatilaṁ tadvannīrājanavidhirmataḥ evaṁ nīrājanaṁ kṛtvā dadyādācamanaṁ budhaḥ | mandākinyāstu yadvāri sarvapāpaharaṁ śubham

English translation

One who is intelligent should worship the Deity with offerings of svastika, lotus, a conch shell, blue lotus, water lily, srivatsa, a mirror, a

NINETEENTH VILAS A 393 tagara flower, cow dung or pure soil, five varieties of grain, five colored powders, dilrva grass, and black sesame seeds. Thereafter, one should offer the Deity acamana of pure Ganges water, which destroys all sinful reactions.

HBV 19.720

Source

ततो वस्त्रयुगꣳ दद्यान्मन्त्रेणानेन यत्नतः । देवसूत्रसमायुक्ते यजमानसमन्विते । सर्ववर्णैः शुभे देव वाससी नवनिर्मिते

tato vastrayugaṁ dadyānmantreṇānena yatnataḥ | devasūtrasamāyukte yajamānasamanvite | sarvavarṇaiḥ śubhe deva vāsasī navanirmite

English translation

The Deity should then be offered nice clothing while chanting: O Supreme Lord, kindly accept this dhoti and kurta made with new colorful thread.

HBV 19.721–722

Source

ततश्च चन्दनꣳ दद्यात् समꣳ कर्पूरकुङ्कुमैः । इममुच्चारयेन्मन्त्रꣳ दर्भपाणिः प्रयत्नतः शरीरन्ते न जानामि चेष्टाꣳ नैव च नैव च । मया निवेदितान् गन्धान् प्रतिगृह्य विलिप्यताम्

tataśca candanaṁ dadyāt samaṁ karpūrakuṅkumaiḥ | imamuccārayenmantraṁ darbhapāṇiḥ prayatnataḥ śarīrante na jānāmi ceṣṭāṁ naiva ca naiva ca | mayā niveditān gandhān pratigṛhya vilipyatām

English translation

Thereafter, take sandalwood paste, camphor, kunkuma, and kusa grass in your hand and faithfully pray to the lord: O Lord, I am ignorant of Your transcendental form and pastimes and so please accept these fragrant substances and apply them to Your body.

HBV 19.723

Source

चत्वारिꣳशत्ततो दीपान् दद्याच्चैव प्रदक्षिणाम् । त्वꣳ सूर्यचन्द्रज्योतीष विद्युदग्निस्तथैव च । त्वमेव सर्वज्योतीषि दीपोऽयꣳ प्रतिगृह्यताम्

catvāriṁśattato dīpān dadyāccaiva pradakṣiṇām | tvaṁ sūryacandrajyotīṣa vidyudagnistathaiva ca | tvameva sarvajyotīṣi dīpo'yaṁ pratigṛhyatām

English translation

394 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA tvameva sarvvajyotirhsi dlpo'yarh pratigrhyatdm One should next offer forty-four ghee lamps while circumambulating the Deity and chanting this mantra: O Lord Hari, You are the sun, moon, stars, lightning, fire, and all other illuminating agents. Kindly accept these lamps.

HBV 19.724

Source

अतःपरꣳ प्रवक्ष्यामि देवस्यावभृथꣳ तव

ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi devasyāvabhṛthaṁ tava

English translation

after the completion of the installation ceremony) hayasirse (In the Hayasirsa-pancardtra it is stated) atah pararh pravaksyami devasya avabhrtharh tava I will now describe to you the avabhrta sndna, or final bathing of Lord Hari.

HBV 19.725

Source

शोधयेद्गोमयैर्विप्र यागस्थानꣳ तु सर्वतः । सिक्त्वा गन्धोदकेनाथ पञ्चगव्येन शोधयेत्

śodhayedgomayairvipra yāgasthānaṁ tu sarvataḥ | siktvā gandhodakenātha pañcagavyena śodhayet

English translation

O brdhmana, first purify the entire area with cow dung mixed with water. Next, sprinkle water mixed with sandalwood paste and then purify the area with the five products received from the cow.

HBV 19.726

Source

विकिरैः शोध्येद्भूमिꣳ वितानेन विभूषयेत् । पुष्पदामैरधश्चोर्द्ध्वꣳ पार्श्वतश्चापि शोधयेत्

vikiraiḥ śodhyedbhūmiṁ vitānena vibhūṣayet | puṣpadāmairadhaścorddhvaṁ pārśvataścāpi śodhayet

English translation

Thereafter, the area should be purified by scattering seeds and new sprouts. A canopy should be placed overhead and the entire area should be nicely decorated with flower garlands.

HBV 19.727

Source

जुहुयाद्वैष्णवे वह्नौ घृतमष्टोत्तर शतम् । विष्णोर्नुकेति मन्त्रेण समिधौऽष्ठशतꣳ तथा

juhuyādvaiṣṇave vahnau ghṛtamaṣṭottara śatam | viṣṇornuketi mantreṇa samidhau'ṣṭhaśataṁ tathā

English translation

A fire sacrifice should then be performed, offering one hundred and eight oblations of ghee into the sacrificial fire. While offering oblations, one should chant the mantra beginning with visnor nuketi and one should place one hundred and eight pieces of wood into the sacrificial fire.

HBV 19.728

Source

विद्यामालिख्य विधिना एकाशीतिपदꣳ बुधः । वैष्णवꣳ कलसꣳ मध्ये आजिघ्रेति निवेशयेत्

vidyāmālikhya vidhinā ekāśītipadaṁ budhaḥ | vaiṣṇavaṁ kalasaṁ madhye ājighreti niveśayet

English translation

O n e who is intelligent should draw eighty-one auspicious symbols, according to the prescribed rules and regulations, in the arena, and place that many pitchers while chanting the mantra beginning with ajighreti.

HBV 19.729

Source

एकाशीतिपदे कुम्भान् श्रीसूक्तेन निवेशयेत् । शन्नो देवीति मन्त्रेण कलसानभिमन्त्रयेत्

ekāśītipade kumbhān śrīsūktena niveśayet | śanno devīti mantreṇa kalasānabhimantrayet

English translation

While installing these eighty-one pitchers, one should recite the Srl- sukta. The pitchers should be purified by chanting the mantra beginning with sanno devl.

HBV 19.730

Source

कलसे विन्यसेत् पञ्चगव्यꣳ मन्त्रर्विशेषतः । फलꣳ पुष्पꣳ न्यसेत्तत्र द्रावितꣳ कदलीजलम् । मन्त्रयीत द्वयꣳ चैतद्याः फलिनीति सत्तमः

kalase vinyaset pañcagavyaṁ mantrarviśeṣataḥ | phalaṁ puṣpaṁ nyasettatra drāvitaṁ kadalījalam | mantrayīta dvayaṁ caitadyāḥ phalinīti sattamaḥ

English translation

O n e of the pitchers should be filled with the five products received from the cow while chanting the appropriate mantras. In another pitcher, one should put fruit, water, banana pulp, and flowers. Both these pitchers

should be purified at the same time by chanting the mantra beginning with yah phalinlti.

HBV 19.731

Source

ऐक्षवञ्च रसꣳ विद्वान् या दिव्यति निवेशयेत् । मन्त्रतोयꣳ न्यसेन्मध्ये नवकानाꣳ सुरोत्तम

aikṣavañca rasaṁ vidvān yā divyati niveśayet | mantratoyaṁ nyasenmadhye navakānāṁ surottama

English translation

O foremost of demigods, one who is wise should fill another pitcher with sugarcane juice and install it by chanting the mantra beginning with yd divya. One should also fill another nine pitchers with water that has been purified by the chanting of mantras.

HBV 19.732

Source

तरत् स इत्युचा विद्वान् वस्त्रपूत समाहितः । नदीनदतडागोत्थैः शेषस्तोयैः प्रपूरयेत्

tarat sa ityucā vidvān vastrapūta samāhitaḥ | nadīnadataḍāgotthaiḥ śeṣastoyaiḥ prapūrayet

English translation

The rest of the pitchers should be filled with water collected from a river, lake, or stream, while chanting the mantra from the Rg Veda beginning with tarat sa, and then strained.

HBV 19.733

Source

अपराजितेन मन्त्रेण सर्वानेवाभिमन्त्रयेत् । नवेन शुक्लवस्त्रेण सर्वानेवाभिमन्त्रयेत्

aparājitena mantreṇa sarvānevābhimantrayet | navena śuklavastreṇa sarvānevābhimantrayet

English translation

All the pitchers should be purified and then installed by chanting the mantra beginning with aparajita. New white cloth should be wrapped around the pitchers.

HBV 19.734

Source

गायत्रीꣳ वैष्णवीꣳ जप्त्वा मूलमन्त्रꣳ शतꣳ जपेत् । जप्त्वा ध्यायन् हरि सम्यक् प्रविश्याभ्यन्तरꣳ शुचिः । कृष्णोऽसीति च निर्माल्यꣳ विष्ववसेनाय निक्षिपेत्

gāyatrīṁ vaiṣṇavīṁ japtvā mūlamantraṁ śataṁ japet | japtvā dhyāyan hari samyak praviśyābhyantaraṁ śuciḥ | kṛṣṇo'sīti ca nirmālyaṁ viṣvavasenāya nikṣipet

English translation

Thereafter, a one should chant the Vaisnava Gayatri mantra and the milla mantra one hundred times. When this chanting is finished, one should meditate on Lord Hari and with a pure heart, offer the remnants of the Lord's flower garland to His associates, such as Visvaksena.

HBV 19.735

Source

अर्घ्यꣳ दत्त्वा शुद्धवत्या शुद्धतोयेन सेचयेत् । अग्निर्मूर्धेत्युष्णजलैः स्नाप्य स्नानꣳ समाचरेत्

arghyaṁ dattvā śuddhavatyā śuddhatoyena secayet | agnirmūrdhetyuṣṇajalaiḥ snāpya snānaṁ samācaret

English translation

One should next offer arghya while chanting the mantra beginning with suddhavati and then offer some pure water. Thereafter, the Deity should be bathed with warm water while chanting the mantra beginning with agni murddha.

HBV 19.736–737

Source

गोमूत्रेण हरिꣳ क्षाल्य गोमयेन विलेपयेत् । क्षीरेण स्नापयेत् पश्चाद्दधिना तदनन्तरम् घृतेन स्नाप्य विधिना धूपꣳ दद्यात् स गुग्गुलम् । प्रक्षाल्य कोष्णतोयेन फलतोयेन सेचयेत्

gomūtreṇa hariṁ kṣālya gomayena vilepayet | kṣīreṇa snāpayet paścāddadhinā tadanantaram ghṛtena snāpya vidhinā dhūpaṁ dadyāt sa guggulam | prakṣālya koṣṇatoyena phalatoyena secayet

English translation

O n e after another, the Deity of Lord Hari should be bathed with cow's urine and then smeared with cow dung. The Deity should next be bathed with milk, yogurt, and ghee, while incense made of guggula is burnt. The Lord should then be bathed with warm water and finally, with fruit juice.

HBV 19.738

Source

स्नापयेत् कदलीतोयैस्ततस्त्विक्षुरसेन च । यैर्मन्त्रैर्मन्त्र्येत्तोयꣳ तैर्मन्त्रैः स्नापयेद्धरिम्

snāpayet kadalītoyaistatastvikṣurasena ca | yairmantrairmantryettoyaṁ tairmantraiḥ snāpayeddharim

English translation

398 SRI HARI-BH AKTI-VILASA yair mantrair mantrayet toyarh tair mantraih snapayed harim Next, the Deity should be bathed with banana pulp, and this should be followed by sugarcane juice. While bathing the Lord with these substances, one should chant the mantras that were employed to purify them.

HBV 19.739

Source

पञ्चनद्येत्यूचा पश्चान्नदीनदतडागजैः । स्नापयित्वा विधानेन वस्त्रयुग्ममुपाहरेत्

pañcanadyetyūcā paścānnadīnadataḍāgajaiḥ | snāpayitvā vidhānena vastrayugmamupāharet

English translation

Thereafter, the Lord should be bathed with water collected from a river, lake, or stream while chanting the mantra from the Rg Veda beginning with pancanadya. The Lord should then be dressed in a dhoti and eddara.

HBV 19.740

Source

कार्पासꣳ पट्टसूत्रꣳ वा कौशेयꣳ वाथ भूषितम् । बृहस्पतेति मन्त्रेण परिधाप्यार्चयेत् क्रमात्

kārpāsaṁ paṭṭasūtraṁ vā kauśeyaṁ vātha bhūṣitam | bṛhaspateti mantreṇa paridhāpyārcayet kramāt

English translation

The Deity can also be dressed in fine cotton, silk, or coarse silk garments while chanting the mantra beginning with brhaspated. After this, the Lord should be decorated with ornaments and then worshiped.

HBV 19.741

Source

गन्धादिभिः समभ्यर्च्य पार्षदान् पूजयेत्ततः । निवेदयीत नैवेद्यꣳ भक्ष्यभोज्यꣳ सुपुष्कलम्

gandhādibhiḥ samabhyarcya pārṣadān pūjayettataḥ | nivedayīta naivedyaṁ bhakṣyabhojyaṁ supuṣkalam

English translation

Worship the Lord by smearing Him with fragrant sandalwood paste and then worship His associates. Offer varieties of delicious food to the Lord with love and devotion.

NINETEENTH VILAS A 399

HBV 19.742

Source

पेयꣳ चूष्य तथा लेह्यꣳ प्रभूतꣳ द्विजसत्तम । बलिꣳ विनिक्षिपेत् पश्चाद्दिशासु विदिशासु च

peyaṁ cūṣya tathā lehyaṁ prabhūtaṁ dvijasattama | baliṁ vinikṣipet paścāddiśāsu vidiśāsu ca

English translation

O foremost of sages, offer the Lord sufficient quantities of drink and food that is sucked or licked. The remnants of the Lord's food and flower garlands should then be offered to the Lord's associates in all the directions.

HBV 19.743

Source

ओꣳ नमः पार्षदेभ्योऽथ बलिꣳ पीठे विनिक्षिपेत्

oṁ namaḥ pārṣadebhyo'tha baliṁ pīṭhe vinikṣipet

English translation

While offering prasdda to the Lord's associates, one should chant the mantra beginning with orh namo parsadebhyo.

HBV 19.744

Source

ततः प्रदक्षिणीकृत्य मण्डलꣳ ब्राह्मणेन तु । प्रविश्य भवनꣳ भूयः सर्वमावश्यकꣳ पठेत्

tataḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya maṇḍalaṁ brāhmaṇena tu | praviśya bhavanaṁ bhūyaḥ sarvamāvaśyakaṁ paṭhet

English translation

One should then circumambulate the entire area, including the assembled brdhmanas, and thereafter re-enter the temple room and recite many authorized prayers.

HBV 19.745

Source

पौराणैश्च स्तवैः स्तुत्वा महापुरुषपूर्वकैः । दण्डवत् प्रणमेत् पश्चान्नृत्यगीतादि कारयेत्

paurāṇaiśca stavaiḥ stutvā mahāpuruṣapūrvakaiḥ | daṇḍavat praṇamet paścānnṛtyagītādi kārayet

English translation

O n e should first recite the Mahaprabhu-stotra, followed by the prayers from the Purdnas, and then the Purusa-sukta. One should offer obeisances to the Lord by falling flat onto the ground. Later, one should arrange for singing, dancing, and musical performances.

HBV 19.746–747

Source

दद्यात् सुवर्णꣳ गाꣳ वस्त्रꣳ दक्षिणाꣳ देशिकाय तु । वैष्णवान् पूज्य शक्त्या तु ब्राह्मणेभ्यश्च दक्षिणाम् । आचार्यꣳ तोष्य यत्नेन सन्ध्यायाꣳ बलिमाहरेत् बलिकर्मविधिश्चायꣳ हयशीर्षे च विस्तरात् । उक्तोऽतिव्यक्तमेकत्र ज्ञेयस्तत् पञ्चरात्रतः

dadyāt suvarṇaṁ gāṁ vastraṁ dakṣiṇāṁ deśikāya tu | vaiṣṇavān pūjya śaktyā tu brāhmaṇebhyaśca dakṣiṇām | ācāryaṁ toṣya yatnena sandhyāyāṁ balimāharet balikarmavidhiścāyaṁ hayaśīrṣe ca vistarāt | ukto'tivyaktamekatra jñeyastat pañcarātrataḥ

English translation

The deary a should be given gold, a cow, new clothes, and a considerable daksina. The Vaisnava devotees should be worshiped with devotion and given daksina according to one's capacity. After carefully pleasing the acarya, one should offer various articles to the demigods in the evening. The procedure for offering gifts to the demigods should be obtained from the Hayaslrsa-pancaratra.

HBV 19.748

Source

स्वस्वगृह्योक्तविधिना समुपाधाय पावकम् । पर्युक्ष्य त्रियाहृतिभिर्दद्यादाहुतिकꣳ बुधः

svasvagṛhyoktavidhinā samupādhāya pāvakam | paryukṣya triyāhṛtibhirdadyādāhutikaṁ budhaḥ

English translation

According to the rules and regulations prescribed in the Grhya- sutras, one should collect firewood, purify it by chanting the appropriate mantras, and then perform the fire sacrifice while chanting the mantras beginning with bhuh, bhuvah and svah.

HBV 19.749

Source

तारेणाथाग्निमभ्युक्ष्य गायत्र्याहुतिपञ्चकम् । हुत्वैकवैष्णवेनैव जुहुयाद्वारपञ्चकम्

tāreṇāthāgnimabhyukṣya gāyatryāhutipañcakam | hutvaikavaiṣṇavenaiva juhuyādvārapañcakam

English translation

After purifying the fire by chanting orh, one should offer five oblations while chanting the Gayatn mantra and five oblations while chanting the Visnu Gayatn mantra.

HBV 19.750

Source

ततो व्याहृतिभिर्हुत्वा द्वादशाक्षरमन्त्रतः । हुत्वा पूर्ण हुतिꣳ विद्वान् कुशकुण्डीꣳ समापयेत्

tato vyāhṛtibhirhutvā dvādaśākṣaramantrataḥ | hutvā pūrṇa hutiṁ vidvān kuśakuṇḍīṁ samāpayet

English translation

" One should continue the fire sacrifice while chanting the mantras beginning with bhuh, bhuvah, and svah and offer oblations while chanting the twelve-syllable mantra. One who is learned should offer the final oblation and then perform the ritual known as kusakundika.

HBV 19.751

Source

आभिषेचनिकैर्मन्त्रैः शान्तिकुम्भाम्भसा ततः । आचार्य द्या द्विजाः कुर्युर्यजमानाभिषेचनम्

ābhiṣecanikairmantraiḥ śāntikumbhāmbhasā tataḥ | ācārya dyā dvijāḥ kuryuryajamānābhiṣecanam

English translation

The acarya, being assisted by the brahmanas should then take the water of the santi pitcher and carefully bathe the yajamana, the person on whose behalf they had performed the Deity installation.

HBV 19.752

Source

अनेन विधिना कृत्वा सप्तरात्रमहोत्सवम् । देवकुम्भैस्ततः कुर्याद्यजमानाभिषेचनम्

anena vidhinā kṛtvā saptarātramahotsavam | devakumbhaistataḥ kuryādyajamānābhiṣecanam

English translation

After completing the seven-day festival according to prescribed the rules and regulations, the yajamana should be bathed with the water kept in the pitchers meant for the dikpdlas.

402 SRi HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.753–754

Source

चतुर्भिरष्टभिर्वापि द्वाभ्यामेकेन वा पुनः । सपञ्चरत्नकनकैः सितवस्त्राववेष्टितैः देवस्य त्वेति मन्त्रेण साम्ना चाथर्वणेन च । अभिषेके इमे मन्त्रा नवग्रहमखे स्मृताः

caturbhiraṣṭabhirvāpi dvābhyāmekena vā punaḥ | sapañcaratnakanakaiḥ sitavastrāvaveṣṭitaiḥ devasya tveti mantreṇa sāmnā cātharvaṇena ca | abhiṣeke ime mantrā navagrahamakhe smṛtāḥ

English translation

The host, or yajamdna, should be bathed with water from either the four pitchers kept in the four directions, the eight pitchers kept in the eight directions, the single pitcher kept in the center, all the pitchers mixed together. All these pitchers should be covered with white cloth, and their water should contain the five kinds of jewels. While performing this bathing ceremony, one should chant the mantra beginning with devasyatva, as well as mantras from the Sama Veda and Atharva Veda, or the mantra beginning with surdstvdm abhisincantu.

HBV 19.755

Source

प्राङ्मुखꣳ यजमानन्तु स्नापयित्वा यथाविधि । फलꣳ समर्पयेत्तस्मै परितुष्टमना गुरुः

prāṅmukhaṁ yajamānantu snāpayitvā yathāvidhi | phalaṁ samarpayettasmai parituṣṭamanā guruḥ

English translation

The spiritual master should have the yajamdna seated facing east and then bless him with a sincere and compassionate heart.

HBV 19.756

Source

यजमानोऽभिषिक्तः सन् देवमभ्यर्च्य शक्तितः । आचार्यꣳ पूजयित्वास्मै प्रतिष्ठाद्रव्यमर्पयेत्

yajamāno'bhiṣiktaḥ san devamabhyarcya śaktitaḥ | ācāryaṁ pūjayitvāsmai pratiṣṭhādravyamarpayet

English translation

After being bathed, and after worshiping Lord Hari, the yajamdna should worship the dcdrya, according to his ability, and then give him all the ingredients used in the installation ceremony in charity.

HBV 19.757

Source

सिताम्बरधरः स्नात्वा देवꣳ सम्पूज्य यत्नतः । स्थापकꣳ पूजयेद्भक्त्या वस्त्रालङ्कारभूषणैः

sitāmbaradharaḥ snātvā devaṁ sampūjya yatnataḥ | sthāpakaṁ pūjayedbhaktyā vastrālaṅkārabhūṣaṇaiḥ

English translation

After bathing, putting on white garments, and worshiping Lord Hari, the yajamana should worship the acarya with faith and devotion and give him clothes, ornaments, and other gifts.

HBV 19.758

Source

यज्ञभाण्डानि सर्वाणि मण्डपोपस्करादिकम् । यच्चास्य दयितꣳ गेहे तदाचार्याय दापयेत् । सुप्रसन्ने गुरौ यस्मात्तृप्यन्ति सर्वदेवताः

yajñabhāṇḍāni sarvāṇi maṇḍapopaskarādikam | yaccāsya dayitaṁ gehe tadācāryāya dāpayet | suprasanne gurau yasmāttṛpyanti sarvadevatāḥ

English translation

The acarya should be given all the sacrificial vessels, everything else kept in the mandapa, and whatever is in the yajamana's house that is like by him because, after all, it is said that if the spiritual master is pleased, then all of the demigods are pleased.

HBV 19.759

Source

यागोपयोगिद्रव्याणि सर्वाण्यस्मै निवेदयेत् । स्नानीयमण्डपोपेतꣳ सर्वोपस्करणादिकम् । मूलयज्ञगृहꣳ दद्यादाचार्याय तथापरम्

yāgopayogidravyāṇi sarvāṇyasmai nivedayet | snānīyamaṇḍapopetaṁ sarvopaskaraṇādikam | mūlayajñagṛhaṁ dadyādācāryāya tathāparam

English translation

All the ingredients of sacrifice should be given to the acarya. He should also be given whatever remained unused in the snana mandapa, and in the sacrificial arena, as well as whatever he desires from the yajamana's house.

404 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.760

Source

ततः प्रतिष्ठाꣳ कुर्वीत द्वारप्रासादयोर्बुधः । विज्ञाय श्रीहयग्रीवपञ्चरात्राच्च तद्विधिम्

tataḥ pratiṣṭhāṁ kurvīta dvāraprāsādayorbudhaḥ | vijñāya śrīhayagrīvapañcarātrācca tadvidhim

English translation

Thereafter, one who is intelligent should formally install the doors of the temple. The rules and regulations pertaining to this should be ascertained by consulting the Hayasirsa-pancaratra.

HBV 19.761

Source

अतःपरꣳ प्रवक्ष्यामि ध्वजारोपणमुत्तमम् । यत् कृत्वा पुरुषः सम्यक् समग्रꣳ फलमाप्नुयात्

ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi dhvajāropaṇamuttamam | yat kṛtvā puruṣaḥ samyak samagraṁ phalamāpnuyāt

English translation

tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) atah param pravaksydmi dhvajdropanam uttamam yat krwd purusah samyak samagram phalamdpnuydt I will now describe to you the way in which a flag should be erected. Simply by observing this procedure, one can obtain the merit that is awarded to one who performs the entire installation ceremony.

HBV 19.762

Source

यातुधाना गुह्यकाश्च कुष्माण्डाः खेचरास्तथा । विघ्नयन्त्यमरश्रेष्ठ ध्वजहीनꣳ सुरालयम्

yātudhānā guhyakāśca kuṣmāṇḍāḥ khecarāstathā | vighnayantyamaraśreṣṭha dhvajahīnaṁ surālayam

English translation

O foremost of immortals, demons, Guhyakas, Kusmandas, and other ghostly creatures who course through the sky create disturbances in the temple that is not decorated with an excellent flag.

HBV 19.763

Source

ध्वजेन रहिते विप्रे प्रासादे तु वृथा भवेत् । पूजाहोमादिकꣳ सर्वꣳ जपाद्यꣳ यत् कृतꣳ बुधैः

dhvajena rahite vipre prāsāde tu vṛthā bhavet | pūjāhomādikaṁ sarvaṁ japādyaṁ yat kṛtaṁ budhaiḥ

English translation

O brdhmana, any worship, fire sacrifice, or chanting of mantras performed by a learned person in a temple that is without a flag goes in vain.

HBV 19.764

Source

रक्षणेन विना यद्वत् क्षेत्रꣳ नश्येत क्षेत्रिणाम् । ध्वजꣳ विना देवगृह तथा नश्येत सर्वथा

rakṣaṇena vinā yadvat kṣetraṁ naśyeta kṣetriṇām | dhvajaṁ vinā devagṛha tathā naśyeta sarvathā

English translation

Just as without protection, a farmer's field is spoiled, similarly, without a flag, a temple is devoid of all auspiciousness.

HBV 19.765

Source

रुद्रस्य पार्षदाः क्रूराः कुष्माण्डाद्याश्च ये स्मृताः । पूजादिकन्तु गृह्णन्ति दैवꣳ दृष्ट्वा न रक्षितम्

rudrasya pārṣadāḥ krūrāḥ kuṣmāṇḍādyāśca ye smṛtāḥ | pūjādikantu gṛhṇanti daivaṁ dṛṣṭvā na rakṣitam

English translation

If the cruel associates of Rudra, such as the Kusmandas, see that a temple is not protected by a flag, they forcibly abscond with all the ingredients for worship.

HBV 19.766

Source

दृष्ट्वा ध्वजꣳ तु देवस्य ज्वलज्ज्वलनवर्चसम् । नश्यन्ति तद्भियैवार्करश्मिक्षिप्तꣳ तमो यथा

dṛṣṭvā dhvajaṁ tu devasya jvalajjvalanavarcasam | naśyanti tadbhiyaivārkaraśmikṣiptaṁ tamo yathā

English translation

All inauspicious elements run away out of fear when they see a flag on the top of a temple, which is as brilliant as blazing fire, just as darkness vanishes as soon as the sun rises.

HBV 19.767

Source

प्रासादविम्बद्रव्याणाꣳ यावन्तः परमाणवः । तावद्वर्षसहस्राणि तत्कर्ता विष्णुलोकभाक् । एतत् पुण्यꣳ कोटिगुणꣳ भवेदारोपिते ध्वजे

prāsādavimbadravyāṇāṁ yāvantaḥ paramāṇavaḥ | tāvadvarṣasahasrāṇi tatkartā viṣṇulokabhāk | etat puṇyaṁ koṭiguṇaṁ bhavedāropite dhvaje

English translation

The owner of a temple will reside in the abode of Lord Visnu for as many thousands of years as there are atoms in the Deity, or in the

406 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILAS A temple. However, one who erects a flag on top of the temple will obtain ten million times that merit.

HBV 19.768

Source

कूष्माण्डवेदीविम्बानाꣳ भ्रमणाद्वायुनानघ । कण्ठस्य वेष्टनाज्ज्ञेयꣳ फलꣳ कोटिगुणꣳ भवेत्

kūṣmāṇḍavedīvimbānāṁ bhramaṇādvāyunānagha | kaṇṭhasya veṣṭanājjñeyaṁ phalaṁ koṭiguṇaṁ bhavet

English translation

O sinless one, if the shade of a flapping flag rests on the top of a temple, that will award ten million times the merit.

HBV 19.769

Source

ध्वजꣳ निवेशयेद्दण्डे दिशासु विदिशासु च । सूत्रात्मानꣳ विजानीहि ध्वजदण्डꣳ व्यवस्थितम् । चिच्छक्तिꣳ विद्धि तस्यैव ध्वजरूपाꣳ चलाननाम्

dhvajaṁ niveśayeddaṇḍe diśāsu vidiśāsu ca | sūtrātmānaṁ vijānīhi dhvajadaṇḍaṁ vyavasthitam | cicchaktiṁ viddhi tasyaiva dhvajarūpāṁ calānanām

English translation

The flag should be hoisted on a pole in the four, or in the eight directions. The pole is to be accepted as the life of the flag. The fluttering of the flag is to be understood as the Lord's internal potency.

HBV 19.770

Source

पताकाꣳ प्रकृतिꣳ विद्धि दण्डꣳ पुरुषविग्रहम् । प्रासादꣳ वासुदेवस्य मूर्तिभूतꣳ निबोध मे

patākāṁ prakṛtiṁ viddhi daṇḍaṁ puruṣavigraham | prāsādaṁ vāsudevasya mūrtibhūtaṁ nibodha me

English translation

The flag itself is the Lord's energy, the pole is the enjoyer of that energy, and the temple should be accepted as a form of Lord Vasudeva.

HBV 19.771–777

Source

धारणाद्धरणीꣳ विद्धि आकाशꣳ शुषिरात्मकम् । तेजस्तत्पादनꣳ विद्धि वायुस्पर्शगतꣳ तथा पाषाणादिष्वेव जलꣳ पार्थिवꣳ पृथिवीगुणम् । प्रतिशब्दोत्तरꣳ शब्दꣳ स्पर्श स्यात् कर्कशात्मकम् शुक्लादिकꣳ भवेद्रूपꣳ रसमात्मनिदर्शनम् । धूपादिगन्धो गन्धस्तु वाग्गीतादिषु सꣳस्थिता शुकनासा स्मृता नासा बाहू भद्रकरौ स्मृतौ । शिरस्त्वण्डꣳ निगदितꣳ कलसꣳ मूर्धजꣳ स्मृतम् कण्ठꣳ कण्ठमिति ज्ञेयꣳ स्कन्धꣳ वेदी निगद्यते । पायूपस्थे प्रणाले तु त्वक् सुधा परिकीर्तिता मुखꣳ द्वारꣳ भवेदस्य प्रतिमा जीव उच्यते । तच्छक्तिꣳ पिण्डिकाꣳ विद्धि प्रकृतिञ्च तदाकृतिम् निश्चलत्वꣳ तु गर्भोऽस्य अधिष्ठातास्य केशवः । एवमेष हरिः साक्षात् प्रासादत्वेन सꣳस्थितः

dhāraṇāddharaṇīṁ viddhi ākāśaṁ śuṣirātmakam | tejastatpādanaṁ viddhi vāyusparśagataṁ tathā pāṣāṇādiṣveva jalaṁ pārthivaṁ pṛthivīguṇam | pratiśabdottaraṁ śabdaṁ sparśa syāt karkaśātmakam śuklādikaṁ bhavedrūpaṁ rasamātmanidarśanam | dhūpādigandho gandhastu vāggītādiṣu saṁsthitā śukanāsā smṛtā nāsā bāhū bhadrakarau smṛtau | śirastvaṇḍaṁ nigaditaṁ kalasaṁ mūrdhajaṁ smṛtam kaṇṭhaṁ kaṇṭhamiti jñeyaṁ skandhaṁ vedī nigadyate | pāyūpasthe praṇāle tu tvak sudhā parikīrtitā mukhaṁ dvāraṁ bhavedasya pratimā jīva ucyate | tacchaktiṁ piṇḍikāṁ viddhi prakṛtiñca tadākṛtim niścalatvaṁ tu garbho'sya adhiṣṭhātāsya keśavaḥ | evameṣa hariḥ sākṣāt prāsādatvena saṁsthitaḥ

English translation

The earth is called DharanI because she holds (dhdrana) the temple. The sky is the abode of the wind, all kinds of illumination are produced from the lotus feet of the Lord, wind consists of air that has touched the Lord's body, stones can be compared to water, the material elements are representations of the three modes of material nature, an echo represents sound, the quality of harshness symbolizes touch, whiteness represents form, the existence of the self is analogous to taste, incense is the source of aroma, singing is speech, smell is the function of the nose, auspicious

items represent the Lord's arms, the top of the temple is considered to be the Lord's head, the pitcher on top of the temple represents His hair, the neck of the temple is considered to be the Lord's neck, the alter is His shoulder, the drainage system represents His anus and genitals, the surface of the temple building is considered to be nectar, the doors are His face, the Deity is His tongue, the Deity's stand is His energy, the shape of the stand is the Lord's nature, steadiness represents His abdomen, and Lord Kesava is the predominating Deity of the temple. In this way, the temple is considered to be directly a manifestation of Lord Hari.

HBV 19.778–779

Source

जङ्घान्तेऽस्य शिवो ज्ञेयस्त्वꣳ स्कन्धान्ते व्यवस्थितः । ऊर्द्ध्वभागे स्थितो विष्णुरेवमेतदवस्थितम् एवꣳ स्थितस्य चैतस्य प्रासादस्य यथाविधि । प्रतिष्ठाꣳ ध्वजरूपेण शृणु मे साम्प्रतꣳ स्फुटम्

jaṅghānte'sya śivo jñeyastvaṁ skandhānte vyavasthitaḥ | ūrddhvabhāge sthito viṣṇurevametadavasthitam evaṁ sthitasya caitasya prāsādasya yathāvidhi | pratiṣṭhāṁ dhvajarūpeṇa śṛṇu me sāmprataṁ sphuṭam

English translation

Siva resides in His thighs of this form, you (Brahma) reside in the shoulders, and Lord Visnu resides on the top of the temple. I have thus described the process of pratistha in relation to the temple. Now hear about the installation of the flag from me.

HBV 19.780

Source

पूर्वे देवासुरे युद्धे विजयार्थꣳ तदामरैः । कृत्वा लक्ष्माणि ह्युपरि वाहनान्यायुधानि च । जितꣳ दैत्यबलꣳ सर्वꣳ तदादौ ध्वजसꣳस्थितिः

pūrve devāsure yuddhe vijayārthaṁ tadāmaraiḥ | kṛtvā lakṣmāṇi hyupari vāhanānyāyudhāni ca | jitaṁ daityabalaṁ sarvaṁ tadādau dhvajasaṁsthitiḥ

English translation

In ancient times, during the battle between the demigods and demons, the demigods flew flags decorated with drawings of various carriers and weapons on their chariots to help them achieve victory. As a result, they

were able to come out victorious. Ever since that time, the custom of hoisting a flag has continued.

HBV 19.781

Source

अण्डोर्द्ध्वꣳ कलसꣳ न्यस्य तदूर्द्ध्वꣳ विन्यसेद्ध्वजम् । विम्बार्द्धमानꣳ चक्रꣳ तु त्रिभागेनाथ कारयेत्

aṇḍorddhvaṁ kalasaṁ nyasya tadūrddhvaṁ vinyaseddhvajam | vimbārddhamānaṁ cakraṁ tu tribhāgenātha kārayet

English translation

O n the temple dome, a pitcher should be installed, and on top of the pitcher, a flag should be hoisted. The size of the flag should half that of the Deity, and it should be decorated with a drawing of Lord Visnu's cakra. Traditionally, a flag is triangular in shape.

HBV 19.782

Source

द्वात्रिꣳशदङ्गुलꣳ ज्येष्ठꣳ कनिष्ठꣳ त्वष्टहानितः । प्रतिमातुर्यभागेन कारयेद्वा सुदर्शनम्

dvātriṁśadaṅgulaṁ jyeṣṭhaṁ kaniṣṭhaṁ tvaṣṭahānitaḥ | pratimāturyabhāgena kārayedvā sudarśanam

English translation

A large flag should be thirty-two fingers in length, and a small flag should be twenty-four fingers long. If one wants to make a round flag, then it should appear like a cakra, one-fourth the size of the Deity.

HBV 19.783

Source

लोहजꣳ शैलजꣳ वापि कारयेच्चिह्नपूर्वकम् । अष्टारꣳ द्वादशारꣳ वा मध्ये मूर्तिसमन्वितम् । नारसिꣳहेन रौद्रेण विश्वरूपेण वा पुनः

lohajaṁ śailajaṁ vāpi kārayeccihnapūrvakam | aṣṭāraṁ dvādaśāraṁ vā madhye mūrtisamanvitam | nārasiṁhena raudreṇa viśvarūpeṇa vā punaḥ

English translation

A cakra could be prepared from iron, stone, or any other metal. A cakra should have either eight or twelve spokes, and an engraving of Lord Nrsirhha, Rudra, or the universal form should be seen in the middle.

HBV 19.784

Source

द्वारस्य दैर्घ्याद्विगुणꣳ दण्डꣳ वा परिकल्पयेत्

dvārasya dairghyādviguṇaṁ daṇḍaṁ vā parikalpayet

English translation

410 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA The length of the flagpole should be double the height of the door.

HBV 19.785

Source

ध्वजयष्टिर्देवगृहे ऐशान्याꣳ दिशि देशिकैः । वायव्ये स्थापनीया वा साम्प्रतꣳ ध्वज उच्यते

dhvajayaṣṭirdevagṛhe aiśānyāṁ diśi deśikaiḥ | vāyavye sthāpanīyā vā sāmprataṁ dhvaja ucyate

English translation

The dcdrya should install the flag either at the northeast or northwest corner of the temple. The flag is known as dhvaja.

HBV 19.786–787

Source

पट्टकार्पासक्षौमाद्यैर्ध्वज कुर्यात् सुशोभनम् । एकवर्णꣳ विचित्रꣳ वा घण्टाचामरभूषितम् किङ्किणीजालिकोपेतꣳ वर्हिपत्रविभूषितम् । शुक्लादिवर्णैर्विप्रादिः क्रमाद्वा कारयेद्ध्वजम्

paṭṭakārpāsakṣaumādyairdhvaja kuryāt suśobhanam | ekavarṇaṁ vicitraṁ vā ghaṇṭācāmarabhūṣitam kiṅkiṇījālikopetaṁ varhipatravibhūṣitam | śuklādivarṇairviprādiḥ kramādvā kārayeddhvajam

English translation

The flag should be made of cotton, silk, or coarse silk cloth. It can be a single color or multi-colored; decorated with symbols of a cdmara, bell, and so on; and adorned with tinkling bells, lacework, or peacock feathers. At the house of a brdhmana, the flag should be white; at the house of a ksatriya, the flag should be red, and at the house of a vaisya, it should be yellow.

HBV 19.788

Source

दण्डाग्रात् धरणीꣳ यावद्धस्तैकꣳ विस्तरेण तु । महाध्वजन्तु विख्यातꣳ सर्वकामप्रदꣳ शुभम्

daṇḍāgrāt dharaṇīṁ yāvaddhastaikaṁ vistareṇa tu | mahādhvajantu vikhyātaṁ sarvakāmapradaṁ śubham

English translation

If the width of the dhvaja is one foot, then it is called mahadhvaja, and it fulfills all of one's desires and awards auspiciousness.

HBV 19.789

Source

तूर्याꣳशहीना विख्याता ध्वजासुरगणार्चिता । ध्वजिकार्द्धेन विज्ञया पताका मानवर्जिता

tūryāṁśahīnā vikhyātā dhvajāsuragaṇārcitā | dhvajikārddhena vijñayā patākā mānavarjitā

English translation

O Lord, who is worshiped by the demigods, a flag that is one-fourth a mahadhvaja in size is called dhavja. A flag that is half the size of a mahadhvaja is referred to as dhvjikd, as are flags of other measurements.

HBV 19.790

Source

विस्तारेण ध्वजा कार्या विशत्यङ्गुलसम्मिता । षोडशाङ्गुलमानेन ध्वजिका विस्तरात् स्मृता

vistāreṇa dhvajā kāryā viśatyaṅgulasammitā | ṣoḍaśāṅgulamānena dhvajikā vistarāt smṛtā

English translation

The width of the dhvaja should be about twenty fingers, and it should be understood that the width of a dhvjika is about sixteen fingers.

HBV 19.791–792

Source

अधिवास्य विधानेन चक्रꣳ दण्डꣳ ध्वजꣳ तथा । देववत् सकलꣳ कृत्वा मण्डपस्नपनादिकम् नेत्रोन्मीलनकꣳ कृत्वा पूर्वोक्तꣳ सर्वमाचरेत् । अधिवासयेत विधिना शय्यायाꣳ स्थाप्य देशिकः

adhivāsya vidhānena cakraṁ daṇḍaṁ dhvajaṁ tathā | devavat sakalaṁ kṛtvā maṇḍapasnapanādikam netronmīlanakaṁ kṛtvā pūrvoktaṁ sarvamācaret | adhivāsayeta vidhinā śayyāyāṁ sthāpya deśikaḥ

English translation

According to the rules and regulations prescribed in the scriptures, the cakra, pole, and dhvaja should first be purified by washing them with water while chanting the appropriate mantras. They should be worshiped like a Deity, and their eyes should be opened by performing the netromllana ceremony. The dcarya should then place them on a nice bed and perform the adhivasa ceremony.

HBV 19.793

Source

ततः सहस्रशीर्षेति सूक्तꣳ चक्रे न्यसेद्बुधः । तथा सौदर्शनꣳ मन्त्रꣳ मनस्तत्त्वꣳ निवेशयेत्

tataḥ sahasraśīrṣeti sūktaṁ cakre nyasedbudhaḥ | tathā saudarśanaṁ mantraṁ manastattvaṁ niveśayet

English translation

412 SR! HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA tatha saudarsanam mantrarh manas tatwarh nivesayet To perform the nydsa of the cakra, one who is learned should chant the Sahasra-slrsa mantras, as well as the Sudarshana mantra.

HBV 19.794

Source

मनोऽनुरूपेणास्यैव सजीवकरणꣳ स्मृतम् । अरेषु मूर्तयो न्यस्याः केशवाद्याः सुरोत्तम

mano'nurūpeṇāsyaiva sajīvakaraṇaṁ smṛtam | areṣu mūrtayo nyasyāḥ keśavādyāḥ surottama

English translation

O foremost of demigods, the prana-pratistha ceremony of the cakra should be observed according to the description given in relation to the chanting of the appropriate mantras. One should also perform the tattva- nyasa, while chanting the name of Kesava, and so on, on each of the spokes.

HBV 19.795

Source

नाभ्यक्ष-प्रधिनेमीषु न्यसेत्तत्त्वानि देशिकः । नारसिꣳह विश्वरूपमक्षमध्ये निवेशयेत्

nābhyakṣa-pradhinemīṣu nyasettattvāni deśikaḥ | nārasiṁha viśvarūpamakṣamadhye niveśayet

English translation

The acarya should also perform tattva-nyasas on the various parts of the cakra. The form of Nrsimhadeva, or the universal form, should be placed in the middle of the cakra.

HBV 19.796

Source

सकलꣳ विन्यसेद्दण्डे सूत्रात्मानꣳ सजीवकम् । निष्कलꣳ परमात्मानꣳ ध्वजे ध्यायन् न्यसेद्धरिम् । तच्छक्तिव्यापिनीꣳ ध्यायेद्ध्वजारूपाञ्चलाननाम्

sakalaṁ vinyaseddaṇḍe sūtrātmānaṁ sajīvakam | niṣkalaṁ paramātmānaṁ dhvaje dhyāyan nyaseddharim | tacchaktivyāpinīṁ dhyāyeddhvajārūpāñcalānanām

English translation

All types of nydsa should be performed on the pole while chanting the mula mantra. Meditate on the Supersoul as being situated within the dhvaja. The flapping dhavaja should be meditated on as being the Lord's superior energy.

HBV 19.797

Source

ततो मण्डपमध्ये तु स्नाप्य पुज्य यथाविधि । पूर्वोक्तेन विधानेन होमꣳ कुण्डेषु कारयेत्

tato maṇḍapamadhye tu snāpya pujya yathāvidhi | pūrvoktena vidhānena homaṁ kuṇḍeṣu kārayet

English translation

The cakra, flag, and pole should then be taken to the sndna-mandapa, where they should be properly bathed and worshiped. Then, according to the procedures that were previously described, a fire sacrifice should be performed for their satisfaction.

HBV 19.798–799

Source

ततः प्रभातसमये मूर्तिपैः सह देशिकः । कलसे स्वर्णसकलꣳ न्यस्त्वा रत्नानि पञ्च च स्थापयेच्चक्रमन्त्रेण स्वर्णचक्रमधस्ततः । पारदेन तु सꣳप्लाव्य नेत्रपट्टेन स्थापयेत्

tataḥ prabhātasamaye mūrtipaiḥ saha deśikaḥ | kalase svarṇasakalaṁ nyastvā ratnāni pañca ca sthāpayeccakramantreṇa svarṇacakramadhastataḥ | pāradena tu saṁplāvya netrapaṭṭena sthāpayet

English translation

Early in the morning, the dcdrya, along with the Deity's guards, should collect some gold and five kinds of jewels and then purify them. The gold should be melted with the help of mercury and poured on the bottom of the cakra, while chanting the cakra mantra.

HBV 19.800

Source

ततो निवेशयेच्चक्रꣳ द्वादशारꣳ सुदर्शनम् । दुर्निरीक्ष्यꣳ सुरैर्दैत्यैर्भ्रमद्वाह्निस्फुलिङ्गकम्

tato niveśayeccakraṁ dvādaśāraṁ sudarśanam | durnirīkṣyaṁ surairdaityairbhramadvāhnisphuliṅgakam

English translation

Thereafter, the Sudarsana cakra, which is very difficult for even the demigods and demons to gaze upon, and which emits sparks of blazing fire when moving and has twelve spokes, should be installed.

HBV 19.801–803

Source

तन्मध्ये चिन्तयेद् देवर्ह् न्र्सिम्हम् दैत्य निर्द्दलम्

tanmadhye cintayed devarh nrsimham daitya nirddalam

English translation

414 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA sphurat sauddni jhivarh jvalaj jvalana kesaram diptdrka nayarh candra koti bhdsvara damstrinam taptasya tapaniyasya sadrsam purusdnanam sarvva dusta hararh devarh duspreksyam devaddnavaih sarvva varndnta vljena caturddasa yutena ca vinduna alankrtenddau pranavend plutena ca ante pranati yuktena sthapayed dustandsanam One should meditate on Lord Nrsirhhadeva, who kills the demons, as being situated within the Sudarsana cakra. The Lord within the cakra is very effulgent, and has a blazing tongue, fiery mane, eyes like two suns, teeth as bright as millions of moons, and a complexion of molten gold. He is engaged in destroying all kinds of miscreants, difficult for even the demigods and demons to gaze upon, and the master of everyone. The Sudarsana cakra should be installed while chanting the mantra beginning with ksabija consisting of fourteen syllables, preceded by orh, and ending with namah.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 19.804

Source

ततो ध्वजꣳ गृहीत्वा तु यजमानः सबान्धवः । प्रदक्षिणꣳ तु कुर्वीत तूर्यमङ्गलनिस्वनैः

tato dhvajaṁ gṛhītvā tu yajamānaḥ sabāndhavaḥ | pradakṣiṇaṁ tu kurvīta tūryamaṅgalanisvanaiḥ

English translation

Thereafter, the yajamana, along with his friends and relatives, should take the dhvaja and circumambulate the temple, along with the playing of drums and flutes, and the chanting of auspicious mantras.

HBV 19.805–806

Source

ततो निवेशयेद्दण्डꣳ मन्त्रेणाष्टाक्षरेण तु । मुञ्चामि त्वेति सूक्तेन ध्वजꣳ मुञ्चेद्विचक्षणः दधिभक्तयुते पात्रे ध्वजस्याग्रꣳ निवेशयेत् । ध्रुवाद्येन फडन्तेन ध्वज मन्त्रेण पूजयेत्

tato niveśayeddaṇḍaṁ mantreṇāṣṭākṣareṇa tu | muñcāmi tveti sūktena dhvajaṁ muñcedvicakṣaṇaḥ dadhibhaktayute pātre dhvajasyāgraṁ niveśayet | dhruvādyena phaḍantena dhvaja mantreṇa pūjayet

English translation

O n e who is intelligent should then install the dhvaja while chanting the eight-syllable mantra. He should offer rice mixed with yogurt to the dhvaja while chanting the mantra beginning with muncdmi tveti. The dhvaja should then be worshiped very nicely while chanting mantras, such as those beginning with dhruvddya and phadanta.

HBV 19.807

Source

शिरस्याधाय तत् पात्रꣳ नारायणमनुस्मरन् । मुक्तमात्रे ध्वजे दद्याज्जीवमाचार्यसत्तमः

śirasyādhāya tat pātraṁ nārāyaṇamanusmaran | muktamātre dhvaje dadyājjīvamācāryasattamaḥ

English translation

The exalted dcarya should carry a plate of rice and yogurt on his head while remembering Lord Narayana and then invoke life into the dhvaja as being situated within that plate.

HBV 19.808

Source

प्रभिन्नꣳ कुञ्जरꣳ दद्यावश्वꣳ वा लक्षणान्वितम् । दासꣳ वा पेशलꣳ वापि दासीꣳ बालसवर्जिताम् । महाशृङ्गीꣳ प्रदद्यात्तु ग्रामञ्च गुरुतुष्टये

prabhinnaṁ kuñjaraṁ dadyāvaśvaṁ vā lakṣaṇānvitam | dāsaṁ vā peśalaṁ vāpi dāsīṁ bālasavarjitām | mahāśṛṅgīṁ pradadyāttu grāmañca gurutuṣṭaye

English translation

Thereafter, just to please the spiritual master, one should offer him an elephant, horse, expert servant, lively maidservant, cow with beautiful horns, and village.

416 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.809

Source

आचार्यꣳ भोजयित्वा तु मूर्तिपान् पूजयेद्बुधः । सुवर्णवस्त्रदानेन वैष्णवानपि पूजयेत्

ācāryaṁ bhojayitvā tu mūrtipān pūjayedbudhaḥ | suvarṇavastradānena vaiṣṇavānapi pūjayet

English translation

One who is wise should first feed the dcdrya with love and devotion and then worship the Deity's guards. He should serve the Vaisnavas by offering them gold, clothing, and so forth.

HBV 19.810

Source

अनिवारितमन्नादꣳ सर्ववणेषु कारयेत् । ततो नृत्यञ्च वाद्यञ्च बलिꣳ दद्यात्तथा पुनः

anivāritamannādaṁ sarvavaṇeṣu kārayet | tato nṛtyañca vādyañca baliṁ dadyāttathā punaḥ

English translation

He should then distribute food to the members of all the four varnas without discrimination. Thereafter, the demigods should be offered various gifts, accompanied by dancing, singing, and the playing of musical instruments.

HBV 19.811

Source

कुर्याद्यो देवसदने ध्वजꣳ विधिविधानतः । तस्य स्यादक्षयो लोको वैष्णवो नात्र सꣳशय

kuryādyo devasadane dhvajaṁ vidhividhānataḥ | tasya syādakṣayo loko vaiṣṇavo nātra saṁśaya

English translation

There is no doubt that one who installs a dhvaja above the temple of the Supreme Lord while following the prescribed rules and regulations attains the inexhaustible abode of the Lord, Vaikuntha.

HBV 19.812

Source

कदाचिद्यदि मानुष्यलोकमायाति स्वेच्छया । तथा सर्वेषु भूतेषु ध्वजीभूतः प्रकाशते

kadācidyadi mānuṣyalokamāyāti svecchayā | tathā sarveṣu bhūteṣu dhvajībhūtaḥ prakāśate

English translation

Even if such a person comes back to this mortal world, he assumes the form of a dhvaja and thus continues to bless all living entities.

HBV 19.813

Source

आधारभूतꣳ सर्वेषाꣳ बन्धूनाꣳ धनिनाꣳ तथा । तस्मात् सर्वप्रयत्नेन ध्वजꣳ कुर्यात् सुरालये

ādhārabhūtaṁ sarveṣāṁ bandhūnāṁ dhanināṁ tathā | tasmāt sarvaprayatnena dhvajaṁ kuryāt surālaye

English translation

Such a person becomes the very life and soul of his friends and even those who are wealthy. Therefore, by all means, one should install a dhvaja on the top of the temple of the Supreme Lord.

HBV 19.814

Source

ध्वजे यष्टिप्रदानेन वपुष्मान् जायते नरः । ध्वजमानेन चाप्नोति लोकꣳ शक्रस्य दुर्लभम्

dhvaje yaṣṭipradānena vapuṣmān jāyate naraḥ | dhvajamānena cāpnoti lokaṁ śakrasya durlabham

English translation

If one donates a flagpole, he achieves a glorious body in his next life, having attained the abode of Indra, which is rarely achieved.

HBV 19.815

Source

अथ लक्ष्म्याः सुपर्णादि-परिवारगणस्य च । प्रतिष्ठाꣳ हयशीर्षोक्तसुव्यक्तविधिनाचरेत्

atha lakṣmyāḥ suparṇādi-parivāragaṇasya ca | pratiṣṭhāṁ hayaśīrṣoktasuvyaktavidhinācaret

English translation

Thereafter, the pratistha ceremony of the Lord's associates, such as Lakrhi-devI and Garuda, should be performed according to the clearly- described procedures found in the Hayasirsa-pancaratra.

HBV 19.816

Source

सर्वामेताꣳ प्रतिष्ठाञ्च विप्रेण विदुषा सता । गृहिणा वैष्णवेनैव कारयेन्नेतरेण तु

sarvāmetāṁ pratiṣṭhāñca vipreṇa viduṣā satā | gṛhiṇā vaiṣṇavenaiva kārayennetareṇa tu

English translation

The pratistha ceremony should be conducted by a qualified brdhmana or Vaisnava who is thoroughly honest, learned in the scriptures, and devoted to the Supreme Lord, and not by anyone else.

418 SRI HARI-BH AKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.817

Source

नैतद्विशीलेन न दाम्भिकेन न लिङ्गिना स्थापनमत्र कार्याम् । विप्रेण कार्यꣳ श्रुतिपारगेण गृहस्थधर्माभिरतेन नित्यम्

naitadviśīlena na dāmbhikena na liṅginā sthāpanamatra kāryām | vipreṇa kāryaṁ śrutipārageṇa gṛhasthadharmābhiratena nityam

English translation

Never appoint someone to install the Deity of the Supreme Lord who is not sober, proud, and a hypocrite. The ceremony should be performed by a qualified brahmana who is expert in the understanding of the Vedas, and who is an honest householder.

HBV 19.818

Source

पाषण्डिनꣳ यस्तु करोतु बुद्ध्या विहाय विप्रान् श्रुतिधर्मयुक्तान् । गुरुꣳ प्रतिष्ठादिषु तच्च नूनꣳ कुलक्षयः स्यादचिराय पूर्वम्

pāṣaṇḍinaṁ yastu karotu buddhyā vihāya viprān śrutidharmayuktān | guruṁ pratiṣṭhādiṣu tacca nūnaṁ kulakṣayaḥ syādacirāya pūrvam

English translation

One who knowingly accepts an atheist as his spiritual master for the purpose of installing the Deity after rejecting a qualified brahmana who is inclined toward genuine Vedic culture certainly will become degraded, along with all his family members.

HBV 19.819

Source

स्थानꣳ पिशाचैः परिगृह्यते तदपूज्यताꣳ यात्यचिरेण लोके । विप्रैः कृतꣳ यच्छुभदꣳ कुले स्थात्तत पूज्यताꣳ याति चिरञ्च कालम्

sthānaṁ piśācaiḥ parigṛhyate tadapūjyatāṁ yātyacireṇa loke | vipraiḥ kṛtaṁ yacchubhadaṁ kule sthāttata pūjyatāṁ yāti cirañca kālam

English translation

When the Deity installation is performed by an atheist, it comes under the control of ghosts, and the one who conducts such a ceremony becomes unpopular within human society. O n the other hand, if the pratistha ceremony is carried out by a qualified brahmana who knows the truth of the Vedas, then all auspiciousness will descend upon one's family, and one will be adored by everyone in society.

HBV 19.820

Source

चलमूर्तेश्च विविधाः प्रतिष्ठाविधयः स्मृताः । तेष्वादौ श्रीहयग्रीवदेवोक्तो लिख्यते विधि

calamūrteśca vividhāḥ pratiṣṭhāvidhayaḥ smṛtāḥ | teṣvādau śrīhayagrīvadevokto likhyate vidhi

English translation

There are many processes for installing a movable Deity. Among them, we will first describe the processes described by Lord Hayagriva.

HBV 19.821

Source

अचलश्च चलश्चैव द्विविधो विष्णुरुच्यते । अचलो ह्यादिपुरुषः प्रादुर्भावगतञ्चलः

acalaśca calaścaiva dvividho viṣṇurucyate | acalo hyādipuruṣaḥ prādurbhāvagatañcalaḥ

English translation

It is understood that there are two kinds of Deities of Lord Visnu— movable and immovable. The immovable form is the original Personality of Godhead, and the moveable form is His incarnation.

HBV 19.822

Source

प्रासादे ह्यचलस्तद्वद्गृहेषु च चलाचलः । सभामठस्थो ह्यचलो गृहस्थानाꣳ मठे चलः

prāsāde hyacalastadvadgṛheṣu ca calācalaḥ | sabhāmaṭhastho hyacalo gṛhasthānāṁ maṭhe calaḥ

English translation

The Deity in the temple is immovable. At home, there can be movable or immovable Deities. In the matha, the Deity should be immovable, and in a house of a householder, a movable Deity should be installed.

HBV 19.823

Source

चले रत्नादिविन्यासः पिण्डिकायोजनादिकम् । यतो न विद्यते तस्मात् पिण्डिका तस्य नेदृशी । अतो विशेषाद्वक्ष्यामि चलानाꣳ यादृशो विधिः

cale ratnādivinyāsaḥ piṇḍikāyojanādikam | yato na vidyate tasmāt piṇḍikā tasya nedṛśī | ato viśeṣādvakṣyāmi calānāṁ yādṛśo vidhiḥ

English translation

As far as the movable Deity is concerned, there is no need for spreading jewels and fixing the Deity's stand. I shall now describe the procedures that are recommended for installing moveable Deities.

420 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.824

Source

प्रतिविम्बाहतꣳ शस्त्रैरुत्कीर्णꣳ पाकजꣳ तथा । त्रिविधञ्च समुद्दिष्टꣳ विष्णुरूपꣳ विचक्षणैः

prativimbāhataṁ śastrairutkīrṇaṁ pākajaṁ tathā | trividhañca samuddiṣṭaṁ viṣṇurūpaṁ vicakṣaṇaiḥ

English translation

Learned authorities have classified Deities of Lord Visnu into three categories—those made of clay, those carved from stone, and molded Deities.

HBV 19.825

Source

प्रतिविम्बाहतꣳ पूज्यꣳ तावत्कालꣳ तु पार्थिवम् । न तत्र कश्चित् सꣳस्कारः केवलꣳ तत्त्वयोजनम् । पूजनान्ते विसर्गश्च पुनर्नेष्टꣳ तदर्चनम्

prativimbāhataṁ pūjyaṁ tāvatkālaṁ tu pārthivam | na tatra kaścit saṁskāraḥ kevalaṁ tattvayojanam | pūjanānte visargaśca punarneṣṭaṁ tadarcanam

English translation

A clay Deity should be worshiped without delay after being constructed. There is no need to perform the various sarhskaras for this kind of Deity. The worship of this Deity is temporary and after the worship is completed, this Deity should be immersed on a body of water.

HBV 19.826

Source

शस्त्रोत्कीर्णꣳ बहुविधꣳ शिलारत्नादिभेदतः । दारवꣳ शैलजꣳ रूपꣳ प्रासादे स्थापयेत् परम्

śastrotkīrṇaṁ bahuvidhaṁ śilāratnādibhedataḥ | dāravaṁ śailajaṁ rūpaṁ prāsāde sthāpayet param

English translation

Deities that are carved from stone, jewels, or wood, with the use of various implements, should be installed in the temple.

HBV 19.827

Source

रत्नजꣳ निर्मितꣳ शस्त्रैः पिण्डिकासहितꣳ शुभम् । पिण्डिकारहितꣳ वापि तदेवꣳ द्विविधꣳ पुनः

ratnajaṁ nirmitaṁ śastraiḥ piṇḍikāsahitaṁ śubham | piṇḍikārahitaṁ vāpi tadevaṁ dvividhaṁ punaḥ

English translation

Deities made from jewels should be attached to a purified stand, and should be carved with the use of a weapon. Such Deities are considered to

be very auspicious. Deities made from jewels can also be installed without a stand.

HBV 19.828

Source

रत्नजस्य तु रूपस्य पिण्डिका धातवी स्मृता । शैली तु शैलजस्येष्टा रत्नजस्य तु नेष्यते

ratnajasya tu rūpasya piṇḍikā dhātavī smṛtā | śailī tu śailajasyeṣṭā ratnajasya tu neṣyate

English translation

A Deity made of jewels should have a stand made of metal, and a Deity made of stone should have a stand made of stone. There is no harm if a Deity made of jewels has no stand.

HBV 19.829

Source

पिण्डिकासहितꣳ कार्यꣳ चलꣳ रत्नादिनिर्मितम् । पाकजꣳ धातुजꣳ विम्बꣳ पिण्डिकासहितꣳ तु तत्

piṇḍikāsahitaṁ kāryaṁ calaṁ ratnādinirmitam | pākajaṁ dhātujaṁ vimbaṁ piṇḍikāsahitaṁ tu tat

English translation

Moveable Deities made of jewels should be installed with a stand. Molded Deities, metal Deities, and marble Deities should also have stands.

HBV 19.830

Source

तेषाꣳ प्रतिष्ठाꣳ वक्ष्यामि सꣳक्षेपाद्वेदनिर्मिताम्

teṣāṁ pratiṣṭhāṁ vakṣyāmi saṁkṣepādvedanirmitām

English translation

Now I will briefly describe the process for installing a moveable Deity according to the rules and regulations prescribed in the Vedas.

HBV 19.831

Source

दशहस्तपरीमाणꣳ मण्डपꣳ कारयेच्छुभम् । कुर्यात् पञ्चकराꣳ वेदीꣳ तद्वत् कुण्डानि कारयेत्

daśahastaparīmāṇaṁ maṇḍapaṁ kārayecchubham | kuryāt pañcakarāṁ vedīṁ tadvat kuṇḍāni kārayet

English translation

First, a mandapa should be prepared. The measurement of the mandapa should be ten feet on all sides, for this is considered to be auspicious. Within the mandapa, an altar should be constructed which is about five feet on all sides. Around the altar, one should dig sacrificial pits.

422 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.832

Source

तोरणध्वजकुम्भानाई स्थापनꣳ पूर्ववत् स्मृतम् । विष्णुकुम्भꣳ तथा स्थाप्य लोकपान् पूर्ववद्यजेत्

toraṇadhvajakumbhānāī sthāpanaṁ pūrvavat smṛtam | viṣṇukumbhaṁ tathā sthāpya lokapān pūrvavadyajet

English translation

Gates, pillars, flags, and pitchers should be arranged as previously described. O n e should install the pitchers for the worship of Lord Visnu, and worship the lokapdlas in the manner that was presented previously.

HBV 19.833

Source

सर्व्वतो भद्रकर्ह् वेद्यर्ह् लिखेद् उज्ज्वल वर्नकैह् वैस्नव्द्ग्निम् तथ्द् कुर्य्य्द्द् य्द्म्ये सय्य्द्र्ह् तु प्द्तयेत्

sarvvato bhadrakarh vedyarh likhed ujjvala varnakaih vaisnavdgnim tathd kuryydd ydmye sayydrh tu pdtayet

English translation

Auspicious symbols should be made with colored powder, on and around the altar. As before, the sacrificial fire should be ignited and a bed should be place on the right side of the altar.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 19.834

Source

ऐशान्याꣳ भद्रपीठꣳ तु न्यस्य कुम्भꣳ तु विन्यसेत् । सर्वौषधियुतान् सर्वानष्टाशीतिपदे तथा

aiśānyāṁ bhadrapīṭhaṁ tu nyasya kumbhaṁ tu vinyaset | sarvauṣadhiyutān sarvānaṣṭāśītipade tathā

English translation

A pitcher filled with water should be installed at a purified place toward the northeast. One should also arrange a pitcher filed with medicinal herbs and install it at the same place while chanting the mantra beginning with astdsiti.

HBV 19.835–836

Source

अथोत्तरे मण्डपस्य स्नानवेद्याꣳ तु पश्चिमे । भूमिꣳ प्रलिप्य तत्रादौ तण्डुलैः पञ्चवर्णकैः चतुरस्रꣳ विलिख्यादौ स्वस्तिकꣳ कल्पयेद्गुरुः । तन्मध्ये पीठकꣳ न्यस्य प्रतिमाꣳ तत्र विन्यसेत्

athottare maṇḍapasya snānavedyāṁ tu paścime | bhūmiṁ pralipya tatrādau taṇḍulaiḥ pañcavarṇakaiḥ caturasraṁ vilikhyādau svastikaṁ kalpayedguruḥ | tanmadhye pīṭhakaṁ nyasya pratimāṁ tatra vinyaset

English translation

The spiritual master should draw a square with five different colors of rice powder on an area situated to the west of the snana-mandapa and north of the main mandapa, and draw a svastika within it. O n top of the svastika, one should install the Deity of the Supreme Lord.

HBV 19.837

Source

शङ्खतूर्यरवैस्तद्वत् पञ्चगव्यादिना स्नपेत् । पुष्पगन्धादिभिः पूज्य च्छादयेच्छुक्लवाससा

śaṅkhatūryaravaistadvat pañcagavyādinā snapet | puṣpagandhādibhiḥ pūjya cchādayecchuklavāsasā

English translation

The spiritual master should bathe the Deity with the five products received from the cow, as before, accompanied by the sounds of conch shells, drums, and so on. Thereafter, he should offer sandalwood paste and flowers, and then cover the Deity with a white cloth.

HBV 19.838

Source

उत्थाप्य त्वभिषेकार्थꣳ निनयेत् स्नानमण्डपम् । शङ्खपुण्याहघोषेण स्नानपीठे निवेशयेत्

utthāpya tvabhiṣekārthaṁ ninayet snānamaṇḍapam | śaṅkhapuṇyāhaghoṣeṇa snānapīṭhe niveśayet

English translation

Thereafter, the Deity should be transferred to the snana-mandapa for the performance of the abhiseka ceremony. This should be accommplished while chanting auspicious mantras, reciting suitable prayers, blowing conch shells, and playing musical instruments.

HBV 19.839

Source

अवधार्य जगच्छान्तिꣳ तोषयेत् कर्मिणस्तथा । देशिकस्य तदा दद्यात् पूर्ववत्तरुणीꣳ शुभाम् । सपुत्राꣳ वस्त्रसꣳयुक्ताꣳ हेमशृङ्गीꣳ सदक्षिणाम्

avadhārya jagacchāntiṁ toṣayet karmiṇastathā | deśikasya tadā dadyāt pūrvavattaruṇīṁ śubhām | saputrāṁ vastrasaṁyuktāṁ hemaśṛṅgīṁ sadakṣiṇām

English translation

To attain a peaceful existence, within his mind and within the world, the one who installs the Deity should please the sculptors and their helpers in all respects. As before, the acarya should also be given a healthy, young cow covered with a decorative cloth and horns plated with

424 SRI H A R I - B H A K T I - VILASA

HBV 19.840

Source

ततो वेदादिमन्त्रैस्तामालभेद्देशिकोत्तमः । पौरुषेण तु सूक्तेन मूलबीजेन चालयेत्

tato vedādimantraistāmālabheddeśikottamaḥ | pauruṣeṇa tu sūktena mūlabījena cālayet

English translation

The exalted dcdrya should then touch every limb of the Deity while chanting the appropriate Vedic mantras. He should also recite the Purusa- sukta prayers and the mula mantra.

HBV 19.841

Source

कौतुकꣳ मूलबीजेन तत्करे त्वधिरोपयेत् । चित्रꣳ देवेति मन्त्रेण नेत्रे चोन्मीलयेद्गुरुः

kautukaṁ mūlabījena tatkare tvadhiropayet | citraṁ deveti mantreṇa netre conmīlayedguruḥ

English translation

While chanting the mula-blja mantra, the dcdrya should tie a sacred thread around the Deity's wrist and formally open His eyes by chanting the mantra beginning with citrarh veda.

HBV 19.842

Source

हैमयाभ्यञ्जयेन्नेत्रे श्लक्ष्णया तु शलाकया । घृतेन मधुना तन्मधुवातेति देशिकः

haimayābhyañjayennetre ślakṣṇayā tu śalākayā | ghṛtena madhunā tanmadhuvāteti deśikaḥ

English translation

Thereafter, the dcdrya should prepare a paste by mixing ghee, honey, and fine chalk powder, and then apply it to the Deity's eyes while chanting the mantra beginning with madhuvdtd.

HBV 19.843

Source

ततः शुद्धेन तोयेन स्नाप्य मन्त्रैः समालभेत् । वेदाद्येन च सूक्तेन चतुर्भिर्मूर्तिपैः सह

tataḥ śuddhena toyena snāpya mantraiḥ samālabhet | vedādyena ca sūktena caturbhirmūrtipaiḥ saha

English translation

With the help of the four Deity guards, the spiritual master should then bathe the Deity with pure water while chanting the Purusa-sukta and other Vedic mantras. He should then touch the Deity's entire body while chanting the appropriate mantras.

HBV 19.844–846

Source

अतो देवेति चावाह्य वासुदेवꣳ जगद्गुरुम् । विशुद्धस्फटिकाभासꣳ हिमकुन्देन्दुसन्निभम् किरणैः शीतलैः सौम्यैः प्रीणयन्तञ्चराचरम् । लावण्यामृततोयेन सिञ्चन्तमिव सर्वतः सुनाभꣳ वारिजꣳ पद्मꣳ धारयन्तꣳ गदाꣳ शुभाम् । भूषितꣳ मालया तद्वद्दीपितꣳ मणिकाञ्चनैः । श्री-पुष्टि-गरुडाद्यैस्तु समन्तात् परिवारितम्

ato deveti cāvāhya vāsudevaṁ jagadgurum | viśuddhasphaṭikābhāsaṁ himakundendusannibham kiraṇaiḥ śītalaiḥ saumyaiḥ prīṇayantañcarācaram | lāvaṇyāmṛtatoyena siñcantamiva sarvataḥ sunābhaṁ vārijaṁ padmaṁ dhārayantaṁ gadāṁ śubhām | bhūṣitaṁ mālayā tadvaddīpitaṁ maṇikāñcanaiḥ | śrī-puṣṭi-garuḍādyaistu samantāt parivāritam

English translation

Thereafter, Lord Vasudeva, the spiritual master of the entire universe, should be invited by chanting the mantra beginning with deveti and meditating on Him as having a complexion as clear as crystal and the color of a kunda flower. His form is all-attractive and He bestows happiness upon all moving and non-moving living entities by the soothing rays emanating from His transcendental body. Indeed, He showers nectar in all directions in the form of His incomparable beauty. He holds a cakra, conch, lotus, and club in His four hands. He is adorned with a flower garland and ornaments made of diamonds and gold, and He is surrounded by His associates, such as Laksmi, Pusti, and Garuda.

HBV 19.847

Source

एवꣳ ध्यात्वा ततः कुम्भैरभिषिञ्चेत् समन्ततः । आपो हिष्ठेति मन्त्रेण कुम्भेनासेचयेद्गुरुः

evaṁ dhyātvā tataḥ kumbhairabhiṣiñcet samantataḥ | āpo hiṣṭheti mantreṇa kumbhenāsecayedguruḥ

English translation

After meditating on the Lord in this way, the acarya should perform the Deity's abhiseka with water and other ingredients kept in pitchers that are placed around the bathing mandapa. The spiritual master should chant the mantra beginning with dpo histheti while bathing the Deity.

^26 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.848

Source

समुद्रꣳ गच्छ मन्त्रेण दक्षिणेनाभिषेचयेत् । सोमराजेति मन्त्रेण उत्तरेणाभिषेचयेत्

samudraṁ gaccha mantreṇa dakṣiṇenābhiṣecayet | somarājeti mantreṇa uttareṇābhiṣecayet

English translation

While performing the abhiseka with water from the pitchers kept to the south of the altar, the mantra beginning with samudram gaccha should be chanted. While performing abhiseka with water from the pitchers kept to the north of the altar, the mantra beginning with somam rajeti should be chanted.

HBV 19.849

Source

घृतेनाभ्यञ्जयेद्देवꣳ तेजोऽसीति ततो गुरुः । द्रुपदेति समुद्वर्त्य दद्यादामलकꣳ शुभम्

ghṛtenābhyañjayeddevaṁ tejo'sīti tato guruḥ | drupadeti samudvartya dadyādāmalakaṁ śubham

English translation

The spiritual master should massage the Deity with ghee while chanting the mantra beginning with tejo'siti, and he should apply amalaki paste while chanting the mantra beginning with drupadeti.

HBV 19.850

Source

याः फणिनीति मन्त्रेण फलैर्नीराजयेत् प्रभुम् । काण्डात् काण्डेति मन्त्रेण हरिꣳ निर्माञ्छयेत् पुनः

yāḥ phaṇinīti mantreṇa phalairnīrājayet prabhum | kāṇḍāt kāṇḍeti mantreṇa hariṁ nirmāñchayet punaḥ

English translation

While chanting the mantra beginning with yah phaliniti, the acarya should offer varieties of fruit to the Lord, and while chanting the mantra beginning with kdndat kdndeti, he should once again bathe Lord Hari.

HBV 19.851

Source

फलतोयेन सिञ्चेत गायत्र्या देशिकोत्तमः । तद्विष्णोरिति मन्त्रेण पञ्चगव्येन सेचयेत्

phalatoyena siñceta gāyatryā deśikottamaḥ | tadviṣṇoriti mantreṇa pañcagavyena secayet

English translation

The acarya should bathe the Deity with fruit juice while chanting the Gayatri mantra, and then bathe Him with the five products received from the cow while chanting the mantra beginning with tadvisnoriti.

HBV 19.852

Source

काषायेण तु तोयेन वरुणस्येति सेचयेत् । सुमङ्गलीति मन्त्रेण विद्वानोषधिवारिणा

kāṣāyeṇa tu toyena varuṇasyeti secayet | sumaṅgalīti mantreṇa vidvānoṣadhivāriṇā

English translation

The learned dcdrya should chant the mantra beginning with varunasyeti as he pours five varieties of extract of tree bark on the Deity, and he should chant the mantra beginning with sumangaliti while bathing the Deity with water containing medicinal herbs.

HBV 19.853

Source

मूर्धानꣳ दिवमन्त्रेण वल्मीकेनाभिषेचयेत् । इमꣳ मेति च मन्त्रेण स्नापयेत् सिकताजलैः

mūrdhānaṁ divamantreṇa valmīkenābhiṣecayet | imaṁ meti ca mantreṇa snāpayet sikatājalaiḥ

English translation

The mantra beginning with murddhdnarh diva should be chanted while bathing the Lord with water containing the soil from an anthill, and the mantra beginning with imam meti should be chanted while bathing the Lord with Ganges water containing sand.

HBV 19.854–855

Source

देवो वराह मन्त्रेण मृत्तोयेनाभिषेचयेत् । सेचयेत् पद्ममृत्तोयैः शन्नो देवीति देशिकः ऋतꣳ चेत्यादि-सूक्तेन तीर्थमृत्कुम्भवारिणा । नागकेशरतोयेन श्रीश्च तेत्यभिषेचयेत्

devo varāha mantreṇa mṛttoyenābhiṣecayet | secayet padmamṛttoyaiḥ śanno devīti deśikaḥ ṛtaṁ cetyādi-sūktena tīrthamṛtkumbhavāriṇā | nāgakeśaratoyena śrīśca tetyabhiṣecayet

English translation

The mantra beginning with devo varaha should be chanted by the dcdrya while bathing the Deity with water containing dirt dug up by the tusks of a hog. The mantra beginning with sanno deviti should be chanted while bathing the Deity with water containing the soil from the root of a lotus flower. The prayers beginning with nam cetyadi should be recited while bathing the Lord with water collected from various holy places, and

428 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA the mantra beginning with srlscate should be chanted while bathing the Deity with water containing filaments of the ndga flower.

HBV 19.856

Source

चन्दनोदककुम्भेन पावमान्याभिषेचयेत् । प्लवसाम्ना ततः पञ्चरत्नतौयेन सेचयेत्

candanodakakumbhena pāvamānyābhiṣecayet | plavasāmnā tataḥ pañcaratnatauyena secayet

English translation

While performing abhiseka with water scented with sandalwood paste, the mantra beginning with pavamani should be chanted, and while pouring water containing five kinds of jewels, the mantra from the Sama Veda beginning with plava should be chanted.

HBV 19.857

Source

पञ्च नद्येत्युचा देवꣳ नदीनदतडागजैः । यासाꣳ राजेति मन्त्रेण एकाशीतिघटैर्हरिम् । स्नापयेदर्चयेद्धक्त्या प्रतिद्रव्यꣳ समाहितः

pañca nadyetyucā devaṁ nadīnadataḍāgajaiḥ | yāsāṁ rājeti mantreṇa ekāśītighaṭairharim | snāpayedarcayeddhaktyā pratidravyaṁ samāhitaḥ

English translation

The mantra from the Rg Veda beginning with panca nadya should be chanted while bathing Lord Hari with water collected from holy rivers, lakes, and streams. The mantra beginning with yasarh rajeti should be chanted while pouring eighty-one pitchers of water on the Deity. O n e should worship the Supreme Lord by collecting all the required ingredients in a spirit of devotion.

HBV 19.858

Source

अग्न आयेति मन्त्रेण देवमुञ्चोदकेन तु । शुद्धतोयेन देवेशꣳ शुद्धवत्याभिषेचयेत्

agna āyeti mantreṇa devamuñcodakena tu | śuddhatoyena deveśaṁ śuddhavatyābhiṣecayet

English translation

One should bathe the Deity with warm water while chanting the mantra beginning with agna ayeti, and then bathe the Lord of the demigods with fresh cool water while chanting the mantra beginning with suddha vatya.

HBV 19.859

Source

अतोऽर्चयेत् सुरेशानꣳ जितन्त इति देशिकः

ato'rcayet sureśānaṁ jitanta iti deśikaḥ

English translation

Thereafter, the acarya should worship Lord Hari, the master of the demigods, while chanting the mantra beginning with jitanta.

HBV 19.860

Source

पाद्यन्तु मूलमन्त्रेण मधुपर्कन्तथैव च । स्नानीयमथवाचामꣳ गायत्र्या विनिवेदयेत्

pādyantu mūlamantreṇa madhuparkantathaiva ca | snānīyamathavācāmaṁ gāyatryā vinivedayet

English translation

Pddya and madhuparka should be offered to the Deity while chanting the mula mantra. Snanlya and acamana should be offered while chanting the Gayatri mantra.

HBV 19.861

Source

सुरासुरेति युग्मꣳ तु दद्यात्तद्वत् पवित्रकम् । वेदाहमित्युत्तरीयꣳ रोचनाꣳ प्रणवेन तु

surāsureti yugmaṁ tu dadyāttadvat pavitrakam | vedāhamityuttarīyaṁ rocanāṁ praṇavena tu

English translation

While offering Lord Hari a dhoti, kurta, and sacred thread, the acarya should chant the mantra beginning with surasureti'. The mantra beginning with veddham should be chanted while offering the Deity a cddara, and while decorating the Lord's forehead with tilaka made with gorocana, the pranava, or om should be chanted.

HBV 19.862

Source

अञ्जनमञ्जतेत्येवꣳ गन्धꣳ गन्धवतीति च । पुष्पवत्या तथा पुष्पꣳ धूपꣳ धूरसि चेत्यूचा

añjanamañjatetyevaṁ gandhaṁ gandhavatīti ca | puṣpavatyā tathā puṣpaṁ dhūpaṁ dhūrasi cetyūcā

English translation

The mantra beginning with afijateti should be chanted while applying black ointment to the Lord's eyes. The mantra beginning with gandhavatiti should be chanted while offering fragrant sandalwood paste. The mantra beginning with puspavati should be chanted while offering flowers to the Deity, and the mantra from the Rg Veda beginning with dhurasi should be chanted while offering incense to Lord Hari.

430 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.863–865

Source

तेजोऽसीति तथा दीपमग्निर्मूर्धेति प्रापणम् । इन्द्रच्छत्रेति वै च्छत्रꣳ विकर्णेन तु चामरम् आज्यदोहेन चादर्शꣳ बात आवेति वीजयेत् । त्वमिन्द्रेति ध्वजꣳ दद्यात् पताकामोमिति स्मरन् देवव्रतेन साम्ना तु दद्यादाभरणादिकम् । स्तूयात् पुरुषसूक्तेन साकल्येन जनार्दनम्

tejo'sīti tathā dīpamagnirmūrdheti prāpaṇam | indracchatreti vai cchatraṁ vikarṇena tu cāmaram ājyadohena cādarśaṁ bāta āveti vījayet | tvamindreti dhvajaṁ dadyāt patākāmomiti smaran devavratena sāmnā tu dadyādābharaṇādikam | stūyāt puruṣasūktena sākalyena janārdanam

English translation

One should chant the mantra beginning with tejo'siti while offering a ghee lamp to the Deity, the mantra beginning with agnir murddha while offering food, the mantra beginning with indracchatreti while offering an umbrella, the mantra beginning with vikarneti while offering a camara, the mantra beginning with ajya doheti while offering a mirror, the mantra beginning with vdta dveti while offering a fan, the mantra beginning with wamindreti, or simply om, while offering a flag, the mantra from the Sdma Veda beginning with devavrateti for offering ornaments, and the Purusa- sukta prayers at the end, for the pleasure of Lord Janardana.

HBV 19.866

Source

दीर्घायुष्येति सम्पूज्य किरेद्दूर्वाक्षतꣳ बुधः । वा ओषधीति मन्त्रेण पुष्पाणि विकिरेद्गुरुः

dīrghāyuṣyeti sampūjya kireddūrvākṣataṁ budhaḥ | vā oṣadhīti mantreṇa puṣpāṇi vikiredguruḥ

English translation

An intelligent spiritual master should offer durva grass and rice paddy while chanting the mantra beginning with dirghdyusyeti, and he should offer flowers while chanting the mantra beginning with yd ausadhiti.

HBV 19.867

Source

पुनर्बृहद्रथैः स्तुत्वा चक्रसाम्ना जनार्दनम् । शिवसङ्कल्पसूक्तेन शाकुनेन जनार्दनम् । उत्तिष्ठेति समुत्थाप्य शय्यायाꣳ विनिवेशयेत्

punarbṛhadrathaiḥ stutvā cakrasāmnā janārdanam | śivasaṅkalpasūktena śākunena janārdanam | uttiṣṭheti samutthāpya śayyāyāṁ viniveśayet

English translation

While again offering prayers to Lord Janardana, one should chant the mantras beginning with vrhadratha and cakrasama, as well as the Siva-sarikalpa-sukta and the Sakuna-sukta. Thereafter, one should lift the Lord while chanting the mantra beginning with uttishteti, and slowly place Him on His bed.

HBV 19.868

Source

अपराजित-मन्त्रेण ध्यायेत् सकलनिष्कलम् । व्यापिनन्तु पुनर्घ्यात्वा तत्त्वानि विनियोजयेत्

aparājita-mantreṇa dhyāyet sakalaniṣkalam | vyāpinantu punarghyātvā tattvāni viniyojayet

English translation

One should sit down and meditate on the Lord while chanting the mantra beginning with aparajita. Thereafter, various nyasas should be performed on the all-pervading Personality of Godhead, while meditating upon Him.

HBV 19.869–870

Source

सकलीकरणꣳ कृत्वा पूर्वोक्तविधिना हरेः । ततः सहस्रशीर्षेति प्रत्यूचꣳ पूजयेद्बुधः गन्धपुष्पादिभिः सम्यङ्नैवेद्यादि निवेदयेत् । अतो देवेति सूक्तेन गृहोपकरणानि च

sakalīkaraṇaṁ kṛtvā pūrvoktavidhinā hareḥ | tataḥ sahasraśīrṣeti pratyūcaṁ pūjayedbudhaḥ gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ samyaṅnaivedyādi nivedayet | ato deveti sūktena gṛhopakaraṇāni ca

English translation

After touching all the limbs of the Deity's body, according to the procedure that was described earlier, one who is wise should worship Lord Hari while chanting each mantra of the Purusa-suka. One should also offer the Lord sandalwood paste, flowers, and palatable food, as well as whatever is most valuable in his possession, while chanting the mantra beginning with ato deveti.

432 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.871

Source

निद्राकलसविन्यासꣳ कृत्वा पूज्यस्तु मण्डले । सर्वतोभद्रके देवो गन्धपुष्पादिभिः क्रमात्

nidrākalasavinyāsaṁ kṛtvā pūjyastu maṇḍale | sarvatobhadrake devo gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ kramāt

English translation

O n e should offer nidra-kalasa to Lord Hari, and worship Him within the auspicious mandala, offering Him sandalwood paste, flowers, and so on.

HBV 19.872

Source

प्रभूतैर्याज्ञिकैर्द्रव्यैर्हेमपुष्पैः समुज्ज्वलैः । वैष्णवे मण्डले पश्चाज्ज्वालयेद्वैष्णवानलम्

prabhūtairyājñikairdravyairhemapuṣpaiḥ samujjvalaiḥ | vaiṣṇave maṇḍale paścājjvālayedvaiṣṇavānalam

English translation

Thereafter, one should begin a fire sacrifice for the pleasure of Lord Visnu in the assembly of Vaisnavas, with the help of many qualified priests and employing many varieties of ingredients.

HBV 19.873

Source

नयन्मन्त्रैस्तु तꣳ पश्चात् कुम्भेषु द्विजसत्तमः । जुहुयाच्च शतꣳ साष्टꣳ पलाशसमिधा द्विज

nayanmantraistu taṁ paścāt kumbheṣu dvijasattamaḥ | juhuyācca śataṁ sāṣṭaṁ palāśasamidhā dvija

English translation

O twice-born sage, to invoke Lord Hari, who is the leader of all those who are twice-born, within the pitchers, one should chant the appropriate mantras and offer one hundred and eight oblations of paldsa wood into the sacrificial fire.

HBV 19.874

Source

तिलाꣳश्च जुहुयादाज्यैर्वैष्णवꣳ प्रपचेच्चरुम् । तिलतण्डुलदुग्धैस्तु घृतेनाघार्य साधयेत्

tilāṁśca juhuyādājyairvaiṣṇavaṁ prapaceccarum | tilataṇḍuladugdhaistu ghṛtenāghārya sādhayet

English translation

O n e should offer sesame seeds mixed with ghee into the sacrificial fire and then cook a special preparation with sesame seeds, rice, milk, and ghee.

HBV 19.875

Source

अवतार्याभिघार्यव मन्त्रैरेभिस्तु होमयेत्

avatāryābhighāryava mantrairebhistu homayet

English translation

After finishing this special preparation, one should offer oblations into the sacrificial fire while chanting the following mantras.

HBV 19.876–878

Source

विष्णवे शिपिविष्ठाय विष्णवे निर्गुणेति च । इदꣳ विष्ण्विति मन्त्रेण तद्विष्णोरिति देशिकः इरावतीति मन्त्रेण त्वꣳ विष्णोरिति चैव हि । प्रतद्विष्ण्विति मन्त्रेण विष्णोर्नुकेति चैव हि तथा पुरुषसूक्तेन सम्यक् षोडश आहुतीः । चरुꣳ हुत्वा पुनः पश्चान्मन्त्रैरेभिस्तु होमयेत्

viṣṇave śipiviṣṭhāya viṣṇave nirguṇeti ca | idaṁ viṣṇviti mantreṇa tadviṣṇoriti deśikaḥ irāvatīti mantreṇa tvaṁ viṣṇoriti caiva hi | pratadviṣṇviti mantreṇa viṣṇornuketi caiva hi tathā puruṣasūktena samyak ṣoḍaśa āhutīḥ | caruṁ hutvā punaḥ paścānmantrairebhistu homayet

English translation

These mantras begin with visnave sipivisthdya, visnave nirgunaya, idarh visnu, tadvisnu, iravatlti, tvam visnu, pratad visnu, and visnor nukam. One should also chant the Purusa-suka while offering sixteen oblations, and the special preparation that had just been cooked. After chanting all these mantras, one should continue to offer oblations into the sacrificial fire.

HBV 19.879

Source

ओꣳ विष्णवे स्वाहा । ओꣳ पुरुषोत्तमाय स्वाहा । ओꣳ त्रैलोक्यमोहनाय स्वाहा । ओꣳ वैकुण्ठाय स्वाहा । ओꣳ लक्ष्मीपतये स्वाहा । ओꣳ लक्ष्मीनिवासाय स्वाहा । ओꣳ हृषीकेशाय स्वाहा । ओꣳ नमो नारायणाय स्वाहा । ओꣳ ब्रह्मणे स्वाहा

oṁ viṣṇave svāhā | oṁ puruṣottamāya svāhā | oṁ trailokyamohanāya svāhā | oṁ vaikuṇṭhāya svāhā | oṁ lakṣmīpataye svāhā | oṁ lakṣmīnivāsāya svāhā | oṁ hṛṣīkeśāya svāhā | oṁ namo nārāyaṇāya svāhā | oṁ brahmaṇe svāhā

English translation

434 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA om hrsikesaya svaha orh hayasirsaya svaha orh namo narayanaya svaha orh brahmane svaha The mantras that should be chanted while offering oblations are: orh visnave svaha, orh purusottamaya svaha, om trailokyamohanaya svaha, orh vaikunthaya svaha, orh laksmlpataye svaha, orh laksminivasaya svaha, om hrsikesaya svaha, orh hayasirsaya svaha, orh namo narayanaya svaha, and orh brahmane svaha.

HBV 19.880

Source

हुत्वा व्याहृतिभिः पूर्वꣳ गायत्र्या होमयेद्गुरुः । एवꣳ हुत्वा तु जुहुयाच्चक्रादीनाꣳ यथाक्रमम्

hutvā vyāhṛtibhiḥ pūrvaṁ gāyatryā homayedguruḥ | evaṁ hutvā tu juhuyāccakrādīnāṁ yathākramam

English translation

The spiritual master should first perform the fire sacrifice while chanting the mantra beginning with vydhrti, and then the Gayatri mantra. Thereafter, he should perform sacrifice for the satisfaction of the Lord's weapons, such as the cakra.

HBV 19.881

Source

लक्ष्म्यादीनाꣳ ततो हुत्वा ग्रहाणाꣳ होमयेत्ततः । लोकेशानाꣳ तु नागानाꣳ होमयेत्तदनन्तरम्

lakṣmyādīnāṁ tato hutvā grahāṇāṁ homayettataḥ | lokeśānāṁ tu nāgānāṁ homayettadanantaram

English translation

The acdrya should next perform sacrifice for the satisfaction of the Lord's energies, headed by Laksmi, and then for gratifying the predominating deities of the planets, the directions, and the Nagas.

HBV 19.882

Source

नारायणाय हुत्वा तु दद्यात् पूर्णहुतिꣳ बुधः । ततो विभज्य विद्वाꣳस्तु दद्यात् कनकदक्षिणाम्

nārāyaṇāya hutvā tu dadyāt pūrṇahutiṁ budhaḥ | tato vibhajya vidvāṁstu dadyāt kanakadakṣiṇām

English translation

One who is intelligent should stand up to offer the final oblation into the sacrificial fire at the end of the sacrificial performance. One

should then give gold in charity to those who are worthy, according to their status.

HBV 19.883

Source

ब्रह्मघोषादिना देवꣳ समुत्थाप्य विचक्षणः । ततो मण्डलमध्ये तु स्थापयित्वार्चयेत् पुनः । प्रत्यूचꣳ निजसूक्तेन गन्धपुष्पादिभिः क्रमात्

brahmaghoṣādinā devaṁ samutthāpya vicakṣaṇaḥ | tato maṇḍalamadhye tu sthāpayitvārcayet punaḥ | pratyūcaṁ nijasūktena gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ kramāt

English translation

The wise dcdrya should then take the Deity of Lord Hari and install Him in the main mandapa and worship Him once more. While offering sandalwood paste, flowers, and other articles, one should recite the Purusa-silkta.

HBV 19.884

Source

सान्निध्यꣳ पूर्ववत् कृत्वा सजीवकरणꣳ गुरुः । प्रणवेन निरुध्याथ ध्यायेत् सकल-निष्कलम्

sānnidhyaṁ pūrvavat kṛtvā sajīvakaraṇaṁ guruḥ | praṇavena nirudhyātha dhyāyet sakala-niṣkalam

English translation

As previously, the spiritual master should invite the Lord to manifest Himself within the Deity by performing the prarxa pratistha ceremony. Thereafter, one should pray to the Lord that He remain as the Deity eternally, while chanting orh and meditating on Him.

HBV 19.885

Source

पिण्डिकायोजनीयादि मनसैव विचिन्तयेत् । न्यासꣳ कृत्वार्चयेत् पश्चात् पूर्ववद्विधिना गुरुः

piṇḍikāyojanīyādi manasaiva vicintayet | nyāsaṁ kṛtvārcayet paścāt pūrvavadvidhinā guruḥ

English translation

The spiritual master should then mentally install the Deity on His stand, perform nydsa on the Deity's limbs, and worship Him according to the prescribed rules and regulations.

HBV 19.886

Source

बलिꣳ दद्यात्तु भूतेभ्यः पार्षदेभ्यञ्च देशिकः । प्रणिपत्य ततो दद्याद्दक्षिणाꣳ गुरुवे सुधीः

baliṁ dadyāttu bhūtebhyaḥ pārṣadebhyañca deśikaḥ | praṇipatya tato dadyāddakṣiṇāṁ guruve sudhīḥ

English translation

436 SRI H ARI-BHAKTI-VILASA pranipatya tato dadyad daksinarh guruve sudhih The dcdrya should then distribute the Lord's remnants to His associates and other living entities. An experienced yajamana should offer his respectful obeisances to the spiritual master and reward him with sufficient daksina.

HBV 19.887

Source

सुवर्णसहितꣳ पात्रꣳ तिलैः पूर्णꣳ सयुग्मकम् । धेनुꣳ स्वलङ्कृताꣳ दद्याद्धेमशृङ्गीꣳ तु दक्षिणाम् । ब्रह्मणे कनकꣳ दद्यान्मूर्तिपेभ्यस्तथैव च

suvarṇasahitaṁ pātraṁ tilaiḥ pūrṇaṁ sayugmakam | dhenuṁ svalaṅkṛtāṁ dadyāddhemaśṛṅgīṁ tu dakṣiṇām | brahmaṇe kanakaṁ dadyānmūrtipebhyastathaiva ca

English translation

Gold, a pot of sesame seeds, a dhoti, kurta, and a healthy, fully decorated cow having gold-plated horns should be given to the spiritual master as daksina.'The brahmanas and Deity's guards should also be given gold in charity.

HBV 19.888

Source

अश्वत्थपत्रे कृत्वा तु देशिकꣳ कारुकन्तथा । चरुꣳ सम्प्राशयेद्दन्तैरस्पृशन् प्रणवेन तु

aśvatthapatre kṛtvā tu deśikaṁ kārukantathā | caruṁ samprāśayeddantairaspṛśan praṇavena tu

English translation

While chanting om, the dcdrya and the sculptor should be fed sweet rice on an asvatta leaf in such a way that the sweet rice does not touch their teeth.

HBV 19.889

Source

ताꣳ रात्रिꣳ वैष्णवैः सार्द्धꣳ जाग्रत्तिष्ठेदतन्द्रितः

tāṁ rātriṁ vaiṣṇavaiḥ sārddhaṁ jāgrattiṣṭhedatandritaḥ

English translation

That night should be passed without sleeping, in the association of Vaisnava devotees.

HBV 19.890

Source

प्रभातसमये स्नात्वा देवमुत्थाप्य यत्नतः । भद्रपीठे समारोप्य स्नापयेदच्छवारिणा

prabhātasamaye snātvā devamutthāpya yatnataḥ | bhadrapīṭhe samāropya snāpayedacchavāriṇā

English translation

Early in the morning, one should wake up and bathe. O n e should then carefully wake up the Deity of Lord Hari and place Him in the mandapa, which should be decorated with auspicious drawings, and bathed with fresh water.

HBV 19.891

Source

एकाशीतिघटैर्देवꣳ मूलमन्त्रेण सेचयेत् । वैष्णवेन तु कुम्भेन ऐन्द्रादिकलसैस्तथा

ekāśītighaṭairdevaṁ mūlamantreṇa secayet | vaiṣṇavena tu kumbhena aindrādikalasaistathā

English translation

One should perform a grand abhiseka of the Deity by bathing Him with eighty-one pitchers of water, while chanting the mula mantra. The Deity should also be bathed with the water of the visnu-kalasa, as well as the ten other kalasas kept in the ten directions.

HBV 19.892

Source

सेचयेत् फलतोयेन पञ्चगव्यादिना तथा । सुगन्धेन तथाज्येन स्नाप्य गन्धादिनार्चयेत् । पौरुषेण तु सूक्तेन प्रत्यूचꣳ चन्दनादिभिः

secayet phalatoyena pañcagavyādinā tathā | sugandhena tathājyena snāpya gandhādinārcayet | pauruṣeṇa tu sūktena pratyūcaṁ candanādibhiḥ

English translation

The Deity should be bathed with fruit juice, fresh water, the five products received from the cow, scented water, and ghee. He should then be worshiped with offerings of sandalwood paste, flowers, and other articles, while chanting every mantra of the Purusa-sukta.

HBV 19.893

Source

सितयुग्मेन सꣳवेष्ट्य धूपयित्वा गृहꣳ नयेत् । ब्रह्मघोषादिना सम्यग्विनिवेश्यार्चयेत् सुधीः

sitayugmena saṁveṣṭya dhūpayitvā gṛhaṁ nayet | brahmaghoṣādinā samyagviniveśyārcayet sudhīḥ

English translation

The experienced acarya should then dress the Deity in fine white garments, and offer Him incense. Thereafter, the Deity should be taken

438 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA to the main altar to be installed, accompanied by the chanting of Vedic mantras.

HBV 19.894

Source

दक्षिणाꣳ देशिके दद्यात् कनक्रꣳ छत्रमेव च । ब्राह्मणान् भोजयित्वाथ स्वयꣳ भुञ्जीत वाग्यतः

dakṣiṇāṁ deśike dadyāt kanakraṁ chatrameva ca | brāhmaṇān bhojayitvātha svayaṁ bhuñjīta vāgyataḥ

English translation

The yajamana should then give gold, an umbrella, and daksina to the dcarya. He should also feed the assembled brahmanas and after doing so, he can also have his meal while remaining silent.

HBV 19.895

Source

सभृत्यबन्धुवर्गꣳ तु दीनानाथाꣳस्तु भोजयेत्

sabhṛtyabandhuvargaṁ tu dīnānāthāṁstu bhojayet

English translation

He should also distribute food to his servants and friends, as well as to the poor and homeless.

HBV 19.896

Source

यस्य गेहे सदा तिष्ठेत् मूर्तिर्देवस्य चक्रिणणः । न तत्र मारी दौर्भाग्यꣳ न वालक्ष्मीर्न दुष्कृतम्

yasya gehe sadā tiṣṭhet mūrtirdevasya cakriṇaṇaḥ | na tatra mārī daurbhāgyaṁ na vālakṣmīrna duṣkṛtam

English translation

tatraiva (In the same literature, it is stated) yasya gehe sadd tisthet murttirdevasya cakrinanah na tatra marl daurbhdgyam na valaksmirna duskrtam No poverty, misfortune, inauspiciousness, or sin can stay in the house where the Deity of Lord Hari, who holds a cakra, always remains.

HBV 19.897

Source

अनेनैव विधानेन सꣳस्कृत्य प्रतिमाꣳ हरेः । विष्णुलोकमवाप्नोति पुनरावृत्तिदुर्लभम्

anenaiva vidhānena saṁskṛtya pratimāṁ hareḥ | viṣṇulokamavāpnoti punarāvṛttidurlabham

English translation

By installing a Deity of the Supreme Lord, according to the prescribed procedures, one can be liberated from the cycle of repeatged birth and death and attain the abode of Lord Visnu.

HBV 19.898

Source

अधुना चलमूर्तेर्हि प्रतिष्ठायाः परो विधिः । लिख्यते पद्धतिश्रेणी-दृष्टितः सम्मतः सताम्

adhunā calamūrterhi pratiṣṭhāyāḥ paro vidhiḥ | likhyate paddhatiśreṇī-dṛṣṭitaḥ sammataḥ satām

English translation

Now we will describe another procedure for installing a movable Deity, which is approved by all saintly persons.

HBV 19.899

Source

स्थिरमूर्तिप्रतिष्ठानुसारेणात्रापि वैष्णवैः । प्रतिष्ठाविधिरुन्नेयो विꣳशेषोऽन्यश्च लिख्यते

sthiramūrtipratiṣṭhānusāreṇātrāpi vaiṣṇavaiḥ | pratiṣṭhāvidhirunneyo viṁśeṣo'nyaśca likhyate

English translation

Having discussed the procedures for installing an immovable Deity, we will now describe the procedure that widely followed by Vaisnavas.

HBV 19.900

Source

प्रासादतो दिशि प्राच्यामुदीच्याꣳ वाथ मण्डपम् । ऐशान्याꣳ वाचरेत् स्थानेऽदूरेऽङ्गारादिवर्जिते

prāsādato diśi prācyāmudīcyāṁ vātha maṇḍapam | aiśānyāṁ vācaret sthāne'dūre'ṅgārādivarjite

English translation

A beautiful mandapa, the floor of which is free of small stones, thorns, and other sharp objects, should be prepared a little distance from the main temple, either toward the east, north, or northeast.

HBV 19.901

Source

दशहस्तꣳ चतुर्द्वारꣳ चतुरस्रꣳ समꣳ शुभम् । चतुस्तोरणसꣳयुक्तꣳ सपताकञ्च पूर्ववत्

daśahastaṁ caturdvāraṁ caturasraṁ samaṁ śubham | catustoraṇasaṁyuktaṁ sapatākañca pūrvavat

English translation

As previously described, the mandapa should measure ten feet on all sides, and it should have four gates, four pillars, and a beautiful flag.

HBV 19.902

Source

तस्मिꣳश्च विधिवत् कुर्यात् सयोन्यास्यस्त्रिमेखलम् । आग्नेयाꣳ कुण्डमाशायाꣳ चतुरस्रꣳ करोन्मितम्

tasmiṁśca vidhivat kuryāt sayonyāsyastrimekhalam | āgneyāṁ kuṇḍamāśāyāṁ caturasraṁ karonmitam

English translation

Toward the southeast, there should be a square sacrificial pit, one foot deep, with three borders. It should be made according to the procedure that was previously described.

HBV 19.903

Source

प्राच्याꣳ वेदीꣳ करोच्छायविस्ताराꣳ चतुरस्रिकाम् । ऐशान्याꣳ स्थानमेकञ्च देवस्य स्नपनोचितम्

prācyāṁ vedīṁ karocchāyavistārāṁ caturasrikām | aiśānyāṁ sthānamekañca devasya snapanocitam

English translation

The altar of the sndna mandapa should be constructed toward the east of the main mandapa. It should be square, one foot tall and one foot wide, and placed toward the northeast.

HBV 19.904

Source

मण्डपस्य च नैरृत्याꣳ विधिवद्वास्तु मण्डलम् । मध्ये च देवतार्चार्थꣳ सर्वतोभद्रमालिखेत्

maṇḍapasya ca nairṛtyāṁ vidhivadvāstu maṇḍalam | madhye ca devatārcārthaṁ sarvatobhadramālikhet

English translation

Toward the southwest of the main mandapa, the vdstu mandala should be constructed. In the middle, auspicious symbols (mandalas) should be drawn for the worship of Lord Hari.

HBV 19.905

Source

सकर्णिकञ्च तन्मध्ये पद्मꣳ विरचयेत्तथा । स्वस्तिकꣳ चोत्तरे कृत्वा तत्र शय्याꣳ निवेशयेत्

sakarṇikañca tanmadhye padmaṁ viracayettathā | svastikaṁ cottare kṛtvā tatra śayyāṁ niveśayet

English translation

In the middle of the altar one should draw a lotus flower, and a svastika should be drawn toward the north of the altar, where a bed for the Deity should be placed.

HBV 19.906

Source

यजमानश्च पूर्वेद्युः प्रतिष्ठायाः समाचरेत् । पुण्याहवाचनꣳ विप्रैमण्डपस्थापनꣳ तथा

yajamānaśca pūrvedyuḥ pratiṣṭhāyāḥ samācaret | puṇyāhavācanaṁ vipraimaṇḍapasthāpanaṁ tathā

English translation

The day before the installation ceremony, the yajamdnd should invite qualified brdhmanas and have them chant auspicious Vedic hymns and properly prepare the mandapa.

HBV 19.907

Source

मण्डपस्य च वायव्याꣳ मातृर्गन्धादिनार्चयेत् । प्रणवादिनमोऽन्तैश्च नामभिर्विधिवद्बुधः

maṇḍapasya ca vāyavyāṁ mātṛrgandhādinārcayet | praṇavādinamo'ntaiśca nāmabhirvidhivadbudhaḥ

English translation

One who is wise should worship the sixteen demigoddesses, according to the prescribed rules and regulations, offering them sandalwood paste, and so on, toward the northwest of the mandapa. The mantra to be chanted begins with om, contains their names in the fourth dative case, and ends with namah.

HBV 19.908

Source

नान्दीश्राद्धꣳ ततः कृत्वा सद्विप्रꣳ वृणुयाद्गुरुम् । मधुपर्कादिनाभ्यर्च्यꣳ दत्त्वा वस्त्रादि शक्तितः

nāndīśrāddhaṁ tataḥ kṛtvā sadvipraṁ vṛṇuyādgurum | madhuparkādinābhyarcyaṁ dattvā vastrādi śaktitaḥ

English translation

Thereafter, the nandi-srdddha should be performed, after which a sitting place, padya, arghya, madhuparka, clothing, and other articles should be given to a qualified brdhmana, accepting him as the dcarya.

HBV 19.909

Source

तदर्द्धदानाद्ब्रह्माणꣳ पुराणस्तुतिपाठकम् । सूक्तजापकमप्येवꣳ त्रीन् विप्रान् वृणुयात् परान्

tadarddhadānādbrahmāṇaṁ purāṇastutipāṭhakam | sūktajāpakamapyevaṁ trīn viprān vṛṇuyāt parān

English translation

442 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA sukta jdpakam pyevarh trin viprdn vrnuydt pardn The other brdhmanas should be satisfied by giving them half the gifts that were offered to the acarya. One should also please those who recite the Purdnas, and those who chant the Vedic hymns and prayers.

HBV 19.910

Source

तोरणानि ततोऽभ्यर्च्य द्वाराण्युत्तरतस्तथा । पूर्ववद्वृप्राꣳश्चतुरो द्वारजापकान्

toraṇāni tato'bhyarcya dvārāṇyuttaratastathā | pūrvavadvṛprāṁścaturo dvārajāpakān

English translation

The four gates, beginning from the north, should first be worshiped as previously described, and four brdhmanas should be placed at the four gates to recite auspicious mantras.

HBV 19.911

Source

आचार्यो मण्डपेऽभ्येत्य प्राणायामान् विधाय च । आपोहिष्ठेति दर्भोदैर्यागस्याभ्युक्षयेद्भुवम्

ācāryo maṇḍape'bhyetya prāṇāyāmān vidhāya ca | āpohiṣṭheti darbhodairyāgasyābhyukṣayedbhuvam

English translation

The acarya should enter the mandapa and perform pranaydma before sprinkling purified water over the sacrificial arena with kusa grass, while chanting the mantra beginning with dpoKistrieti.

HBV 19.912

Source

विकीर्य सर्षपान् शुक्लान् रक्षाꣳ कृत्वा च मन्त्रतः । विधिवत् पूजयेद्वास्तुदेवता वास्तुमण्डले

vikīrya sarṣapān śuklān rakṣāṁ kṛtvā ca mantrataḥ | vidhivat pūjayedvāstudevatā vāstumaṇḍale

English translation

One should worship the guardian deity according to the prescribed rules and regulations and the chanting of the appropriate mantras, after spreading white mustard seeds over the floor of the arena.

HBV 19.913

Source

देवा आयान्तु जातुधानास्त्वपयान्तु विष्णो देवयजनꣳ रक्षस्व

devā āyāntu jātudhānāstvapayāntu viṣṇo devayajanaṁ rakṣasva

English translation

O demigods, please come, so that the demons will flee. O Lord Visnu, please allow me to worship the demigods.

HBV 19.914

Source

ईशानादिक्रमेणाथ कुशपुष्पयुताक्षतैः । शिख्यादिदेवताभ्यश्च विशेषवलिमर्पयेत्

īśānādikrameṇātha kuśapuṣpayutākṣataiḥ | śikhyādidevatābhyaśca viśeṣavalimarpayet

English translation

Then, beginning from the northeast, all the demigods, such as Sikhi, should be worshiped with offerings of kusa grass, flowers, and rice paddy, as well as special gifts.

HBV 19.915

Source

आगत्य कुण्डपार्श्वे तु होमꣳ कुर्याद्यथाविधि । तत्रावश्यꣳ प्रतिद्रव्यꣳ होमान्ते प्रतिमाꣳ स्पृशेत्

āgatya kuṇḍapārśve tu homaṁ kuryādyathāvidhi | tatrāvaśyaṁ pratidravyaṁ homānte pratimāṁ spṛśet

English translation

Thereafter, the acdrya should approach the sacrificial pit to perform a fire sacrifice, according to the prescribed procedures. After offering each oblation, he should touch the body of the Deity.

HBV 19.916

Source

आचार्याय वरꣳ दत्त्वा निजशक्त्यनुसारतः । विप्रान् गन्धादिनाभ्यर्च्य पुण्याहꣳ वाचयेत् पुनः

ācāryāya varaṁ dattvā nijaśaktyanusārataḥ | viprān gandhādinābhyarcya puṇyāhaṁ vācayet punaḥ

English translation

The yajamana should greet the acdrya and then, according to his ability, worship the assembled brahmanas with offerings of sandalwood paste and flower garlands. He should have the brahmanas recite auspicious Vedic mantras during the sacrificial performance.

444 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.917

Source

ततश्च यजमानानुमोदितोऽर्चाꣳ विशोधयन् । आचार्यः प्रणिपत्यादौ देवꣳ सम्प्रार्थयेदिदम्

tataśca yajamānānumodito'rcāṁ viśodhayan | ācāryaḥ praṇipatyādau devaṁ samprārthayedidam

English translation

Thereafter, after receiving permission from the yajamdna, the dcdrya should cleanse the Deity of Lord Hari and offer prayers after offering his obeisances.

HBV 19.918

Source

तदुक्तम्— स्वागतꣳ देवदेवेश विश्वरूप नमोऽस्तु ते । शुद्धेऽपि त्वदधिष्ठाने शुद्धिꣳ कुर्मः क्षमस्व माम्

taduktam— svāgataṁ devadeveśa viśvarūpa namo'stu te | śuddhe'pi tvadadhiṣṭhāne śuddhiṁ kurmaḥ kṣamasva mām

English translation

O master of the demigods! O universal form, I offer my obeisances unto You. Although You are eternally pure, I will now engage in cleansing Your transcendental body. Kindly forgive me for this.

HBV 19.919

Source

ततश्च नवपीठोपवेशिताꣳ प्रतिमाꣳ गुरुः । मृद्भिर्द्वादशकृत्वस्ताꣳ सꣳशोध्य क्षालयेज्जलैः

tataśca navapīṭhopaveśitāṁ pratimāṁ guruḥ | mṛdbhirdvādaśakṛtvastāṁ saṁśodhya kṣālayejjalaiḥ

English translation

The dcdrya should cleanse the Deity of the Lord, who has been installed on a new altar twelve times by employing soil and fresh water.

HBV 19.920

Source

पञ्चगव्यैस्तथा पञ्चामृतैस्तन्मन्त्रतो बुधः । सꣳस्नाप्य हविषाभ्यज्य चूर्णैरुद्वर्तयेच्छुभैः

pañcagavyaistathā pañcāmṛtaistanmantrato budhaḥ | saṁsnāpya haviṣābhyajya cūrṇairudvartayecchubhaiḥ

English translation

One who is experienced should apply ghee to the body of the Deity and then massage Him before bathing Him with the five products received from the cow products, and the five other ingredients used for bathing the Deity.

HBV 19.921

Source

पञ्चगव्यस्नपने पयः पृथिव्यामिति क्षीरादिचतुःस्नपने पूर्वदेव शर्करास्नपने च आयꣳ गौरिति

pañcagavyasnapane payaḥ pṛthivyāmiti kṣīrādicatuḥsnapane pūrvadeva śarkarāsnapane ca āyaṁ gauriti

English translation

One should chant the mantra beginning with payah prthivydm while bathing the Deity with the five products received from the cow. While bathing the Deity with five ingredients, such as milk, the mantra that was previously mentioned in this regard should be chanted, and while bathing Him with sugar water, one should chant the mantra beginning with ayarh gauh.

HBV 19.922

Source

कोष्णोदकेन प्रक्षाल्य सुगन्धेनानुलिप्य च । ततः सꣳस्रवकुम्भाद्भिः सꣳस्नाप्य प्रणमेच्च ताम्

koṣṇodakena prakṣālya sugandhenānulipya ca | tataḥ saṁsravakumbhādbhiḥ saṁsnāpya praṇamecca tām

English translation

Thereafter, the Deity should be bathed with warm water, and fragrant sandalwood paste should be applied to His body. Once again, the Deity should be bathed with water from a stream, as well as the water from the pitchers, and then offered one's respectful obeisances.

HBV 19.923

Source

अभिषिञ्चेदर्चितैस्तु चतुष्कुम्भैः सपल्लवैः । समुद्रज्येष्ठा इत्यादि चतुर्मन्त्रैः परैरपि

abhiṣiñcedarcitaistu catuṣkumbhaiḥ sapallavaiḥ | samudrajyeṣṭhā ityādi caturmantraiḥ parairapi

English translation

Thereafter, the acarya should perform abhiseka with the water kept in four pitchers that had already been worshiped and decorated with twigs. While pouring water over the Deity, one should chant the mantra beginning with samudra jyestha.

HBV 19.924

Source

पद्मान्तः स्वस्तिकप्रान्ते पीठे चोडुम्बरे शुभे । अन्यक्षीरद्रुमीये वा श्रीमूर्तिमुपवेशयेत्

padmāntaḥ svastikaprānte pīṭhe coḍumbare śubhe | anyakṣīradrumīye vā śrīmūrtimupaveśayet

English translation

446 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA The Deity should then be placed on a plank of wood from a fig tree. Alternatively, the plank can be ksiri wood. The wooden plank should be decorated with a svdstika.

HBV 19.925

Source

अथाष्टौ स्थापयेत् कुम्भान् अष्टदिक्ष्वम्बुपूरितान्

athāṣṭau sthāpayet kumbhān aṣṭadikṣvambupūritān

English translation

Thereafter, eight pitchers filled with purified water should be placed in the eight directions.

HBV 19.926

Source

तेष्वाद्ये सङ्गमक्रोडोत्खातवल्मीकमृत्तिकाम् । अश्वहस्तिनदीतीरद्वयमृत्स्नाञ्च निक्षिपेत्

teṣvādye saṅgamakroḍotkhātavalmīkamṛttikām | aśvahastinadītīradvayamṛtsnāñca nikṣipet

English translation

The first pitcher should also contain soil collected from the confluence of two rivers, soil dug up by the tusk of a pig, soil from an anthill, soil from a horse shed, soil from an elephant shed, and soil from the bank of a river.

HBV 19.927

Source

द्वितीयेऽश्वत्थचूतादिपल्लवाश्मन्तकत्वचम् । अन्येषु च क्रमात् षट्सु परित्रान् प्रस्त्रवोदकम् । शान्तिवार्यथ गन्धोदमक्षतान् कुसुमानि च

dvitīye'śvatthacūtādipallavāśmantakatvacam | anyeṣu ca kramāt ṣaṭsu paritrān prastravodakam | śāntivāryatha gandhodamakṣatān kusumāni ca

English translation

The second pitcher should also contain mango and asvatta twigs, and the bark of an asmantaka tree. The remaining six pitchers should be filled with pure water from streams, water purified by the chanting of mantras, and water scented with sandalwood paste.

HBV 19.928

Source

स्थापयेत् सर्त्विगाचार्यस्तैः कुम्भैरष्टमन्त्रतः । आपो हिष्ठेति त्रितयꣳ हिरण्येति चतुष्टयम् । तथैव पवमानेत्याद्यनुवाकꣳ परो मनुः

sthāpayet sartvigācāryastaiḥ kumbhairaṣṭamantrataḥ | āpo hiṣṭheti tritayaṁ hiraṇyeti catuṣṭayam | tathaiva pavamānetyādyanuvākaṁ paro manuḥ

English translation

With the help of the other priests, the dcdrya should formally install these eight pitchers by chanting the three mantras beginning with apo histheti, the four mantras beginning with hiranyeti, and the mantra beginning with pavamdna.

HBV 19.929

Source

अभिवस्त्रेति वस्त्रे द्वे आहते परिधाप्य च । दत्त्वोपवीतꣳ गन्धाद्यैरुपचारैश्च पूजयेत्

abhivastreti vastre dve āhate paridhāpya ca | dattvopavītaṁ gandhādyairupacāraiśca pūjayet

English translation

After dressing the Deity in new garments, while chanting the mantra beginning with abhivastreti, and offering Him a sacred thread, one should worship Him with offerings of various articles, such as sandalwood paste.

HBV 19.930

Source

हिरण्यगर्भ इत्यादीनष्टौ मन्त्रान् जपन् शुभैः । कुर्यान्नीराजनꣳ पिष्टमयैर्दीपैरथाष्टभिः

hiraṇyagarbha ityādīnaṣṭau mantrān japan śubhaiḥ | kuryānnīrājanaṁ piṣṭamayairdīpairathāṣṭabhiḥ

English translation

While chanting the eight mantras beginning with hiranyagarbha, one should worship the Lord by offering eight ghee lamps, as well as pure milk cake.

HBV 19.931

Source

गन्धेन चित्रꣳ देवानामित्यर्द्धर्चेन लोचने । देवस्योन्मीलयेत् पार्श्वे स्थित्वा स्वर्णशलाकया । देवस्य पुरतस्तिष्ठेत्तदानीञ्च न कश्चन

gandhena citraṁ devānāmityarddharcena locane | devasyonmīlayet pārśve sthitvā svarṇaśalākayā | devasya puratastiṣṭhettadānīñca na kaścana

English translation

The dcdrya should stand to the right of the Deity and open His eyes with a golden needle that was dipped in sandalwood paste while chanting the mantra from the Rg Veda beginning with citram devdndm. While doing so, he should cover the Deity with a curtain so that no one can see.

HBV 19.932

Source

अञ्जनेनाञ्जयेन्नेत्रे अञ्जन्ति त्वामिति स्फुटम् । देवस्य त्वेति मध्वाज्यसिताभिः पुनरञ्जयेत् । अथादर्शꣳ प्रदर्श्याथ विविधꣳ भोज्यमर्पयेत्

añjanenāñjayennetre añjanti tvāmiti sphuṭam | devasya tveti madhvājyasitābhiḥ punarañjayet | athādarśaṁ pradarśyātha vividhaṁ bhojyamarpayet

English translation

The mantra beginning with anjanti warn should be chanted while smearing black ointment on the Deity's eyes. One should then smear ointment made with honey, ghee, and powdered sugar while chanting the mantra beginning with devasya tveti. Thereafter, the Deity should be offered a mirror and many varieties of delicious food.

HBV 19.933

Source

अथाचार्यः कुशासीनः सꣳस्तूयाद्धारयन् कुशान् । देवꣳ पुरुषसूक्तेन प्रत्युचꣳ प्रणवꣳ पठन्

athācāryaḥ kuśāsīnaḥ saṁstūyāddhārayan kuśān | devaṁ puruṣasūktena pratyucaṁ praṇavaṁ paṭhan

English translation

The dcdrya should then sit on an dsana made of husa grass and put a ring made of kusa grass on his finger. He should offer prayers to Lord Hari by chanting all the mantras of the Purusa-sukta, adding orh at the beginning.

HBV 19.934

Source

पञ्चवर्णकधान्यान्नꣳ पात्रे सꣳस्थाप्य वैणवे । तेन नीराजयेद्देवꣳ विगताचारविप्रतः

pañcavarṇakadhānyānnaṁ pātre saṁsthāpya vaiṇave | tena nīrājayeddevaṁ vigatācāraviprataḥ

English translation

Five varieties of rice should be kept on a plate made of bamboo and then offered to Lord Hari by a brdhmana who has fallen down from his religious principles.

NINETEENTH VILAS A 449

HBV 19.935

Source

तद्धस्तेन बलिꣳ दद्याद्रुद्राय च चतुष्पथे । नमो रुद्रायेति मन्त्रꣳ सघ्रुवञ्च स्वयꣳ जपेत्

taddhastena baliṁ dadyādrudrāya ca catuṣpathe | namo rudrāyeti mantraṁ saghruvañca svayaṁ japet

English translation

While this brahmana stands at an intersection, one should offer him nice gifts while chanting the mantra beginning with orh namo rudrdya.

HBV 19.936

Source

ब्रह्माणञ्च प्रतिष्ठाध्य तन्मन्त्रेण तदादिकाः । उपचारैः षोडशभिर्यजे मण्डलदेवताः

brahmāṇañca pratiṣṭhādhya tanmantreṇa tadādikāḥ | upacāraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhiryaje maṇḍaladevatāḥ

English translation

Brahma should also be installed at his appropriate place and worshiped, along with the other demigods, by offering them sixteen ingredients and chanting the appropriate mantras.

HBV 19.937

Source

स्थाप्यदेवमथावाह्यार्चायाꣳ तल्लिङ्गमन्त्रतः । कर्णिकायाꣳ मण्डलस्य तामर्चामुपवेशयेत्

sthāpyadevamathāvāhyārcāyāṁ talliṅgamantrataḥ | karṇikāyāṁ maṇḍalasya tāmarcāmupaveśayet

English translation

The Lord should be invoked within the Deity that is to be installed by chanting His holy names and the appropriate mantras. The Deity should be installed on a lotus shaped altar that is decorated with auspicious drawings (mandalas).

HBV 19.938

Source

सुप्रतिष्ठो भवेत्येताꣳ सम्प्रतिष्ठाप्य तत्र च । पुनः समर्चयेद्गन्धाद्युपचारैस्तु पञ्चभिः

supratiṣṭho bhavetyetāṁ sampratiṣṭhāpya tatra ca | punaḥ samarcayedgandhādyupacāraistu pañcabhiḥ

English translation

While installing the Deity in the middle of the whorl of the lotus, one should say: "My dear Lord, please be installed here." One should then worship the Deity again with five ingredients, such as sandalwood paste.

450 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-V1LASA

HBV 19.939

Source

कुण्डातिकमथायत्य तिलाज्यैर्जुहुयात् कृती । तद्देवतानाꣳ प्रत्येक नासमन्त्रैर्दशाहुतीः

kuṇḍātikamathāyatya tilājyairjuhuyāt kṛtī | taddevatānāṁ pratyeka nāsamantrairdaśāhutīḥ

English translation

One who is learned should approach the sacrificial pit and offer ten oblations of sesame seeds mixed with ghee to each of the demigods, headed by Brahma, while chanting their names.

HBV 19.940

Source

अथ स्वस्तिकवर्तिन्याꣳ शय्यायाꣳ ब्राह्मणैः सह । श्रीमूर्तिꣳ प्राङ्मुखꣳ दिव्यास्तरणेषु निवेशयेत्

atha svastikavartinyāṁ śayyāyāṁ brāhmaṇaiḥ saha | śrīmūrtiṁ prāṅmukhaṁ divyāstaraṇeṣu niveśayet

English translation

Thereafter, the dcdrya, along with the brahmanas, should bring the Deity to the svastika mandala and have Him rest on a celestial bed with His head facing east.

HBV 19.941

Source

ततः पुरुषसूक्तेनोत्तरनारायणेन च । उपस्थाप्य ततोऽर्चायाꣳ न्यसेत्तत्त्वानि तत्त्वतः

tataḥ puruṣasūktenottaranārāyaṇena ca | upasthāpya tato'rcāyāṁ nyasettattvāni tattvataḥ

English translation

Various tattva-nydsas should be performed on the Deity's body while reciting the Purusa-sukta and Uttara-ndrdyana-sukta.

HBV 19.942

Source

न्यसेत् पुरुषसूक्तञ्च गन्धाद्यैरर्चयेत्ततः । शय्यायाꣳ स्वापयेद्देव सुखशायी भवेति तम्

nyaset puruṣasūktañca gandhādyairarcayettataḥ | śayyāyāṁ svāpayeddeva sukhaśāyī bhaveti tam

English translation

One should also perform the Purusa-sukta nydsa and worship the Deity, offering Him sandalwood paste and other articles. While having the Lord rest, one should say: "O Lord, please rest in a happy mood."

HBV 19.943

Source

अन्तराले न गन्तव्यꣳ कैश्चिन्मण्डलशय्ययोः ॥ निषिध्यैर्व देवताभ्यो बलिꣳ विधिवदर्षयेत्

antarāle na gantavyaṁ kaiścinmaṇḍalaśayyayoḥ || niṣidhyairva devatābhyo baliṁ vidhivadarṣayet

English translation

The acarya should insure that no one crosses between the svastika mandala and the Deity's bed. Thereafter, he should offer the Lord's remnants of food and other articles to His associates and the demigods with great respect.

HBV 19.944

Source

नैवारिकचरुस्थालीमानीय शयनस्थले । दिग्बलिꣳ चरुशेषेण वितरेद्विधिवद्बुधः

naivārikacarusthālīmānīya śayanasthale | digbaliṁ caruśeṣeṇa vitaredvidhivadbudhaḥ

English translation

A plate of sama rice cooked in milk should be kept by the Lord's bed. One who is intelligent should then take more of this preparation and throw it in the four directions, for the welfare of all classes of living entities.

HBV 19.945

Source

कृत्वाधिवासनꣳ त्वेवꣳ गीतवाद्यादिभिः शुभैः । सोत्साहꣳ सोत्सवन्ताञ्च रजनीमतिवाहायेत्

kṛtvādhivāsanaṁ tvevaṁ gītavādyādibhiḥ śubhaiḥ | sotsāhaṁ sotsavantāñca rajanīmativāhāyet

English translation

After concluding the adhivasa ceremony in this way, one should enthusiastically remain awake the entire night, singing and playing musical instruments.

HBV 19.946–947

Source

अरुणोदयकाले सत्युत्तिष्ठ ब्रह्मणस्पते । मन्त्रेणानेन वाद्याद्यैर्देवमुत्थापयेत्ततः स्तुत्वा पुरुषसूक्तेनोत्तरनारायणेन च । सधृतब्रीहिणा कुण्डे विधिवच्छ्रपयेच्चरुम्

aruṇodayakāle satyuttiṣṭha brahmaṇaspate | mantreṇānena vādyādyairdevamutthāpayettataḥ stutvā puruṣasūktenottaranārāyaṇena ca | sadhṛtabrīhiṇā kuṇḍe vidhivacchrapayeccarum

English translation

452 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA stuwd purusa suktena uttara ndrdyanena ca sadhrta vrihind kunde vidhivac chrpayec carum When the sun rises from the eastern horizon, Lord Hari should be awakened by chanting the mantra beginning with utistha brahmanaspate and the playing of musical instruments, as well as the recitation of the Purusa-sukta and Uttara-ndrayana-sukta. Sweet rice should then be prepared with milk, rice, and ghee in the sacrificial pit.

HBV 19.948

Source

ततश्चाज्येनाभिघार्य जुहुयान्नाममन्त्रतः । दशाहुतीः स्थाप्यदेवमन्त्रतो हविषा दश

tataścājyenābhighārya juhuyānnāmamantrataḥ | daśāhutīḥ sthāpyadevamantrato haviṣā daśa

English translation

Ghee should again be sprinkled over the sacrificial pit before performing a fire sacrifice with offerings of oblations of sweet rice accompanied by the chanting of the holy names of the Lord and mantras in relation to Sri Hari. During the course of the sacrifice, one should offer ten oblations of ghee into the fire.

HBV 19.949

Source

अवदानानि हुत्वा च चरुशेषेण मन्त्रतः । पूर्णाहुतिञ्च जुहुयात्तन्मन्त्रद्वयतो बुधः

avadānāni hutvā ca caruśeṣeṇa mantrataḥ | pūrṇāhutiñca juhuyāttanmantradvayato budhaḥ

English translation

O n e who is intelligent should offer the sweet rice into the sacrificial fire as the final oblation while chanting the appropriate mantras.

HBV 19.950

Source

ततो दत्त्वा धेनुमुख्याꣳ शक्त्याचार्य य दक्षिणाम् । मेरोरभिमुखꣳ वेद्याꣳ देवꣳ कुर्याद्दिनोदये

tato dattvā dhenumukhyāṁ śaktyācārya ya dakṣiṇām | merorabhimukhaṁ vedyāṁ devaṁ kuryāddinodaye

English translation

If one has the capacity, he should give an excellent cow in charity to the acarya. When the sun rises the next morning, the Deity of Lord Hari should be placed on the altar facing north.

HBV 19.951

Source

ओषधीरिति मन्त्रेण ततो देवाय दर्शयेत् । सर्वौषधिपुष्पमुलफलानि विविधानि च

oṣadhīriti mantreṇa tato devāya darśayet | sarvauṣadhipuṣpamulaphalāni vividhāni ca

English translation

One should then bring a basket of fruit, flowers, roots, and medicinal herbs and show it to the Deity while chanting the mantra beginning with ausadhl.

HBV 19.952

Source

ताम्रपात्रेऽथ मूलेन शतवाराभिमन्त्रितम् । शान्त्यम्बु गुरुरादाय सिञ्चेद्देवस्य मस्तके

tāmrapātre'tha mūlena śatavārābhimantritam | śāntyambu gururādāya siñceddevasya mastake

English translation

Thereafter, the spiritual master should perform the abhiseka of Lord Hari with water kept in a copper container and purified by chanting the mula mantra one hundred times.

HBV 19.953

Source

विश्वतश्चक्षुरित्येतमुपस्थाप्य प्रकल्पयेत् । देवाधो ध्यानतो ब्रह्मशिलाꣳ रत्नाष्टकान्विताम्

viśvataścakṣurityetamupasthāpya prakalpayet | devādho dhyānato brahmaśilāṁ ratnāṣṭakānvitām

English translation

The Diety of Lord Hari should then be taken to the bathing altar. The acarya should meditate on the brahma-sda, which is situated under the lotus feet of Lord Hari, and is bedecked with eight kinds of precious gems.

HBV 19.954

Source

अथ दर्भेपूपविष्टो धृतद्रर्भः कृताञ्जलिः । ब्रह्मणे नम इत्यादि मन्त्रꣳ सप्रणवꣳ जपेत्

atha darbhepūpaviṣṭo dhṛtadrarbhaḥ kṛtāñjaliḥ | brahmaṇe nama ityādi mantraṁ sapraṇavaṁ japet

English translation

SRI H A R I - B H A K T I - VIL ASA

The spiritual master should then sit on an dsana of kusa grass, put a ring of kusa grass on his finger, and begin to chant various mantras, such as the one beginning with om brahmane namah, with folded hands.

HBV 19.955

Source

ततोऽम्भापूरितꣳ कुम्भꣳ क्षिप्तसर्वौषधिꣳ नवम् । अभ्यर्च्य यजमानस्य पुरतः स्थापयेद्गुरुः

tato'mbhāpūritaṁ kumbhaṁ kṣiptasarvauṣadhiṁ navam | abhyarcya yajamānasya purataḥ sthāpayedguruḥ

English translation

Thereafter, the spiritual master should arrange nine pitchers of fresh water containing a variety of medicinal herbs. These pitchers should be placed in order, in front of the yajamana.

HBV 19.956

Source

हस्तꣳ कुम्भमुखे न्यस्य वारानष्टो च विꣳशतिम् । तत्तोयमभिमन्त्र्यास्मिꣳस्तीर्थान्यावाहयेत्ततः

hastaṁ kumbhamukhe nyasya vārānaṣṭo ca viṁśatim | tattoyamabhimantryāsmiṁstīrthānyāvāhayettataḥ

English translation

The spiritual master should point his hand towards these pitchers and purify them by chanting the appropriate mantra twenty-eight times as he invokes all the holy rivers into them.

HBV 19.957

Source

तेनाभिषिञ्चेद्देवाग्रे यजमानꣳ सहर्त्विजैः । इमा आपः शिवतमा इत्यादि मनुभिर्गुरुः

tenābhiṣiñceddevāgre yajamānaṁ sahartvijaiḥ | imā āpaḥ śivatamā ityādi manubhirguruḥ

English translation

The spiritual master, along with the priests, should then bathe the yajamana with the water of those pitchers, in front of the Deity of Lord Hari. While bathing the yajamana, the spiritual master should chant the mantra beginning with imd dpah sivaramd.

HBV 19.958–959

Source

सुमुहूर्ते कृतन्यासो जप्त्वा मूलमनुꣳ ततः । भगवन् प्रतितिष्ठेति मनस्युच्चारयन् मुहुः कुसुमाञ्जलिना गीतवाद्यमङ्गलघोषतः । देवꣳ मूर्तीꣳ प्रतिष्ठाप्य ताꣳ च स्पृष्ट्वा जपेदृचम्

sumuhūrte kṛtanyāso japtvā mūlamanuṁ tataḥ | bhagavan pratitiṣṭheti manasyuccārayan muhuḥ kusumāñjalinā gītavādyamaṅgalaghoṣataḥ | devaṁ mūrtīṁ pratiṣṭhāpya tāṁ ca spṛṣṭvā japedṛcam

English translation

Then, at an auspicious moment, the nydsa should be performed while chanting the milla mantra. One should repeatedly murmur: "O my Lord, please be installed." At this time, there should be singing, the playing of musical instruments, the chanting auspicious mantras, and offerings of flowers to the Lord. The acarya should then touch the Deity and chant suitable mantras from the Rg Veda.

HBV 19.960

Source

ध्रुवा दौरिति तꣳ चोपतिष्ठेत् पुरुषसूक्ततः । यजमानः सभार्योऽथ वितरेत् कुसुमाञ्जलिम्

dhruvā dauriti taṁ copatiṣṭhet puruṣasūktataḥ | yajamānaḥ sabhāryo'tha vitaret kusumāñjalim

English translation

Mantras, such as those beginning with dhruva dauriti and tarn copatisthet from the Purusa-sukta should also be chanted. The yajamana and his wife should then offer flowers to Lord Hari.

HBV 19.961

Source

स्वागतꣳ देवदेवेश मद्भाग्यात्त्वमिहागतः । प्राकृतत्वगद्र्ष्ट्वा माꣳ बालवत् प्रतिपालय

svāgataṁ devadeveśa madbhāgyāttvamihāgataḥ | prākṛtatvagadrṣṭvā māṁ bālavat pratipālaya

English translation

O master of the demigods, You are most welcome. You have manifest Yourself here just for my good fortune. Please do not consider me a materialist—rather, maintain me like Your own son.

HBV 19.962

Source

शान्तिकुम्भाम्भसा देवꣳ गुरुः पञ्चामृतैरपि । अभिषिच्य स्नापयेत्तꣳ रत्नपुष्पकुशाम्बुना

śāntikumbhāmbhasā devaṁ guruḥ pañcāmṛtairapi | abhiṣicya snāpayettaṁ ratnapuṣpakuśāmbunā

English translation

456 SR! H A R I - B H AKTI-VILAS A The spiritual master should first bathe Lord Hari with water from the sand pitcher and then with the five ingredients known as pancamrta (milk, yogurt, ghee, sugar and honey), followed by fresh water containing flower petals, kusa grass, and jewels.

HBV 19.963

Source

सच्चिदानन्दमित्यादि-मत्रेण कुसुमाञ्जलौ । परिभाव्यागतꣳ देवꣳ न्यसेत् प्रतिकृतौ ततः

saccidānandamityādi-matreṇa kusumāñjalau | paribhāvyāgataṁ devaṁ nyaset pratikṛtau tataḥ

English translation

A palmful of flowers should be offered to the Deity while chanting the mantra beginning with saccidanandam, while considering that Lord Hari has personally manifest Himself to accept this offering.

HBV 19.964

Source

निरुध्य प्रणवेनाथ प्रादुर्भूतꣳ विचिन्त्य तम् । स्पृष्ट्वाङ्घ्रिनाभिमस्तेषु इहैवैषीति त्रिजपेत्

nirudhya praṇavenātha prādurbhūtaṁ vicintya tam | spṛṣṭvāṅghrinābhimasteṣu ihaivaiṣīti trijapet

English translation

One should then chant om to insure that the Lord remains eternally present in the Deity. O n e should always have faith that Lord Hari has personally appeared as the Deity. One should then touch the Deity's lotus feet, navel, and head three times, while chanting the mantra beginning with ihai vaisiti.

HBV 19.965

Source

स्वस्वमन्त्रैः परीवारदेवताः पूर्ववद्बुधः । प्रतिष्ठापर्येदर्चासु श्रीमूर्ती वा विचिन्तयेत्

svasvamantraiḥ parīvāradevatāḥ pūrvavadbudhaḥ | pratiṣṭhāparyedarcāsu śrīmūrtī vā vicintayet

English translation

One who is wise should worship the Lord's associates, such as the demigods, either in their deity forms, or in their unmanifest forms, by chanting their respective names, as previously described.

HBV 19.966–967

Source

सकलोकृत्य देवञ्च मूलमन्त्रेण पूजयेत् । उपचारैः षोडशभिः परिवारान्वितꣳ ततः अष्टोत्तरशतꣳ मूलमन्त्रमावर्त्य शक्तितः । प्रणम्य दण्डवद्देवꣳ ब्राह्मणान् स्वस्ति वाचयेत्

sakalokṛtya devañca mūlamantreṇa pūjayet | upacāraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhiḥ parivārānvitaṁ tataḥ aṣṭottaraśataṁ mūlamantramāvartya śaktitaḥ | praṇamya daṇḍavaddevaṁ brāhmaṇān svasti vācayet

English translation

After invoking them by touching each limb of Lord Hari, one should worship Him by chanting the mula mantra and offering the sixteen ingredients. One should also worship the Lord's associates, followed by chanting of the mula mantra one hundred and eight times. Thereafter, one should offer obeisances to Lord Hari by falling flat onto the ground and then have the brdhmanas recite auspicious prayers and hymns.

HBV 19.968

Source

यजमानस्ततो दद्यादाचार्याय तु दक्षिणाम् । गवाꣳ शतꣳ तदर्द्धꣳ वा गामेकाꣳ वात्यशक्तितः

yajamānastato dadyādācāryāya tu dakṣiṇām | gavāṁ śataṁ tadarddhaṁ vā gāmekāṁ vātyaśaktitaḥ

English translation

The yajamdna should give the dcdrya sufficient daksina. He should give one hundred, or fifty, or if he unable to do so, then at least one cow, to the dcdrya.

HBV 19.969

Source

दद्यात्तदर्द्धमृत्विग्भ्यो जापिभ्यश्च तदर्द्धकम् । अन्येभ्यश्च यथाशक्ति विविधꣳ दानमाचरेत्

dadyāttadarddhamṛtvigbhyo jāpibhyaśca tadarddhakam | anyebhyaśca yathāśakti vividhaṁ dānamācaret

English translation

The assistant priest should be given half of the daksina presented to the dcdrya. The professional reciters should be given half the daksina of the priest. In this way, everyone should be satisfied by receiving some charity, according to one's ability.

HBV 19.970

Source

ततो गुरुर्हृष्टमनाः सर्वकामितलब्धये । सुक्षणे यजमानाङ्के श्रीमूर्तिꣳ ताꣳ समर्पयेत्

tato gururhṛṣṭamanāḥ sarvakāmitalabdhaye | sukṣaṇe yajamānāṅke śrīmūrtiṁ tāṁ samarpayet

English translation

458 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA suksane yajanandnke sri murttim tarn samarpayet Thereafter, in a joyful mood, the spiritual master should place the Deity on the lap of the yajamdna so that all of his desires will be fulfilled.

HBV 19.971

Source

ततः सर्वꣳ पताकादि-मण्डपस्थꣳ समर्प्य च । आचार्याय नमस्कृत्य शक्त्या विप्राꣳश्च भोजयेत्

tataḥ sarvaṁ patākādi-maṇḍapasthaṁ samarpya ca | ācāryāya namaskṛtya śaktyā viprāṁśca bhojayet

English translation

All the articles in the mandapa, such as the flag, should be given to the acarya while offering respectful obeisances. Thereafter, one should begin feeding the assembled brdhmanas, according to one's capacity.

HBV 19.972

Source

एवꣳ कुर्वन् प्रतिष्ठाञ्च यज्ञानाꣳ फलमाप्नुयात् । दीर्घायुर्लब्धलक्ष्मीको वसेत् स्वर्गे चिरꣳ सुखी

evaṁ kurvan pratiṣṭhāñca yajñānāṁ phalamāpnuyāt | dīrghāyurlabdhalakṣmīko vaset svarge ciraṁ sukhī

English translation

By installing a Deity of Lord Hari in this manner, one obtains the merit of performing all kinds of sacrifice, as well as a long duration of life, wealth, and residence in heaven for a long duration of time.

HBV 19.973

Source

मर्त्यलोके च जायेत सर्वकामसमृद्धिमान् । ततोऽक्षयसुखे लोके वैकुण्ठे रमते सदा

martyaloke ca jāyeta sarvakāmasamṛddhimān | tato'kṣayasukhe loke vaikuṇṭhe ramate sadā

English translation

After abundantly enjoying life in heaven, such a person returns to this mortal world, being born in an aristocratic family. Thereafter, he ascends to Vaikuntha, where he enjoys eternal life.

HBV 19.974

Source

अथैकाध्वरमार्गेण चलार्चास्थापने विधिः । सꣳक्षिप्तो लिख्यते बौधायनाद्युक्तानुसारतः

athaikādhvaramārgeṇa calārcāsthāpane vidhiḥ | saṁkṣipto likhyate baudhāyanādyuktānusārataḥ

English translation

We shall now briefly describe the procedure for installing a moveable Deity known as ekddhvara, which was propagated by the sage, Baudhayana.

HBV 19.975

Source

कूण्डमण्डपवेदीनाꣳ नात्रापेक्षास्ति तादृशी

kūṇḍamaṇḍapavedīnāṁ nātrāpekṣāsti tādṛśī

English translation

a Deity according to the principles known as ekddhvara) kunda mandapa vedindm ndtrdpeksdsti tddrsi In the ekddhvara procedure for installation, there is no need of a sacrificial pit, a mandapa, or an altar as were previously described.

HBV 19.976

Source

यजमानः पुण्यकाले पुण्यदेशे कृतक्रियः । स्वस्तिवाचनपूर्वन्तु नान्दीश्राद्धꣳ समाचरेत्

yajamānaḥ puṇyakāle puṇyadeśe kṛtakriyaḥ | svastivācanapūrvantu nāndīśrāddhaṁ samācaret

English translation

The yajamana should perform his daily rituals and worship at an auspicious moment at the sanctified arena. He should chant auspicious mantras and prayers before conducting the ndndi srddha ritual.

HBV 19.977

Source

आचार्यमेकꣳ वृणुयान्नर्त्विगादीꣳश्च काश्चन । विदध्यात् सर्वमाचार्य इत्येकाध्वरिको विधिः

ācāryamekaṁ vṛṇuyānnartvigādīṁśca kāścana | vidadhyāt sarvamācārya ityekādhvariko vidhiḥ

English translation

There is no need to appoint a priest for this installation. O n e may simply appoint an acarya and entrust all responsibilities to him. This is the ekddhvara process for installing the Deity.

HBV 19.978

Source

आचार्यो यजमानानुज्ञया सङ्कल्पमाचरेत् । स्थण्डिलेऽग्निꣳ प्रतिष्ठाप्य ब्रीहिना श्रपयेच्चरुम्

ācāryo yajamānānujñayā saṅkalpamācaret | sthaṇḍile'gniṁ pratiṣṭhāpya brīhinā śrapayeccarum

English translation

Under the order of the yajamana, the dcdrya should make a resolution and then ignite a fire on the ground and prepare a stove for cooking some rice.

HBV 19.979

Source

आज्यभागान्तमाचार्यो मूर्तिꣳ वाराष्टकꣳ मृदा । स्नापयेत् पूर्ववत् पञ्चगव्यैः पञ्चामृतैरपि

ājyabhāgāntamācāryo mūrtiṁ vārāṣṭakaṁ mṛdā | snāpayet pūrvavat pañcagavyaiḥ pañcāmṛtairapi

English translation

After cooking the rice, the dcdrya should happily bathe the Deity of the Lord eight times, with the five products of the cow and pancamrta.

HBV 19.980

Source

अष्टभिश्चाभिषिञ्चेत्तामापो हिष्ठेति मन्त्रतः । कुम्भैः सदूर्वासिद्धार्थपञ्चपल्लवतोयकैः

aṣṭabhiścābhiṣiñcettāmāpo hiṣṭheti mantrataḥ | kumbhaiḥ sadūrvāsiddhārthapañcapallavatoyakaiḥ

English translation

While chanting the mantra beginning with dpo histheti, the dcdrya should perform abhiseka with eight pitchers of fresh water containing durva grass, white mustard seeds, and fresh mango twigs.

HBV 19.981

Source

अभ्यर्च्य वस्त्रगन्धाद्यैरर्चान्ताꣳ नाममन्त्रतः । सर्वतोभद्रमध्यस्थ-भद्रपीठे निवेशयेत्

abhyarcya vastragandhādyairarcāntāṁ nāmamantrataḥ | sarvatobhadramadhyastha-bhadrapīṭhe niveśayet

English translation

While chanting the holy names of the Lord and mantras relating to the Deity, the dcdrya should offer Him sandalwood paste and other articles before installing Him in the middle of the sarvato-bhadra-mandala.

HBV 19.982

Source

तत्प्रागाद्यष्टदिक्ष्वष्टौ सगन्धाक्षतपल्लवान् । कुम्भान् जलभृतान्न्यसेद्दीपान् प्रज्वालयेत्तथा

tatprāgādyaṣṭadikṣvaṣṭau sagandhākṣatapallavān | kumbhān jalabhṛtānnyaseddīpān prajvālayettathā

English translation

Eight new pitchers of water containing sandalwood paste, rice paddy, and twigs should be installed in the eight directions, beginning with the east, along with eight ghee lamps.

HBV 19.983

Source

नेत्रे च प्राग्वदुन्मील्य मधुनाक्तꣳ प्रदाय च । चित्रान्नवलिमात्मेष्टदेवमाहात्म्यकꣳ स्मरेत्

netre ca prāgvadunmīlya madhunāktaṁ pradāya ca | citrānnavalimātmeṣṭadevamāhātmyakaṁ smaret

English translation

As previously described, the Deity's eyes should be opened by applying honey and other ingredients. One should then meditate on the Lord's glories after offering Him fried rice.

HBV 19.984

Source

स्तुत्वा पुरुषसूक्तेन परिपूज्याङ्गदेवताः । प्रत्येकꣳ जुहुयात् साष्टशतन्तु समिदादिभिः

stutvā puruṣasūktena paripūjyāṅgadevatāḥ | pratyekaṁ juhuyāt sāṣṭaśatantu samidādibhiḥ

English translation

Next, the Lord should be glorified by the chanting of the Purusa- siikta. The acarya should then worship the Lord's associates and perform a sacrifice in their honor, offering one hundred and eight pieces of wood into the fire.

HBV 19.985

Source

एकैकद्रव्यहोमान्ते स्पृशेद्देवञ्च पूर्ववत् । क्षिपेदाहुतिसङ्घातꣳ न्यस्तेऽग्न्युत्तरतो घटे

ekaikadravyahomānte spṛśeddevañca pūrvavat | kṣipedāhutisaṅghātaṁ nyaste'gnyuttarato ghaṭe

English translation

While offering various kinds of oblations into the sacrificial fire, the acarya should touch the Deity with each oblation. The final oblation should be made from the pitcher that was installed to the north of the sacrificial fire.

462 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.986

Source

ततः पूर्णाहुतिꣳ हुत्वा होमशेषꣳ समापयेत् । ततः कृताङ्गन्यासः सन् देवꣳ हृदि विचिन्तयेत्

tataḥ pūrṇāhutiṁ hutvā homaśeṣaṁ samāpayet | tataḥ kṛtāṅganyāsaḥ san devaṁ hṛdi vicintayet

English translation

Thereafter, the fire sacrifice should be completed by offering the final oblation. One should then perform nyasa on one's bodily limbs and meditate on Lord Hari as He is situated within the lotus of one's heart.

HBV 19.987

Source

मूलमुच्चारयन्मन्त्रꣳ देवꣳ हृत्स्थञ्च सुक्षणे । कुसुमेन प्रतिष्ठाप्य श्रीमूर्तीꣳ स्थापयेदथ

mūlamuccārayanmantraṁ devaṁ hṛtsthañca sukṣaṇe | kusumena pratiṣṭhāpya śrīmūrtīṁ sthāpayedatha

English translation

At an auspicious moment, while chanting the mula mantra, the dcarya should invite Lord Hari to be seated on the lotus of his heart as he offers flowers and installs the Lord's Deity form.

HBV 19.988

Source

ध्रुववसूक्तैः प्रतिष्ठाप्य सुप्रतिष्ठो भवेति तम् । प्रणवेन निरुध्येष्टꣳ सम्प्रार्थ्य स्तुतिमाचररेत्

dhruvavasūktaiḥ pratiṣṭhāpya supratiṣṭho bhaveti tam | praṇavena nirudhyeṣṭaṁ samprārthya stutimācararet

English translation

To invoke life into the Deity, one should chant the D/irufa-sulcta mantras and cause the Lord remain eternally as the Deity by chanting the mantra beginning with upratistho bhava, as well as om. Thereafter, one may pray for whatever he desires while reciting prayers, such as the Purusa-sukta.

HBV 19.989

Source

अथाग्रोदककुम्भस्याभिमन्त्रणपुरःसरम् । मूलेनाचमनीयान्तानासनादीन् समर्पयेत्

athāgrodakakumbhasyābhimantraṇapuraḥsaram | mūlenācamanīyāntānāsanādīn samarpayet

English translation

The dcarya should then purify the water in the first pitcher by chanting suitable mantras. He should then offer to the Lord a sitting place, water, and other articles, while chanting the mula mantra.

HBV 19.990–991

Source

सꣳस्नाप्याथ कृतन्यासꣳ देवꣳ पञ्चामृतैः सुखम् । सम्पातकलसोदेन विशुद्धान्नोदकेन च शङ्खार्पितेन सꣳस्नाप्य तन्मन्त्रैर्वारसप्तकम् । वस्त्रालङ्कारगन्धादीनुपचारान् प्रकल्पयेत्

saṁsnāpyātha kṛtanyāsaṁ devaṁ pañcāmṛtaiḥ sukham | sampātakalasodena viśuddhānnodakena ca śaṅkhārpitena saṁsnāpya tanmantrairvārasaptakam | vastrālaṅkāragandhādīnupacārān prakalpayet

English translation

The acdrya should then bathe Lord Hari with the water of the first pitcher, and perform the required nyasa. The Deity should then be joyfully bathed with pancarnrta, followed by fresh water from a conch shell seven times, while chanting the mula mantra. Thereafter, the Deity should be offered cloth, ornaments, sandalwood paste, and other articles.

HBV 19.992

Source

नैवेद्यानि विचित्राणि पुरुषाहारसम्मितम् । सघृतꣳ शर्करोपेतꣳ पायसꣳ वा निवेदयेत्

naivedyāni vicitrāṇi puruṣāhārasammitam | saghṛtaṁ śarkaropetaṁ pāyasaṁ vā nivedayet

English translation

Varieties of delicious food and sweet rice prepared with ghee and sugar should be offered to the Lord with love and devotion. The amount of the food should be that which is consumed by a typical human being.

HBV 19.993

Source

महानीराजनꣳ कृत्वा प्रक्षिप्य कुसुमाञ्जलिम् । आचार्यो यजमानाढ्यः शक्त्या वन्देत दण्डवत्

mahānīrājanaṁ kṛtvā prakṣipya kusumāñjalim | ācāryo yajamānāḍhyaḥ śaktyā vandeta daṇḍavat

English translation

After offering a grand arati to the Lord, the acdrya should place a handful of flowers at His lotus feet. Both the acdrya and the yajamana should then offer obeisances by falling flat onto the ground.

HBV 19.994

Source

दत्त्वा पुष्पाञ्जलिꣳ कृत्वा न्यासꣳ प्रार्थ्याप्यनेकशः । पुनः पुष्पाञ्जलिꣳ दत्त्वा स्वस्मिन्न्यासꣳ समाचरेत्

dattvā puṣpāñjaliṁ kṛtvā nyāsaṁ prārthyāpyanekaśaḥ | punaḥ puṣpāñjaliṁ dattvā svasminnyāsaṁ samācaret

English translation

464 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA punah puspdnjalim datwd svasminnydsam samdcaret After offering flowers, they should repeatedly pray to the Lord and then perform the nydsa on the Deity's body.

HBV 19.995

Source

देवपार्श्वस्थकलसैरद्भिः सेचनमन्त्रतः । कुर्वीत यजमानस्य विप्रोपेतोऽभिषेचनम्

devapārśvasthakalasairadbhiḥ secanamantrataḥ | kurvīta yajamānasya vipropeto'bhiṣecanam

English translation

Thereafter, the dcdrya, along with the assembled brahmanas, should perform abhiseka of the yajamana with water from the pitchers that were kept by the side of the Lord Hari, while chanting suitable mantras.

HBV 19.996

Source

आचार्याय ततो दद्याद्यजमानस्तु दक्षिणाम् । वस्त्रालङ्कारगोभूमि-स्वर्णाद्याꣳ निजशक्तितः

ācāryāya tato dadyādyajamānastu dakṣiṇām | vastrālaṅkāragobhūmi-svarṇādyāṁ nijaśaktitaḥ

English translation

After this ceremony, the yajamana should give daksina to the dcdrya, including cloth, ornaments, a cow, land, and gold, according to his capacity.

HBV 19.997

Source

यदि वा यजमानः स्यादाचार्यः स्वयमेव सः । तदा चाचार्यावरणꣳ दक्षिणादानमस्ति न

yadi vā yajamānaḥ syādācāryaḥ svayameva saḥ | tadā cācāryāvaraṇaṁ dakṣiṇādānamasti na

English translation

If the dcdrya is himself the yajamana, then there is no need of worshiping the dcdrya or giving him daksina, and so on.

HBV 19.998

Source

यजमानः समꣳ विप्रैः पुण्याहꣳ वाचयेत् स्वयम् । अभिषेकञ्च कुर्वीत ताꣳस्तु सम्पूज्य भोजयेत्

yajamānaḥ samaṁ vipraiḥ puṇyāhaṁ vācayet svayam | abhiṣekañca kurvīta tāṁstu sampūjya bhojayet

English translation

The yajamdna, along with the brdhmanas, should recite auspicious mantras and prayers. He should also perform the abhiseka and then worship the other brdhmanas by feeding them.

HBV 19.999

Source

इत्यनेन विधानेन प्रतिष्ठाꣳ विदधाति यः । तस्य पुण्यफलावाप्तिः सुखꣳ चात्यन्तिकꣳ क्रमात्

ityanena vidhānena pratiṣṭhāṁ vidadhāti yaḥ | tasya puṇyaphalāvāptiḥ sukhaṁ cātyantikaṁ kramāt

English translation

One who installs a Deity in this manner will gradually attain the platform of eternal happiness.

HBV 19.1000

Source

कदाचिच्च कथञ्चिच्चेत् किञ्चिद्वैगुण्यमापयेत् । सꣳस्कारादि पुनः कुर्यात् सच्छास्त्रोक्तानुसारतः

kadācicca kathañciccet kiñcidvaiguṇyamāpayet | saṁskārādi punaḥ kuryāt sacchāstroktānusārataḥ

English translation

If there is any fault or discrepancy during the installation ceremony, then according to the evidence of the devotional literature, one should again purify the whole procedure.

HBV 19.1001–1003

Source

चालितोत्पाटिता ह्यर्चा केनचित् पापकर्मणा । चण्डालमद्यसꣳस्पर्शदूषिता वह्निना च या स्वयꣳ वा पतिता जीर्णा नदीवेगादिपातिता । अपुण्यजनसꣳस्पृष्टाऽविप्रक्षतजदूषिता अचलाꣳ दूषितामेवꣳ स्थापयेद्विधिनोद्धृताम् । पूर्वपीठꣳ परित्यज्य यदन्यदपि तद्गतम् । ततो यथोक्तविधिना प्रासादे सन्निवेशयेत्

cālitotpāṭitā hyarcā kenacit pāpakarmaṇā | caṇḍālamadyasaṁsparśadūṣitā vahninā ca yā svayaṁ vā patitā jīrṇā nadīvegādipātitā | apuṇyajanasaṁspṛṣṭā'viprakṣatajadūṣitā acalāṁ dūṣitāmevaṁ sthāpayedvidhinoddhṛtām | pūrvapīṭhaṁ parityajya yadanyadapi tadgatam | tato yathoktavidhinā prāsāde sanniveśayet

English translation

466 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA acaldrh dusitdm evarh sthdpayed vidhinoddhrtdm purvvapitharh parityajya yadanyad api tadgatam tato yathokta vidhind prdsdde sannivesayet If an immovable Deity becomes polluted due to being worshiped for some ulterior motive, such as success in the performance of sinful activities; the touch of a dog-eater; being displaced; contact with a polluted object, like wine; being burnt by contact with fire; having fallen onto the ground; being broken; being too old; having fallen in a river; being touched by sinful and abominable persons; being touched by the blood of anyone other than a brahmana; then the Deity must be re-installed according to the rules and regulations prescribed in the sastra. In addition, if possible, the Deity's stand and altar should be changed.

HBV 19.1004

Source

अतिजीर्णाꣳ तथा व्यङ्गाꣳ दारवीꣳ शैलजाꣳ तथा । परित्यज्य न्यसेदन्याꣳ पूर्वोक्तविधिना गुरुः

atijīrṇāṁ tathā vyaṅgāṁ dāravīṁ śailajāṁ tathā | parityajya nyasedanyāṁ pūrvoktavidhinā guruḥ

English translation

The spiritual master should reject a Deity made of wood or marble if it is too old, or has lost a bodily limb. In such a case, a new Deity should be installed according to the procedures prescribed in sastra.

HBV 19.1005

Source

सꣳहारविधिना तत्र तत्त्वान् सꣳहृत्य देशिकः । सहस्रꣳ नारसिꣳहेन हुत्वा तामुद्धरेद्बुधः

saṁhāravidhinā tatra tattvān saṁhṛtya deśikaḥ | sahasraṁ nārasiṁhena hutvā tāmuddharedbudhaḥ

English translation

By employing the samhdra-vidhi, the spiritual master should collect all the tattva from the old Deity and, after performing a fire sacrifice that consists of pouring one thousand oblations while chanting the Narasirhha mantra, he should remove the Deity from the altar.

HBV 19.1006

Source

वृषभꣳ योजयित्वा तु मन्त्रेणोत्पाट्य देशिकः । दारवीꣳ वाहयेद्वह्नौ शैलजाꣳ प्रक्षिपेज्जले

vṛṣabhaṁ yojayitvā tu mantreṇotpāṭya deśikaḥ | dāravīṁ vāhayedvahnau śailajāṁ prakṣipejjale

English translation

The dcdrya should remove the Deity from the altar by pulling it with the help of a bull while chanting the appropriate mantras. If the Deity is made of wood, then it should be burnt, and if it is made of stone, then it should be immersed in deep water.

HBV 19.1007

Source

धातुजाꣳ रत्नजाꣳ वापि प्रक्षिपेन्मकरालये । अगाधे चान्यत्तोये वा क्षिपेन्नद्याꣳ महावने

dhātujāṁ ratnajāṁ vāpi prakṣipenmakarālaye | agādhe cānyattoye vā kṣipennadyāṁ mahāvane

English translation

If the Deity is made of metal, or jewels, then it should be immersed in the ocean. Otherwise, it may be immersed in any large body of water, such as a lake or river, or left in a dense forest.

HBV 19.1008–1009

Source

यानमारोप्य जीर्णार्चीꣳ छाद्य वस्त्रादिना गुरुः । शङ्खदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषैर्गीतवादित्रनिस्वनैः नीत्वागाधजलꣳ रम्यꣳ भागीरथ्याꣳ महार्णवे । विष्वक्सेनात्मवीजेन प्रक्षिपेत्ताꣳ तदा गुरुः

yānamāropya jīrṇārcīṁ chādya vastrādinā guruḥ | śaṅkhadundubhinirghoṣairgītavāditranisvanaiḥ nītvāgādhajalaṁ ramyaṁ bhāgīrathyāṁ mahārṇave | viṣvaksenātmavījena prakṣipettāṁ tadā guruḥ

English translation

The spiritual master should wrap the old Deity in cloth, place it in a vehicle, and take it to either the Ganges or the ocean, accompanied by the blowing of conch shells, the playing of drums, singing, dancing, and instrumental music. There, the spiritual master should recite the mantra beginning with visvakasena dtmabija before immersing the old Deity in the water.

468 SRi HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.1010

Source

रत्नानि क्षिप्तान्यादाय स्वयꣳ दद्यात्तु दक्षिणाम्

ratnāni kṣiptānyādāya svayaṁ dadyāttu dakṣiṇām

English translation

All of the precious gems that were kept underneath the Deity's stand should be taken by the spiritual master and shared with the other brahmana priests.

HBV 19.1011

Source

धेनवो दश वा पञ्च स्वर्णवस्त्राद्यलङ्कृताः । जीर्णोद्धारे प्रदातव्या गुरवे विष्णुतुष्टये

dhenavo daśa vā pañca svarṇavastrādyalaṅkṛtāḥ | jīrṇoddhāre pradātavyā gurave viṣṇutuṣṭaye

English translation

For the pleasure of the Supreme Lord, one should donate either five or ten cows with their calves, nicely decorated with cloth and ornaments, to the spiritual master while re-installing the Deity.

HBV 19.1012

Source

भोजनीया विष्णुभक्ता देयमन्नमवारितम् । त्रिरात्रमुत्सव कार्यꣳ पञ्च वा सप्त वा तथा । बलिश्च विधिना देयो यथोक्तेन सूरोत्तम

bhojanīyā viṣṇubhaktā deyamannamavāritam | trirātramutsava kāryaṁ pañca vā sapta vā tathā | baliśca vidhinā deyo yathoktena sūrottama

English translation

O foremost of demigods, in this ceremony of re-installing the Deity, one should be sure to feed the devotees of Lord Visnu. Indeed, one should distribute prasdda freely to everyone without discrimination. One should hold a festival for either five or seven days and give sufficient gifts to the Lord's associates, the demigods, and other living entities.

HBV 19.1013

Source

ततो निवेशयेदन्याꣳ प्रतिमाꣳ लक्षणान्विताम् । तत्क्षणादेव राजेन्द्र तस्य दोषप्रशान्तये

tato niveśayedanyāṁ pratimāṁ lakṣaṇānvitām | tatkṣaṇādeva rājendra tasya doṣapraśāntaye

English translation

O foremost of kings, to counteract the fault that one had committed, or that had been caused by a natural disturbance, one should immediately

replace the old Deity with a new one possessing all the required characteristics.

HBV 19.1014

Source

सम्पत्तिर्वा विपत्तिर्वा नोपेक्षाꣳ तत्र कारयेत् । अपास्य पिण्डिकाꣳ पूर्वामन्याꣳ तत्र निवेशयेत्

sampattirvā vipattirvā nopekṣāṁ tatra kārayet | apāsya piṇḍikāṁ pūrvāmanyāṁ tatra niveśayet

English translation

In such a case, one should not pause to considere whether what happened was auspicious or inauspicious. O n e should simply reject the old Deity stand and replace it with a new one.

HBV 19.1015

Source

यद्द्रव्या यत्प्रमाणा वा या मूर्तिश्चोद्घृता हरेः । तद्द्रव्या तत्प्रमाणा च सा मूर्तिस्तत्र कीर्त्यते

yaddravyā yatpramāṇā vā yā mūrtiścodghṛtā hareḥ | taddravyā tatpramāṇā ca sā mūrtistatra kīrtyate

English translation

One should be very careful that the Deity that replaces the old Deity is of the same nature, the same shape, made from same material, and is the same weight and height.

HBV 19.1016

Source

यत्प्रमाणꣳ यदाकारꣳ यन्मयꣳ विम्बमुद्धरेत् । तत्प्रमाणꣳ तदाकारꣳ तन्मयꣳ तत्र विन्यसेत्

yatpramāṇaṁ yadākāraṁ yanmayaṁ vimbamuddharet | tatpramāṇaṁ tadākāraṁ tanmayaṁ tatra vinyaset

English translation

The size, weight, shape, and material of the Deity that is to replace the old Deity should be exactly the same.

HBV 19.1017

Source

विहाय पिण्डिकाꣳ पूर्वाꣳई तद्दिने चापराꣳ न्यसेत् । द्वितीये वा तृतीये वा दिवसे स्थापयेद्धरिम् । अत ऊर्द्ध्वꣳ भवेद्दोषो विधिनापि निवेशिते

vihāya piṇḍikāṁ pūrvāṁī taddine cāparāṁ nyaset | dvitīye vā tṛtīye vā divase sthāpayeddharim | ata ūrddhvaṁ bhaveddoṣo vidhināpi niveśite

English translation

470 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA The old Deity's stand should be rejected and a new stand should be installed. O n the second or third day of the ceremony, the Deity of Lord Hari should be installed on His stand. If one delays in installing the Deity, this will be considered as an offense, even if the Deity installation is carried out according to the prescribed rules and regulations.

HBV 19.1018

Source

अनेनैव विधानेन लेप्यादीश्च विसर्जयेत् । अन्याꣳ प्रकल्पयेत्तत्र तत्प्रमाणाꣳ तदाकृतिम्

anenaiva vidhānena lepyādīśca visarjayet | anyāṁ prakalpayettatra tatpramāṇāṁ tadākṛtim

English translation

According to the rulings of the scriptures, a clay Deity, or other similar Deity, should be immersed in water and a new Deity having the same features, weight, and height should be installed in its place.

HBV 19.1019

Source

भ्रष्टायाꣳ तु हृतायाꣳ तु नष्टायाꣳ तु प्रमादतः । सकूटꣳ नारसिꣳहꣳ वा लक्षꣳ गुह्यꣳ जपेद्बुधः

bhraṣṭāyāṁ tu hṛtāyāṁ tu naṣṭāyāṁ tu pramādataḥ | sakūṭaṁ nārasiṁhaṁ vā lakṣaṁ guhyaṁ japedbudhaḥ

English translation

If a Deity accidentally slips from one's hands and falls to the ground, if a Deity is stolen, or if a Deity is disfigured due to some accident, one who is learned should sit down in a solitary place and chant the Narasirhha mantra and blja mantra one hundred thousand times.

HBV 19.1020

Source

पतितायाꣳ तथा भूमौ यत्र कुत्रापि वा तथा । कुर्यादयुतजप्यन्तु गुरुञ्चापि प्रपूजयेत्

patitāyāṁ tathā bhūmau yatra kutrāpi vā tathā | kuryādayutajapyantu guruñcāpi prapūjayet

English translation

If a Deity is dropped onto the ground, one should chant his mantra ten thousand times and worship his spiritual master with faith and devotion.

HBV 19.1021

Source

हस्तमात्रच्युतायाꣳ तु जपेत् सार्द्धायुतद्वयम्

hastamātracyutāyāṁ tu japet sārddhāyutadvayam

English translation

If a Deity slips from one's hands and falls to the ground from a height of one foot, one should chant his mantra fifteen thousand times.

HBV 19.1022

Source

द्विहस्तमात्रपातस्तु प्रमादाद्यदि जायते । तदा लक्षꣳ जपेन्मन्त्रꣳ वैष्णवानपि पूजयेत्

dvihastamātrapātastu pramādādyadi jāyate | tadā lakṣaṁ japenmantraṁ vaiṣṇavānapi pūjayet

English translation

If, due to carelessness, one drops a Deity from a height of two feet, he should chant his mantra one hundred thousand times, and worship the assembled Vaisnavas.

HBV 19.1023

Source

पुरुषप्रमाणपातेन व्यङ्गा तु प्रतिमा यदा । पूर्ववत् सर्वकर्माणि कुर्यान्नास्त्यत्र सꣳशयः

puruṣapramāṇapātena vyaṅgā tu pratimā yadā | pūrvavat sarvakarmāṇi kuryānnāstyatra saṁśayaḥ

English translation

If a Deity is accidentally dropped from a height equal to one's own, or if any part of the Deity is broken, one should prepare a new Deity and install Him according to the procedures that were previously described. There is no doubt in this regard.

HBV 19.1024

Source

यावन्मन्त्रस्य जप्यन्तु कृतꣳ तस्य चतुर्थकम् । आज्याक्तैश्च तिलैर्होमः कार्यो न्यूनादिपूरणे

yāvanmantrasya japyantu kṛtaṁ tasya caturthakam | ājyāktaiśca tilairhomaḥ kāryo nyūnādipūraṇe

English translation

One-fourth of the time that one spends chanting japa should be used to perform a fire sacrifice wherein one should offer sesame seeds mixed with ghee so that his offense will be nullified.

HBV 19.1025–1026

Source

खण्डिते स्फुटिते दग्धे भ्रष्टे मानविवर्जिते । यागहीने पशुस्पृष्टे पतिते दुष्टभूमिषु । अन्यमन्त्रार्चिते चैव पतितस्पर्शदूषिते दशस्वेतेषु नो चक्रुः सन्निधानꣳ दिवौकसः । इति सर्वगतो विष्णुः परिभाषाञ्चकारह

khaṇḍite sphuṭite dagdhe bhraṣṭe mānavivarjite | yāgahīne paśuspṛṣṭe patite duṣṭabhūmiṣu | anyamantrārcite caiva patitasparśadūṣite daśasveteṣu no cakruḥ sannidhānaṁ divaukasaḥ | iti sarvagato viṣṇuḥ paribhāṣāñcakāraha

English translation

472 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA anya mantrdrccite caiva patita sparsa dusite dasasvetesu na cakruh sannidhdnarh vivaukasah iti sarwagato visnuh paribhdsdn cakdra ha If a Deity is broken, cracked, burnt, too thin, installed without following the proper procedures, or touched by untouchable animals, or if the Deity slips from one's hands, has fallen on an impure place, was worshiped by mantras meant for the demigods, or was touched by an untouchable person, the Lord will not remain manifest. This ruling has been made by Lord Visnu Himself, who is all pervading.

HBV 19.1027

Source

खण्डिता स्फुटिता भग्ना यस्मादर्चा भयावहा । तस्मात् समुद्धरेत्ताञ्च पूर्वोक्तविधिना बुधः

khaṇḍitā sphuṭitā bhagnā yasmādarcā bhayāvahā | tasmāt samuddharettāñca pūrvoktavidhinā budhaḥ

English translation

Because a Deity that is broken, cracked, or is missing a limb causes fear, one who is learned should reject it, as confirmed by the above- mentioned scriptural rulings.

HBV 19.1028–1029

Source

देवताप्रतिमापूजा स्वतन्त्रैरेव चोदितैः । विज्ञाप्य देवताꣳ मन्त्री पूर्ववत् मन्त्रमुच्चरन् स्वस्थानादुधरेदर्चाꣳ किन्तु ताꣳ वृषभादिना । चालयेच्छिल्पिभिः सार्द्धꣳ सहायैर्बलवत्तरैः

devatāpratimāpūjā svatantraireva coditaiḥ | vijñāpya devatāṁ mantrī pūrvavat mantramuccaran svasthānādudharedarcāṁ kintu tāṁ vṛṣabhādinā | cālayecchilpibhiḥ sārddhaṁ sahāyairbalavattaraiḥ

English translation

It is prescribed in the tantras that if a Deity is broken, or displaced from its original position, then one who is expert in the art of chanting

NINETEENTH VILAS A 473 mantras should pray to the Deity while chanting appropriate mantras and slowly remove Him from the altar. If the deity is very difficult to move, one may take the help of sculptors and their helpers, and if needed, a bull can pull the Deity from His altar.

HBV 19.1030–1031

Source

चालितोत्पाटिता वार्चा केनचित् पापकारिणा । स्वस्थानपतिता भ्रष्टा निर्व्रणा लक्षणान्विता मन्त्रतन्त्रप्रदेशज्ञः प्रतिष्ठातन्त्रनिर्मलः । स्थापयेत्ताꣳ प्रयत्नेन पूर्ववद्विधिना गुरुः

cālitotpāṭitā vārcā kenacit pāpakāriṇā | svasthānapatitā bhraṣṭā nirvraṇā lakṣaṇānvitā mantratantrapradeśajñaḥ pratiṣṭhātantranirmalaḥ | sthāpayettāṁ prayatnena pūrvavadvidhinā guruḥ

English translation

O gentle one, if a Deity is moved or stolen by a sinful person, and yet is recovered in perfect condition, the spiritual master who is well- conversant in the art of chanting mantras, and the tantra, should carefully re-install the same Deity by observing the above-mentioned procedures, after conducting the necessary purification of the Deity.

HBV 19.1032–1033

Source

अर्चाꣳ समुद्धृता यत्र निर्व्रणा लक्ष्मणान्विता । तत्र ताꣳ स्थापयेन्मन्त्री पूर्ववद्ब्रह्मणः शिलाम् सꣳशोध्य मन्त्रसꣳस्कारैः कृत्वा चैवाधिवासनम् । पूर्वोक्तेन विधानेन स्थापयेच्छास्त्रवित्तमः

arcāṁ samuddhṛtā yatra nirvraṇā lakṣmaṇānvitā | tatra tāṁ sthāpayenmantrī pūrvavadbrahmaṇaḥ śilām saṁśodhya mantrasaṁskāraiḥ kṛtvā caivādhivāsanam | pūrvoktena vidhānena sthāpayecchāstravittamaḥ

English translation

The dedrya who is conversant in mantras and tantras should re-install a displaced Deity that is still in perfect condition in His original place. As previously described, He should purify the brahma-sila by chanting suitable mantras and install the Deity after performing the adhivasa ceremony.

474 SRI H A R I - B H A K T I - VILAS A

HBV 19.1034

Source

खण्डिताꣳ स्फुटिताꣳ जीर्णामवलीढाञ्च वह्निना । प्रतिमाꣳ वर्जयेद्यत्नाद्भग्नाꣳ स्वैर्लक्षणैर्युताम्

khaṇḍitāṁ sphuṭitāṁ jīrṇāmavalīḍhāñca vahninā | pratimāṁ varjayedyatnādbhagnāṁ svairlakṣaṇairyutām

English translation

Even if a broken, cracked, very old, burnt, or limbless Deity has all the required characteristics, it should still be rejected.

HBV 19.1035

Source

विधिवत् पाटितामर्चाꣳ दारुजाꣳ शैलजादिकाम् । निक्षिपेद्दारुजामग्नौ तथान्यामप्सु निक्षिपेत्

vidhivat pāṭitāmarcāṁ dārujāṁ śailajādikām | nikṣipeddārujāmagnau tathānyāmapsu nikṣipet

English translation

In a defective Deity is made of wood or marble, it should taken from the altar according to the proper procedures. A wooden Deity should be burnt and a marble Deity should be immersed in water.

HBV 19.1036

Source

यद्रूपा यत्प्रमाणा च यस्मिन्नर्चा समुद्धृता । तद्रूपाꣳ तत्प्रमाणाञ्च तस्मिन्नर्चाꣳ निवेशयेत्

yadrūpā yatpramāṇā ca yasminnarcā samuddhṛtā | tadrūpāṁ tatpramāṇāñca tasminnarcāṁ niveśayet

English translation

The form, size, height, and weight of the Deity replacing the old Deity should be exactly the same. This is the ruling of the scriptures.

HBV 19.1037

Source

प्रतिमा यस्य देवस्य स्व-शास्त्रे सम्प्रकीर्तिता । तस्य देवस्य तैर्मन्त्रैरर्चाꣳ सस्थापयेत्बुधः

pratimā yasya devasya sva-śāstre samprakīrtitā | tasya devasya tairmantrairarcāṁ sasthāpayetbudhaḥ

English translation

One who is wise should install a Deity with the same mantras that were prescribed in the Vedic literature in relation to the former Deity.

HBV 19.1038

Source

एकाहपूजाविहतौ कुर्याद्द्विगुणमर्चनम् । विरात्रे तु महापूजाꣳ सꣳप्रोक्षणमतःपरम्

ekāhapūjāvihatau kuryāddviguṇamarcanam | virātre tu mahāpūjāṁ saṁprokṣaṇamataḥparam

English translation

If, for some reason, one fails to perform the puja for one day, he should worship the Deity twice the next day. If the puja is not performed three consecutive days, a grand puja should be performed. If the puja is not performed for a longer period, a grand abhiseka and grand worship should be performed.

HBV 19.1039

Source

मासादूर्द्ध्वमनेकाहꣳ पूजा यदि विहन्यते । प्रतिष्ठवेष्यते कैश्चित् कैश्चित् सꣳप्रोक्षणक्रमः

māsādūrddhvamanekāhaṁ pūjā yadi vihanyate | pratiṣṭhaveṣyate kaiścit kaiścit saṁprokṣaṇakramaḥ

English translation

If puja is not performed for more than a month, then according to some authorities, the Deity must be re-installed, and according to some other authorities, a grand abhiseka must be performed.

HBV 19.1040

Source

सꣳप्रोक्षणन्तु देवस्य देवमुद्वास्य पूर्ववत् । अष्टपञ्चक्रमेणैव स्नापयित्वा मृदम्भसा

saṁprokṣaṇantu devasya devamudvāsya pūrvavat | aṣṭapañcakrameṇaiva snāpayitvā mṛdambhasā

English translation

In such a case, the Deity should first be massaged with perfumed oil, and then a grand abhiseka should be performed. The Deity should first be bathed with eight pitchers of water and then with five pitchers.

HBV 19.1041

Source

गवाꣳ रसैश्च सꣳस्नाप्य दर्भतोयैर्विशोध्य च । प्रोक्षयेत् प्रोक्षणीतोयैर्मूलेनाष्टोत्तरꣳ शतम्

gavāṁ rasaiśca saṁsnāpya darbhatoyairviśodhya ca | prokṣayet prokṣaṇītoyairmūlenāṣṭottaraṁ śatam

English translation

The Deity should be bathed with the five products of the cow, then with water containing kusa grass, and finally one hundred and eight pitchers of fresh, purified water, while chanting the mula mantra.

476 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 19.1042

Source

सपुष्पꣳ सकुशꣳ पाणिꣳ न्यस्य देवस्य मस्तके । पञ्चावरꣳ जपेन्मूलमष्टोत्तरशतोत्तरम्

sapuṣpaṁ sakuśaṁ pāṇiṁ nyasya devasya mastake | pañcāvaraṁ japenmūlamaṣṭottaraśatottaram

English translation

One should next place flowers and kusa grass on the head of Lord Hari and chant the mula mantra five hundred and forty times.

HBV 19.1043

Source

ततो मूलेन मूर्धादि पीठान्त सꣳस्पृशेदपि । पूजाञ्च महतीꣳ कुर्याद्देवमावाह्य पूर्ववत्

tato mūlena mūrdhādi pīṭhānta saṁspṛśedapi | pūjāñca mahatīṁ kuryāddevamāvāhya pūrvavat

English translation

One should then touch the Lord's head and back while chanting the mula mantra, and this should be followed by welcoming Lord Hari as before, and offering Him a grand worship with sixteen ingredients.

HBV 19.1044

Source

देवार्चा नैव सञ्चाल्या मृन्मयपि भयावहा । हैमादिर्दोषदा वत्स पूर्वामुद्धृत्य स्थापिता

devārcā naiva sañcālyā mṛnmayapi bhayāvahā | haimādirdoṣadā vatsa pūrvāmuddhṛtya sthāpitā

English translation

My dear child, it is not proper to move even a clay Deity because this creates fear in the minds of people. It is inauspicious to replace an old clay Deity with a golden Deity.

HBV 19.1045

Source

महादुर्भिक्षजननी मरकारिष्टदा भवेत् । कर्तुर्गोत्रस्य भयदा रिपुवꣳशविवर्द्धिनी

mahādurbhikṣajananī marakāriṣṭadā bhavet | karturgotrasya bhayadā ripuvaṁśavivarddhinī

English translation

If one does this, there will be famine, epidemics, and countless miseries. This will also bring harm to the descendents of one's family, and it will create more enemies.

HBV 19.1046

Source

शीर्णो देवोऽथ प्रासादो यैः पुनः सꣳस्कृतो द्विज । अशोच्यास्ते महात्मानो धूतपापा महाधियः

śīrṇo devo'tha prāsādo yaiḥ punaḥ saṁskṛto dvija | aśocyāste mahātmāno dhūtapāpā mahādhiyaḥ

English translation

tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) sirno devo'tha prdsddo yai punah sarhskrto dvija asocydste dhutapdpd mahddhiyah O brdhmana, those who renovate an old Deity or old temple will become freed from all kinds of lamentation. Such persons are certainly great souls who are sinless and very intelligent.

HBV 19.1047

Source

यो जीर्णꣳ विधिना देवꣳ सꣳस्कुर्यान्मनवो भुवि । फलꣳ दशगुणꣳ तस्य मूलान्नास्त्यत्र सꣳशयः

yo jīrṇaṁ vidhinā devaṁ saṁskuryānmanavo bhuvi | phalaṁ daśaguṇaṁ tasya mūlānnāstyatra saṁśayaḥ

English translation

O n e who renovates a Deity of Lord Hari obtains ten times the merit acquired by installing a new Deity. Of this there is no doubt.

HBV 19.1048

Source

मूलाद्दशगुणꣳ पुण्यꣳ कूपादेः परिकीर्तितम् । प्रतिमादौ शतगुणꣳ जीर्णसꣳस्करणाद्भवेत्

mūlāddaśaguṇaṁ puṇyaṁ kūpādeḥ parikīrtitam | pratimādau śataguṇaṁ jīrṇasaṁskaraṇādbhavet

English translation

Renovating an old well, and so on, is more beneficial than establishing a new one. Similarly, renovating an old Deity is one hundred times more beneficial than installing a new Deity.